04/13/2021 - Work Session - Meeting MaterialsERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO:Salt Lake City Council DATE:
Amy Fowler, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Interlocal Cooperation Agreement between Salt Lake County and Salt Lake City for
Corridor Preservation Funds used for the 700 South Re-Construction Project
STAFF CONTACT:Matthew Cassel, City Engineer, matthew.cassel@slcgov.com, 535-6140
DOCUMENT TYPE: Resolution (Salt Lake County)
RECOMMENDATION: Authorize the Mayor of Salt Lake City to sign the interlocal
agreement for the City.
BUDGET IMPACT: Salt Lake City was granted $611,500 of Corridor Preservation Funds for
the purchase of land from Suburban Land Reserve (SLR) for the re-alignment of 700 South just
east of 5600 West. Salt Lake County administers the Corridor Preservation Fund grant program.
The final negotiated property cost of the land was $896,152.50. Existing project funds were used
to make up the difference between the final cost and the Corridor Preservation Fund amounts.
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: The Corridor Preservation Funds were used to purchase
property from SLR for the realignment of 700 South. UDOT is reconstructing 5600 West, which
will make the current 700 South/5600 West intersection non-functional once UDOT’s project is
complete.
The Corridor Preservation Fund program is financed through the collection of vehicle
registration fees ($3.00 per vehicle) and administered by the County. The fund’s purpose is to
provide grant funds to Cities with the goal to preserve highway or public transit corridors that are
right-of-ways. Staff applied for funds in July 2018 and were awarded funds in the amount of
$611,500 later that fall. Using existing project road funds, staff paid SLR through two wire
transfers with the last one on August 14, 2019. The County requires proof of payment before
reimbursement. The paid invoices were sent to the County a while ago and now the next to last
step is to process the Inter-local Agreement so the City can be reimbursed with the Corridor
Preservation Funds.
Engineering staff request these funds to be returned to the 700 South project cost center so the
last segment of 700 South can be completed as it crosses the Union Pacific Railroad
(approximately 4700 West to 5000 West).
PUBLIC PROCESS: Not Applicable
EXHIBITS:
Resolution of Salt Lake City
Resolution of the Salt Lake County Council Approving Interlocal Cooperation
Agreement
0000002633
Kimberly
Barnett
Digitally signed by
Kimberly Barnett
Date: 2021.03.03
13:01:29 -07'00'
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Sam Owen, Policy Analyst
DATE:April 13, 2021
RE:FISCAL YEAR 2021-22 BUDGET,
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC UTILITIES,
Water, Sewer, Stormwater, and Street Lighting Funds
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Mayor’s Recommended Budget for the Department of Public Utilities includes the Water, Sewer,
Stormwater, and Street Lighting Enterprise Funds, totaling a balanced $420,480,027 for revenue, capital and
operating expenses for the fiscal year 2022, with $784,760 to reserves. Major budget items include system
upgrades and expansions in response to aging infrastructure and new regulatory requirements, and a proposed
17 new staff positions related to the significant capital projects, regulatory requirements and potential
innovation.
These four Utilities are Enterprise Funds, operating more or less like businesses separate from the General
Fund. Each fund generates revenue through user fees and has separate staff, materials and supply budgets and
capital improvement programs. The management and administration of the four funds is all under the
Department of Public Utilities.
The department’s FY21 revenue is on target with the marginally reduced projections made last year as part of the
FY21 adopted budget in relation to the covid-19 pandemic. Projected operating sales for FY22 align with
previous years’ operating sales adjusted for growth factors; i.e. pandemic injuries to sales are not anticipated as
part of this current budget proposal.
IMPORTANT CONTEXT
Some of the other major items in this budget document include:
-Rate increases:
o A proposed 18 percent increase this year in the Sewer Utility; this increase is
connected with the need to pay debt service for bonds issued to fund significant capital
improvements over the next several years, in particular for the new Water Reclamation Facility
Item Schedule:
Briefing: April 13, 2021
Public Hearing:
Potential Action:
Page | 2
(WRF). The estimated impact to the utility bill of a medium residential user would be
approximately $6.32 per month.
o A proposed 8 percent increase this year in the Water Utility; this increase is connected
with the need to pay debt service for bonds issued to fund significant capital improvements over
the next several years, in particular for reconstruction of the utility’s aging treatment plants. The
estimated impact to the utility bill of a medium residential user would be approximately $5.05
per month.
o A proposed 10 percent increase this year in the Stormwater Utility ; this increase is
connected with the need to pay debt service for bonds issued to fund significant capital
improvements over the next several years, including for stormwater projects timed to coincide
with road construction. The estimated impact to the utility bill of a residential user would be
approximately $0.55 per month for lots smaller than one-quarter acre.
o A proposed rate study in the Street Lighting Utility will help inform future years’ proposals
regarding rates in this utility.
o Costs related to the Metropolitan Water District of Salt Lake and Sandy will increase an
estimated $494,337, related to the cost of new “Utah Lake System” supplies obtained in
conjunction with Sandy and through the Central Utah Project.
o The department has completed an impact fee study for updating its impact fees, however the
administration is considering the possibility of an intermediate impact fee increase to attenuate
what could be a significant jump from current charges assessed by the utilities (the last update
of these fees was in 1999). See policy questions for further discussion.
-Capital projects: capital improvements planned for this year total an estimated $276,506,326 for all
funds, compared to last year’s projected actuals of $325,125,792. For constructions costs of the new
Water Reclamation Facility (WRF), the department has been authorized to receive federal funding
through the Water Infrastructure Financing Innovation Act (WIFIA), which will result in favorably
termed loans amounting to $93,210,000 last year and $93,890,000 this year with additional
disbursements in subsequent fiscal years. Furthermore, anticipated sewer collection system capacity
upgrades are budgeted for $35,090,000 to last year’s projected actuals of $37,101,812. Over $125
million is budgeted for similar projects over the subsequent fiscal years, with almost $700 million in
related collection system capital needs delayed (i.e. quantified but not planned in the next five fiscal
years). These are Public Utilities Master Plan projects; timelines have been adjusted for some Master
Plan collection system projects based on new construction. New development in the City’s Northwest
Quadrant (NWQ) has continued to draw on the department’s capacity. Furthermore, the Water Fund
anticipates fiscal year 2022 bond proceeds of $26,146,000, with significant additional estimated debt
funds through at least fiscal year 2026. Relatively massive bond issuance activity is projected to
continue through fiscal 2026 to support capital needs, for example large-scale capital needs
’related to the utility s water treatment plants totaling in the hundreds of millions of
dollars.
-Personnel-related increases: Personal Services would increase over fiscal 2021 to a proposed
$45,645,184, which includes 17 total new full-time equivalents (FTEs) and a proposed 2.5% cost of living
adjustment (COLA), as well as merit increases and other changes related to benefits and compensation.
The new employees are requested to meet increased operational and regulatory needs, and to support
innovation in light of increasing funding, financing and other capacity needs. At least one of these
positions is being requested in connection with the department’s objective to find other ways the
financial burden might be distributed for future capital projects, i.e. to explore available funding options
that might share the burden with rate increases.
Attachments
Attachment 1, Public Utilities FY2022 proposed budget
Attachment 2, Year-over-year payments to outside legal counsel
Attachment 3, Summary & detail on select consulting and study line items
Page | 3
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. The Council may wish to request feedback and thoughts from the department on impacts to the Wasatch
Canyons watershed area for which the City has management responsibility & upon which the entire
service area of the water utility relies for drinking water supplies.
a. Did the increased outdoor traffic & activity resulting from calendar 2020 COVID-19 quarantine
resulted in measurable or subjective impacts to the City watershed?
2. Council Members have received comments and observations from community members and members
of the business community regarding the status of the City’s one-stop planning services. In particular,
Council Members have wondered whether & how a full-time Public Utilities expert could be made
available to the public through the City’s one-stop services. The Council may wish to discuss these issues
with the department as part of the fiscal year 2022 budget deliberations.
a. Council Members might also note the department has proposed $50,000 in FY22 funding for a
process improvement study with its development review activity.
3. Regarding new development in the City’s Northwest Quadrant, the Council may wish to ask which
Master Plan projects have been or will be expedited, in response to increased demands for service
related to new development in the Northwest Quadrant. This could help with a more comprehensive
understanding of how new development in the Northwest Quadrant could be impacting existing
customers.
4. The Council may wish to learn more about the department’s perspective on updating the impact fee
plan. The department has signaled that an intermediate plan might be prepared to “phase in”
recommendations for increasing impact fees that could hit hard if implemented all at once.
a. Council Members may wish to discuss or attempt to balance the notion that the City could be
losing a significant revenue opportunity in the midst of generational capital expenditures.
b. Council Members may wish to request an estimate or projection from the department
quantifying the potential magnitude of impact fees over the next 3-4 years of these generational
projects, if the impact fees were adjusted to reflect the costs they attempt to recoup.
c. Council Members may wish to request information from the department about any current
information on the scale of changes that have been calculated for the department’s impact fees,
and whether those changes should be implemented sooner than an intermediate plan would
allow.
5. Council Members might wish to discuss the department’s use of outside legal resources (see
attachment).
6. During previous years’ budget deliberations, the Council discussed community concerns regarding the
Water Utility’s 4th Avenue well project.
a. The Council may wish to ask for an update on the status and community reception of this
project.
MAJOR ITEM DETAIL
Rate increases
- Increase in rates for the current fiscal year, as well as the years subsequent, are proposed in response to
the bonding requirements and related debt service necessary to fund the replacement, maintenance and
upgrades of aging and in some cases badly deteriorated infrastructure.
- The replacement, maintenance and upgrades of existing infrastructure will facilitate the ongoing use and
availability of the Utilities’ services for current customers.
- Projected rate increases will continue to be evaluated with each year’s budget and capital project
schedule, and may change as circumstances warrant, and by the discretion of the Council.
Water Utility
- There is an 8 percent proposed rate increase for this fund this year. Rate increases for this utility are
timed based on capital project needs and the related bonding to finance the projects; as part of this,
Page | 4
rates will be proposed for increase in subsequent years: “[the utility] is planning rate increases between
10% and 15% in future years through FY2025 in order to maintain and rehabilitate infrastructure, and
meet more stringent water quality requirements.”
- The Water Fund anticipates fiscal year 2022 bond proceeds of $26,146,000, with significant additional
estimated debt funds through at least fiscal year 2026. Relatively massive bond issuance activity is
projected to continue through fiscal 2026 to support capital needs, for example large-scale capital
’needs related to the utility s water treatment plants totaling in the hundreds of millions of
dollars. Debt service as a percent of gross operating revenue is projected this year at 5 percent and
projected to rise to 8 percent through fiscal 2026.
- The non-capital expenditure budget for the Water Utility is proposed to increase to $78,375,791 from
the fiscal year 2020 $74,158,308.
- The utility drew from reserves an additional $ 36,010,521 over the FY21 adopted budget amount for
primarily capital and some other expenses. The $36 million had been appropriated by the Council and
contractually obligated by the department in previous fiscal years. As a practice, the department
transparently “adds back” funds that are appropriated, obligated, but not spent to its cash balance. For
that reason, this $36 million appears in the narrative budget summary pages as “from reserves” under
the amended budget category.
Sewer Utility
- There is a proposed rate increase of 18 percent. Rates are also projected to increase in subsequent fiscal
years. Increases are timed based on capital project needs and the related bonding to finance the
projects; as part of this, rates also increased 18 percent last fiscal year.
- The utility anticipates fiscal year 2022 bond proceeds of $123,687,000 and federal government WIFIA
loan proceeds of $93,890,000. Bond issuance activity is projected to continue through fiscal 2024, and
WIFIA loan disbursements are projected to continue through fiscal 2026. Debt service as a percent of
gross operating revenue is projected to peak this year at 27 percent and taper to 24 percent through
fiscal 2026.
- The non-capital expenditure budget for the Sewer Utility is proposed to increase to $24,274,620 from
last year’s $23,191,576.
- The utility expended an additional $ 56,017,556 over the FY21 adopted budget amount for primarily
capital and some other expenses. The $56 million had been appropriated by the Council and
contractually obligated by the department in previous fiscal years. As a practice, the department
transparently “adds back” funds that are appropriated, obligated, but not spent to its cash balance. For
that reason, this $56 million in capital expenditures appears in the narrative budget summary pages as
“from reserves” under the amended budget category.
Stormwater Utility
- There is a proposed rate increase of 10 percent this year. Previous and current bonding activity related
to infrastructure needs drives the proposed rate increase.
- The utility does not anticipate issuing additional bonds in the near-term future (i.e. through fiscal
2026); reserves from previous issuances as well as a FY22 issuance of $6,125,000 will be used to fund
riparian corridor projects and projects implemented in relation to road work funded by the recent
general obligation bond. Debt service as a percent of gross operating revenue is projected to peak this
year at 16% and taper off to 12 percent through fiscal 2026.
Page | 5
- The non-capital expenditure budget for the Stormwater Utility is proposed to increase to $8,704,042
from last year’s $8,143,582.
- The utility expended an additional $4,984,009 over the FY21 adopted budget amount for primarily
capital and some other expenses, including about $1 million in delayed capital outlay. The $5 million
had been appropriated by the Council and contractually obligated by the department in previous fiscal
years. As a practice, the department transparently “adds back” funds that are appropriated, obligated,
but not spent to its cash balance. For that reason, this $5 million in capital expenditures appears in the
narrative budget summary pages as “from reserves” under the amended budget category.
Street Lighting Utility
- This fund will not have a rate increase this year, however the department is proposing funding for a rate
study to inform potential future rate increases.
- The utility plans to draw down $1,508,894 from reserves and projects revenue of $4,142,928 relative to
last year’s projected $4,129,361. This utility pays debt service equivalent to 4.7 percent of its gross
operating revenue.
- The non-capital expenditure budget for the Street Lighting Utility is proposed to increase to $3,266,126
from last year’s $2,972,232.
- This utility drew $38,995 from reserves above the FY21 adopted budget amount for a combination of
capital and other expenses.
Capital projects:
Improvements planned in the Water Utility have to do with strengthening service capacity and updates to aging,
critical infrastructure. Proposed capital expenditures total $39,600,000; some items of note:
- Treatment plant projects
o Upgrades at the City Creek Water Treatment Plant are budgeted for $2,050,000 this year,
reflecting necessary upgrades to critical infrastructure for the treatment and conveyance of
drinking water. Improvements at this facility will total an approximate $4 million for each of the
four subsequent years. Phase 2 of the City Creek Plant upgrades is budgeted for an estimated
$51,200,000; that expense is not scheduled for any year for which projections are provided and
is delayed indefinitely at this point.
o The Parley’s Water Treatment Plant will undergo improvements this year totaling an estimated
$1,300,000. The subsequent fiscal year budgets for $9,700,000 in capital costs for the plant
and $7,600,000 in capital costs for the year after. The department estimates delayed capital
costs for this facility at $127,875,000. The delayed capital expenditures are costs that the utility
anticipates as being necessary but has not planned to implement in terms of the projections
included as part of the current budget proposal.
o The Big Cottonwood Canyon Treatment Plant will undergo improvements budgeted for
$4,000,000. The department estimates an additional $10,000,000 in capital costs for this
facility the following year, and then approximately $40 million for each of the three years after
that. The delayed capital expenditures are costs that the utility anticipates as being necessary
but has not planned to implement in terms of the projections in the current budget proposal; for
this facility, those delayed costs total an estimated $82,430,000.
- Capital expenditures for the Mountain Dell Dam are proposed at $1,420,000; co-located with a popular
hiking destination, the Lake Mary Dam is proposed to receive $150,000 in maintenance and
improvements; total dam capital needs are estimated at $1,650,000 this year.
- Pump station improvements at 5
th Avenue and U Street are budgeted for $1,300,000 this year.
- 300 West from 900 South to 2100 South is planned for a $1,300,000 water main upgrade, in concert
with other roadway improvements on that segment.
Page | 6
- Water meter replacements are budgeted for $2,500,000 this year and will begin to allow meters to be
read remotely. The meter replacement program is budgeted for $2,700,000 each year subsequent
(through fiscal year 2025, after which the budget increases to $3,100,000). Upgrades are expected to
reduce costs of meter reading and allow customers to access water consumption information in real
time, thus supporting water conservation programs and enabling customers to identify property-side
leakages promptly.
- A prospective Millcreek treatment plant is itemized with an associated future deferred cost estimated at
$80,000,000 and no plans on the horizon; this is consistent with the department’s most recent 50-year
water supply forecast.
- Total delayed or unplanned-but-quantified capital needs in the Water Utility amount to an estimated
$755,920,700 by this year’s projections.
Improvements planned in the Sewer Utility have to do with updates and replacements to aging infrastructure, as
well as expansions to service capacity. The capital program totals an estimated and proposed $226,135,826 for
FY22. Some items of note:
- Approximately $1,725,000 in maintenance to the existing Water Reclamation Facility (WRF), along with
$191,045,826 budgeted for ongoing construction and design related to the new WRF. Issue periods of
bonds used to fund the new construction are timed to coincide with the life of the WRF; payments on
the bonds are timed to coincide with the customers who will most benefit during this 30-year period.
- Master Plan implementation of sanitary sewer system upgrades and expansions are budgeted for a
combined total of $24,180,000 in the fiscal year 2022 and are budgeted for $11,310,000 and $1,810,000
in the two subsequent fiscal years, respectively. These projects will provide for needed capacity in areas
where capacity is already an issue, particularly on the fast-growing west side of the City.
- Total delayed or unplanned-but-quantified capital needs in the Sewer Utility amount to an estimated
$696,370,000 by this year’s projections.
The following are some items of note planned as part of the Stormwater Utility’s capital improvements program
for the fiscal year 2022; the program totals an estimated and proposed $8,530,500.
- Collection mains upgrades on 1700 South from 2100 East to its intersection with Emigration Creek are
budgeted for $2,200,000 in fiscal year 2022. This is to address stormwater capacity on 1700 South
during intense runoff, such as the summer rain events experienced in 2017. $1,100,000 had been
projected for expenditure for this project during fiscal 2021 at the time of the proposed budget’s
preparation.
- A Riparian Corridor Assessment is budgeted at $50,000; various riparian corridor projects are budgeted
at $200,000.
- An update to the Drainage Master Plan is still budgeted for $700,000. The existing Plan was completed
in 1993 and outlines a number of upgrades to the Utility’s infrastructure that have taken place since. A
new look at the Plan will involve changing climate conditions and green infrastructure.
- The utility proposes to fund $50,000 in new crosswalks and ADA improvements.
- Ongoing remediation for the Northwest Oil Drain Canal near the WRF will continue to incur costs,
estimated this fiscal year at $68,000.
- Total delayed or unplanned-but-quantified capital needs in the Stormwater Utility amount to an
estimated $4,113,000 by this year’s projections.
For the Street Lighting Utility:
- A program will continue to provide matching grants for residents interested in certain kinds of privately
maintained lights. The grant is funded by an annual transfer of $20,000 from the General Fund.
- Other capital improvements in the Street Lighting Utility for the fiscal year 2022 are budgeted for
$2,240,000; this is consistent for every year for which there are currently projections (through fiscal
2028).
- The utility will return to the Council for another work session briefing on its proposed master plan after
the plan is heard at the City’s Planning Commission.
PUBLIC UTLITIES ANNUAL
2021-22 FISCAL BUDGET PROPOSAL
March 25,
2021
WATER SEWER STORMWATER STREET LIGHTING
ENTERPRISE FUNDS
SERVINGOURCOMMUNITY, PROTECTINGOURENVIRONMENT
Table of Contents
BUDGET SUMMARY FY 2022 ................................................................................................... 1
WATER UTILITY ENTERPRISE FUND.................................................................................. 5
WATER INFRASTRUCTURE BACKGROUND ............................................................................... 5
WATER UTILITY BUDGET HIGHLIGHTS FOR FY 2022 ............................................................. 5
SEWER UTILITY ENTERPRISE FUND .................................................................................. 9
SEWER INFRASTRUCTURE BACKGROUND ................................................................................ 9
SEWER UTILITY BUDGET HIGHLIGHTS FOR FY 2022 ............................................................ 10
STORMWATER UTILITY ENTERPRISE FUND ................................................................. 14
STORMWATER INFRASTRUCTURE BACKGROUND .................................................................. 14
STORMWATER UTILITY BUDGET HIGHLIGHTS FOR FY 2022 ............................................... 14
STREET LIGHTING UTILITY ENTERPRISE FUND ......................................................... 17
STREET LIGHTING INFRASTRUCTURE BACKGROUND ........................................................... 17
STREET LIGHTING UTILITY BUDGET HIGHLIGHTS FOR FY 2022 ........................................ 18
COMBINED UTILITIES- BUDGET SUMMARY AND CASH FLOW ............................... 21
WATER UTILITY- BUDGET SUMMARY AND CASH FLOW .......................................... 2
SEWER UTILITY- BUDGET SUMMARY AND CASH FLOW ..........................................
STORMWATER UTILITY- BUDGET SUMMARY AND CASH FLOW ...........................
STREET LIGHTING UTILITY- BUDGET SUMMARY AND CASH FLOW ...................
APPENDIX A: RATE CHANGE COMPARISONS AND CUSTOMER IMPACTS ...........
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION .............................................................
APPENDIX C: RATIONALE FOR NEW POSITIONS .........................................................
BUDGET SUMMARY FY 2022
Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities (SLCDPU) is pleased to present its
recommended budget for fiscal year 2021-2022 (FY 2022). The FY 2022 budget includes
funding for operations, maintenance, and capital investments in the water, sewer,
stormwater, and street lighting utilities. The budget also reflects the enhancement of
operational programs to meet more stringent regulatory requirements for drinking water,
wastewater, and stormwater. SLCDPU operates each of its utilities as separate enterprise
funds.
Summary of Expenditures and Revenues
The total proposed FY 2022 budget is $420,480,027, an 8.44 % decrease from the FY 2021
amended budget of $459,216,205. The FY 2021 adopted budget was adjusted for FY 2020
carryover encumbrances for open contracts and purchase orders. Those changes are
reflected in the amended budget amount. The proposed operating budget of $114,620,579
is $5,684,882 or 5.22% higher than the current year. The increase includes seventeen
proposed new employees, and a 3% increase to accommodate employee compensation and
benefit changes. Amounts paid to other departments for IMS charges, administrative
service fees, payment in lieu of taxes, and risk management is projected to increase by
$3,923,260. Operational costs also reflect an $494,337 increase to be paid to the
Metropolitan Water District of Salt Lake and Sandy (MWDSLS) pursuant to their projected
increased operational and capital needs.
The proposed capital budget for FY 2022 is $282,674,161. Debt service is anticipated to
be $23,185,287, including the cost of issuing new debt during the year. Total debt service
for FY 2022 is increasing due to the cost of issuing new debt.
Funding for capital projects in FY 2022 will be generated through rate revenue, the
issuance of revenue bonds, and a federal loan. Total bonding planned for FY 2022 is
$155,993,000. The timing of the planned issuance will be coordinated to meet cash flow
needs. SLCDPU plans to use a federal loan under the Water Infrastructure Finance and
Innovation Act (WIFIA) to finance $93,890,000 of the new water reclamation facility
(WRF) in FY 2022.
There are proposed rate increases for the water, sewer, and stormwater utilities. This
includes an 8% increase in water, an 18% increase in sewer, and a 10% increase in
stormwater rates. Appendix A includes a summary of expected customer rate impacts.
SLCDPUs total anticipated revenues for FY 2022 are $420,480,027, an increase of
$17,281,558. SLCDPU intends to transfer $784,760 to reserves from the remaining debt
funds.
1
Summary of Additional Proposed Positions
The proposed budget includes the addition of seventeen (17) new full time equivalent
(FTE) positions. These recommended positions are identified to assist SLCDPU in meeting
regulatory and programmatic requirements, increase in-house engineering capacity to
reduce our reliance on consultant engineers, convert hard to fill seasonal positions, and
supporting the economic and geographic growth within our service area. There are two
Utility Funds
FY 2022
Operations Capital Debt FundTotals
Water 78,375,791 44,222,835 4,766,929 127,365,555
Sewer 24,274,620 227,462,826 16,476,350 268,213,796
Storm 8,704,042 8,748,500 1,748,471 19,201,013
Street 3,266,126 2,240,000 193,537 5,699,663
Total 114,620,579$ 282,674,161$ 23,185,287$ 420,480,027$
Summaryof Utilities FundBudgets
Major Expenditure
Categories
Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
Proposed Budget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
PersonalServices 41,961,790 42,360,790 45,645,184 3,284,394 7.75%
Materials and Supplies 7,605,558 7,622,463 7,735,360 112,897 1.48%
Charges for Services 56,271,884 58,952,444 61,240,035 2,287,591 3.88%
DebtService 17,248,778 17,248,778 23,185,287 5,936,509 34.42%
CapitalOutlay 4,769,726 5,397,151 6,167,835 770,684 14.28%
CapitalImprovements 234,455,413 327,634,399 276,506,326 (51,128,073)15.61%
Total 362,313,149$ 459,216,025$ 420,480,027$(38,735,998)$8.44%
Proposed Department of Public Utilities Expenditures for FY 2021 22
Revenue Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
Proposed Budget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
OperatingSales 135,312,126 135,312,126 158,309,402 22,997,276 17.00%
Interest 1,915,867 1,915,867 728,700 (1,187,167)61.97%
Permits 182,000 182,000 267,500 85,500 46.98%
Interfund Charges 2,921,828 2,921,828 2,966,142 44,314 1.52%
Other Revenues 831,770 1,269,382 2,087,930 818,548 64.48%
ImpactFees 2,995,670 2,995,670 3,595,670 600,000 20.03%
Contributions 4,031,640 4,033,428 3,426,443 (606,985)15.05%
Bond/Loan Proceeds 186,730,000 186,730,000 249,883,000 63,153,000 33.82%
From(To) Reserves 26,804,643 123,855,724 (784,760) (124,640,484)100.63%
Total 361,725,544$ 459,216,025$ 420,480,027$(38,735,998)$8.44%
Projected Department of Public Utilities Revenues for FY 2021 22
2
positions to highlight for the department that reflect new organizational functions within
SLCDPU. The first is a proposed Chief Strategy and Innovations Officer (CSIO). The
CSIO is proposed to help SLCDPU identify and secure strategic federal and state funding
opportunities for major infrastructure projects, assist the Director and department
leadership with federal, state, and local intergovernmental relationships, and provide
needed capacity for innovations such as the Citys ERP, smart cities/street lighting, and
water resource initiatives. Given the identified funding needs and gaps associated with
aging infrastructure and the possible opportunities for infrastructure funding in the new
federal administration, SLCDPU will be tasking the CSIO with identifying and
implementing grants and low-interest loans to finance the projects to reduce the impact to
our ratepayers.
The second position to highlight reflects a new partnership with the Uinta-Wasatch-Cache
National Forest (UWCNF). SLCDPU and the UWCNF have a long-standing partnership
to manage the mountain watersheds that provide nearly 60% of the water supply to Salt
Lake City and its water service area. A major and growing challenge is the upkeep and
improvements of sanitary facilities in the watersheds due to significantly increased
recreation visitation. Degraded sanitary facilities present a risk to water quality in our
drinking water sources. The USFS is anticipating the receipt of federal Great American
Outdoors Act (GAOA) funding to conduct projects within the UWCNF. Through a future
agreement, the UWCNF will be allocating GAOA funds to SLCDPU to support the full
cost of a project manager (under Water Quality) for two years to design and manage the
construction of upgraded Forest Service-owned sanitary facilities within our watersheds.
This agreement benefits both the UWCNF, which has limitations on hiring new employees,
and SLCDPU which must maintain safe drinking water. It should be noted that the
utilization of this position will be dependent on the completion of an executed agreement
with the UWCNF.
SLCDPU currently has 447.50 FTEs and is proposing the following positions to meet
identified needs. Appendix C contains detailed cost-benefit information regarding the
additional engineering requests.
3
Administration Water Sewer Stormwater Street Lighting Total
CONSERVATION TECHNICIAN 1.00 1.00
CHIEF STRATEGY AND INNOVATIONS OFFICER 0.30 0.30 0.25 0.15 1.00
2.00
GIS and IT Systems
LOCATOR MANAGER 0.50 0.30 0.20 1.00
1.00
Water Quality
PROJECT MANAGER 1.00 1.00
WATERSHED RANGER 1.00 1.00
LEAD AND COPPERSUPERVISOR 1.00 1.00
3.00
Maintenance
DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE WORKER II (LEAD)1.00 1.00
DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE WORKER III 1.00 1.00
WASTE WATERLIFT STATION LEAD WORKER 1.00 1.00
LANDSCAPE RESTORATION WKR 1.00 1.00
IRRIGATION OPERATOR II 1.00 1.00
5.00
Engineering
ENGINEER V AssetManagement Coordinator 0.40 0.30 0.30 1.00
ENGINEER V Construction ManagementCoord.0.40 0.30 0.30 1.00
ENGINEER IV IN HOUSE DESIGN, CONST, ASSET MNG 0.40 0.30 0.30 1.00
ENGINEER IV IN HOUSE DESIGN, CONST, ASSET MNG 0.40 0.30 0.30 1.00
ENGINEER IV IN HOUSE DESIGN, CONST, ASSET MNG 0.40 0.30 0.30 1.00
ADMINISTRATIVE SECRETARY I 0.50 0.25 0.25 1.00
6.00
Total New FTEs 9.30 3.35 4.20 0.15 17.00
Proposed Personnel Adjustments FY 2021-2022
4
Water Utility Enterprise Fund
Water Infrastructure Background
The Salt Lake City water system is one of the oldest and largest systems west of
the Mississippi River with over 1,125 miles of 12 or smaller distribution lines, and more
than 180 miles of large transmission mains for a total asset inventory of 1,305 miles of pipe
with over fifty pressure zones. The service area covers the Salt Lake City corporate
boundaries as well as the east side of the Salt Lake Valley to the mouth of Little
Cottonwood Canyona total of 141 square miles. This includes water supply to portions
of other incorporated cities such as Mill Creek, Cottonwood Heights, Holladay, and small
portions of Murray, Midvale, and South Salt Lake Cities.
SLCDPUs asset management program includes personnel and systems to assess the
condition of the large water transmission mains, distribution mains, treatment and pumping
plants, reservoirs, tanks, wells, canals, and other infrastructure to assure repair and
replacement is completed with minimal impact to the public.
Addressing aging water infrastructure through rehabilitation and replacement is a priority
and is the primary reason behind gradual rate increases planned for the next few years in
the water utility. For instance, each of SLCDPUs three water treatment plants were
originally constructed in the 1950s and have undergone numerous upgrades. Based on
recent condition assessments, SLCDPU is preparing a strategy to replace these treatment
plants in future years to ensure this critical infrastructure remains viable for the long term
protection of public health and can better withstand major seismic events. There is also a
continual need to repair and replace pipe segments to maintain water service and reduce
emergency repair costs and impacts to the public.
Water Utility Budget Highlights for FY 2022
Anticipated Revenues
The impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic over the last year continue to be evaluated. At
this time, revenues in the water utility appear to not have been impacted significantly,
although patterns of water use appear to have shifted slightly to reflect increased residential
use and decreased commercial use. Due to anticipated drought responses this year leading
to reduced water consumption, we are conservatively estimating revenues.
SLCDPU intends to issue revenue bonds of $26,146,000 in FY 2022 designated for water.
Additional bonding of $166,927,000 is anticipated from FY 2023 to FY 2026 meet water
utility capital project objectives.
The revenue budget is proposed to decrease by $35,267,065 or 21.69% from the FY 2021
budget. The proposed water utility budget for FY 2022 by major category is as follows:
5
Operating Sales: Revenue is expected to be 20.35% more than FY 2021 budgeted levels.
The proposed budget is based on modeling done on 10-year water sales. The forecast
anticipates a decrease in overall consumption from the average. FY 2021 actual sales
outpaced the amended budget for the year.
Interest Income: Interest earnings are expected to decrease as bond proceeds are spent
during the year.
Interfund Charges: The water utility is reimbursed by sewer, stormwater, street lighting,
refuse, and the Hive program for services related to billing. Related revenue is anticipated
to increase based on actual costs.
Impact Fees: Impact fees are budgeted to increase $600,000 for new development. The
FY 2022 budget is a conservative estimate based on historical and current trend
information.
Bond Proceeds: A bond issue of $26,146,000 is anticipated.
Reserve Funds: SLCDPU plans to use $6,818,047 of reserve funds to balance the capital
and operation needs. Budgeted use of reserve funds is $34,868,035 less than the FY 2021
amended budget or a decrease of 83.64%
Proposed Expenditures
The water utilitys FY 2022 budget includes an increase of $1,686,755 in charges for
services and an increase of $2,497,506 in personal services. The increase in personal
services is attributed to the addition of 9.30 FTEs and a 3% increase to accommodate
employee compensation and benefit changes. The new FTEs requested will support the
SLCDPUs administration, water resources, maintenance, engineering, and water quality
divisions to meet regulatory requirements and support continued economic activity.
Metropolitan Water District of Salt Lake and Sandy (MWDSLS) is projecting to increase
the current price levels for water for FY 2022 without increases to operational or
assessment charges. A 3% increase is included in this budget. Pursuant to SLCDPUs
recent water supply and demand planning, the FY 2022 budget includes a scheduled
Revenue Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
Proposed Budget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
Operating Sales 71,013,328 71,013,328 85,462,346 14,449,018 20.35%
Interest 715,896 715,896 398,000 (317,896)44.41%
Interfund Charges 2,921,828 2,921,828 2,966,142 44,314 1.52%
OtherRevenues 611,270 900,176 1,836,730 936,554 104.04%
Impact Fees 1,184,670 1,184,670 1,784,670 600,000 50.65%
Contributions 1,975,640 1,975,640 1,953,620 (22,020)1.11%
Bond Proceeds 42,235,000 42,235,000 26,146,000 (16,089,000)
From (To) Reserves 5,675,561 41,686,082 6,818,047 (34,868,035)83.64%
Total 126,333,193$ 162,632,620$ 127,365,555$(35,267,065)$21.69%
Projected Water Revenues for FY 2021 22
6
payment for the Central Utah Project Utah Lake System (ULS) petition for 3,100-acre feet
of new water resources. The MWDSLS payment for the ULS petition of $844,223 is passed
through to SLCDPU and is reflected in the SLCDPU FY 2022 proposed budget.
SLCDPU plans to invest $39,600,000 in capital improvements for water utility
infrastructure in FY 2022. The capital improvement program includes a prioritized balance
of needed improvements to treatment plants, water lines, meter replacements, pump
stations, wells, and other infrastructure. A portion of the water main replacements are
being performed in conjunction with the General Fund bonded street repair projects. In
FY 2021, the capital improvements budget was significantly reduced from earlier planned
investments due to anticipated impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and the deferral of a
planned rate increase. SLCDPU is now resuming its plans for gradual rate increases and
significant investment into aging infrastructure this year.
The expenditure budget for the water utility is proposed to decrease $35,267,065 or 21.69%
from the FY 2021 amended budget. The proposed budget for FY 2022 by major category
is as follows:
Personal Services: Employee related costs are estimated to increase $2,497,506 or 9.69%.
The water utility budget anticipates an increase of 9.30 FTEs. The FY 2022 budget
includes a 3% increase to accommodate employee compensation and benefit changes .
Materials & Supplies: The increase in this category is less than 1%.
Charges for Services: The proposed budget for charges and services will increase
$1,686,755 or 3.87%. The increase can be attributed to a proposed increase in MWDSLS
rates of $494,337, increases in professional and consultants, and increased IMS costs.
Debt Service: In compliance with current bond issues and in anticipation of additional
debt, the budget for debt services is projected to increase by $1,881,155.
Capital Outlay: The proposed budget for capital outlay for FY 2022 includes $1,500,000
for watershed purchases, $250,000 for water right and company purchases, $250,000 for
water stock purchases, $150,000 for additional land purchases, $1,081,900 for 18 vehicles,
$965,475 for field equipment, $180,000 for treatment plant equipment, $101,600 for office
furniture and equipment, and $143,860 for other non-motive equipment.
Major Expenditure
Categories
Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
Proposed Budget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
Personal Services 25,518,196 25,774,546 28,272,052 2,497,506 9.69%
Materials and Supplies 4,789,775 4,806,680 4,839,903 33,223 0.69%
Charges for Services 41,493,558 43,577,081 45,263,836 1,686,755 3.87%
Debt Service 2,885,774 2,885,774 4,766,929 1,881,155 65.19%
Capital Outlay 3,715,890 3,820,671 4,622,835 802,164 21.00%
Capital Improvements 47,930,000 81,767,868 39,600,000 (42,167,868)51.57%
Total 126,333,193$ 162,632,620$ 127,365,555$(35,267,065)$21.69%
Proposed Water Expenditures for FY 2021 22
7
Capital Improvements: The proposed capital improvement budget for FY 2022 is
$39,600,000. A detailed list of capital improvement projects is included in the cash flow
summaries for the water utility. A capital project summary by facility type is as follows:
Typeof Project
Proposed Budget
2021 2022
TreatmentPlants 7,350,000
WaterService Connections 5,450,000
PumpingPlant Upgrades 1,550,000
Reservoirs 4,000,000
WaterMainsand Hydrants 18,019,000
Wells 1,630,000
Culverts, Flumes, and Bridges 1,533,000
Landscaping 68,000
Total 2021 2022 CIP 39,600,000$
Proposed Water Capital ImprovementProgram for
FY2021 22
8
Sewer Utility Enterprise Fund
Sewer Infrastructure Background
The Citys Water Reclamation Facility (WRF) was constructed in 1965 and has undergone
numerous upgrades since. Nutrient removal regulations adopted by the Utah Department
of Environmental Quality (UDEQ) in 2015 require a new sewage treatment process. After
much study, SLCDPU determined that the WRF has reached the end of its useful life and
adapting the 55- year old facility to meet the new nutrient removal requirements is not
feasible. A new WRF is currently under construction, to be completed in order to meet
UDEQs nutrient compliance date of January 1, 2025. SLCDPU has been implementing
gradual rate increases and revenue bonding for the replacement of the WRF.
The sewer collection system (654 miles of pipeline, and several pump stations) is a very
challenging environment; hydrogen sulfide gases, sediment, roots and other factors affect
the competency of the collection lines. SLCDPUs asset management program includes
personnel and systems to assess the condition of the sewer collection system, pump
stations, and other infrastructure to assure repair and replacement is completed with
minimal impact to the public. More than 50% of the sewer collection system is greater than
85 years old.
SLCDPU is expanding capacity of the sewer collection system, in large part to meet growth
requirements related to the new State Correctional Facility, the Airport expansion, and new
development anticipated in the Northwest Quadrant of Salt Lake City.
9
Sewer Utility Budget Highlights for FY 2022
Total project costs for the WRF reconstruction are anticipated to be $711,653,000 when
the project is completed. Construction began in FY 2020. SLCDPU has expended
approximately $69.5 million to date on this project.
Current financing for the new WRF is anticipated to be accomplished using a combination
of revenue bonds, user rates, and a federal loan through the Water Infrastructure Finance
and Innovation Act (WIFIA). The loan will provide up to 49% of the cost of the new WRF.
The interest rate at loan closing in 2020 was extremely favorable at 1.34%. This is expected
to save SLCDPUs ratepayers more than $100 million over the life of the project compared
to revenue bonds.
Anticipated Revenues
A proposed 18% rate increase is anticipated to generate an additional $7,713,937 in sewer
fees. Proposed sales revenues are based on the best estimates available. The additional
revenue is required for the sewer utility to meet its capital and operations objectives. Rate
increases in future years are also anticipated at this time.
SLCDPU plans to issue bonds during FY 2022 with $123,687,000 designated for the sewer
utility. Additional bonded debt of $134,748,000 is anticipated from FY 2023 to FY 2025
to meet capital objectives, primarily the reconstruction of the WRF. It is anticipated that
WIFIA loan proceeds of $161,535,000 will be utilized during the same period. Debt will
be used in conjunction with rate increases to blend pay as you go and borrowing strategies.
The proposed debt is for a 30- year term creating intergenerational equity payback on the
new WRF facility. The Citys professional financial advisors have been involved in the
process to measure debt service and ratios to comply with external rating agency standards.
SLCDPU intends to maintain its AAA rating to limit costs of borrowing.
FY WIFIA Bonds Total
2019 2020 55,000,000 55,000,000
2020 2021 93,210,000 51,000,000 144,210,000
2021 2022 93,980,000 123,000,000 216,980,000
2022 2023 70,465,000 88,000,000 158,465,000
2023 2024 64,017,000 46,000,000 110,017,000
2024 2025 24,356,000 24,356,000
2025 2026 2,697,000 2,697,000
Total 348,725,000$ 363,000,000$ 711,725,000$
Sewer Planned Debt
10
The total revenue budget is expected to decrease by $556,101 or 0.21% to $268,213,796
from the FY 2021 amended budget. Bond issues and a federal loan are the expected to
increase but are offset by a shift in utilization of reserves. The proposed budget for FY
2022 by major category is as follows:
Sewer service fees: Sewer service fees are expected to increase $7,713,937 or 15.33%.
SLCDPU assumes that due to the COVID-19 pandemic, revenue from sewer sales could
decrease. AWC information was utilized to determine a reasonably anticipated sales base,
and then applied the 18% rate increase. The proposed increase is approximately $6.32 per
month for the representative resident, assuming winter water use of eight CCF. Winter
water use of eight CCF is conservative as some of our residents use less than eight CCF
during the winter months. The additional revenue from rates is required for the sewer
utility to meet is capital and operations objectives while balancing debt.
Interest Income: Interest earnings are expected to decrease with the spending of capital
funds.
Permit Fees: Increased to reflect actual historical collections.
Other Revenues: Decreased to reflect estimate based on historical collections.
Impact Fees: No change is anticipated.
Bond / Note Proceeds: A bond issue of $123,687,000 is anticipated. The budget anticipates
utilizing $93,890,000 in WIFIA loan proceeds.
Contribution: Decreased to reflect updated collections information.
Reserve Funds: Unspent bond proceeds of $10,513,964 will added to reserves for use on
the WRF project.
Proposed Expenditures
The proposed sewer budget for FY 2022 includes $226,135,826 in planned projects. Of
this amount $189,320,826 is designated for the new WRF, $1,725,000 for the existing
WRF, and $35,090,000 for improvements to the sewer collections system. A portion of the
Revenue Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
ProposedBudget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
Operating Sales 50,321,000 50,321,000 58,034,937 7,713,937 15.33%
Interest 992,301 992,301 171,000 (821,301)82.77%
Permits 182,000 182,000 267,500 85,500 46.98%
OtherRevenues 134,000 247,942 154,500 (93,442)37.69%
Bond/ Loan Proceeds 144,495,000 144,495,000 217,577,000 73,082,000 50.58%
Impact Fees 1,422,000 1,422,000 1,422,000 0.00%
Contribution 1,684,000 1,684,000 1,100,823 (583,177)34.63%
From (To) Reserves 13,408,098 69,425,654 (10,513,964) (79,939,618)115.14%
Total 212,638,399$ 268,769,897$ 268,213,796$(556,101)$0.21%
Projected SewerRevenues forFY 2021 22
11
sewer collection line replacements are being performed in c onjunction with the Citys
general obligation bonded street repair projects.
The sewer utilitys FY 2022 budget proposes an increase of $55,461,455 or 26.07% over
the FY 2021 amended budget. The proposed budget for FY 2022 by major category is as
follows:
Personal Services: Employee related costs are estimated to increase $100,962 or .80%.
The sewer utility budget anticipates an increase of 3.35 FTEs. The FY 2022 budget
includes a 3% increase to accommodate employee compensation and benefit changes. The
amended budget for FY 2021 included a generous estimate for overtime. FY 2022 amounts
in this category have been updated.
Materials & Supplies: The sewer utilitys budget for this category increases by $76,074.
The increase is attributed to additional chemical purchases.
Charges for Services: Increases in professional and contractual services, increases in IMS
charges for services, and increased sludge management fees represent the largest portion
of the budget increase in this category.
Debt Service: The annual debt service budget is expected to increase by $3,768,881 in
FY 2022. The increase is attributed to payments on existing debt and interest payments for
new debt.
Capital Outlay: The proposed capital outlay budget for FY 2022 includes $860,000 for
vehicles and trucks, $269,000 for field maintenance equipment, $185,000 for treatment
plant equipment, and $13,000 for other non-motive equipment.
Capital Improvements: The proposed capital improvement budget for FY 2022 is
$226,135,826, an decrease of $5,540,546 from the current year amended budget. A
detailed list of capital improvement projects is included in the cash flow summary for the
sewer utility. A capital project summary by facility type is as follows:
MajorExpenditure
Categories
Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
Proposed Budget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
Personal Services 12,590,497 12,698,997 12,799,959 100,962 0.80%
Materials and Supplies 2,579,981 2,579,981 2,656,055 76,074 2.95%
ChargesforServices 7,746,203 7,912,598 8,818,606 906,008 11.45%
DebtService 12,707,469 12,707,469 16,476,350 3,768,881 29.66%
Capital Outlay 671,836 1,194,480 1,327,000 132,520 11.09%
Capital Improvements 176,342,413 231,676,372 226,135,826 (5,540,546)2.39%
Total 212,638,399$ 268,769,897$ 268,213,796$(556,101)$0.21%
Proposed SewerExpenditures forFY 2021 22
12
Proposed Budget
2021 2022
191,045,826
32,405,000
2,685,000
226,135,826$
Proposed Sewer Capital Improvement Program for FY 2021 22
Type of Project
WRF
Collection System
Lift Stations
Northwest Oil Drain
Total 2021 2022 CIP
13
Stormwater Utility Enterprise Fund
Stormwater Infrastructure Background
The Citys stormwater system includes 350 miles of stormwater collection lines, 77 miles
of canals and drainage ditches, 32 miles of open channel creeks and rivers, culverts, 27 lift
stations, and 63 detention basins. These systems must be maintained to prevent flooding
and to meet the water quality requirements in the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System
(MS4) permit. SLCDPU is also responsible for all city facilities meeting MS4
requirements.
A Drainage Master Plan was completed in 1993. The FY 2022 budget includes the
continuation of on update of the Drainage Master Plan to include water quality and climate
change issues, such as storm intensification, in addition to traditional conveyance.
Stormwater Utility Budget Highlights for FY 2022
Anticipated Revenues
A planned 10% rate increase was deferred in FY 2021 due to anticipated economic impacts
of the COVID-19 pandemic. SLCDPU is proposing a rate increase of 10% in FY 2022,
and plans increases between 10% and 15% in future years through FY 2026 in order to
maintain and rehabilitate infrastructure and meet more stringent water quality
requirements.
SLCDPU plans to issue bonds during FY 2022 with $6,160,000 designated for stormwater
utility needs. This amount is primarily associated with stormwater collection system
replacement in coordination with the Citys streets bond.
The revenue budget is proposed to decrease by $3,192,015 or 14.25% from the FY 2021
amended budget. The proposed revenue budget for FY 2022 by major category is as
follows:
Revenue Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
Proposed Budget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
OperatingSales 9,753,500 9,753,500 10,714,550 961,050 9.85%
Interest 199,670 199,670 119,200 (80,470)40.30%
Other Revenues 52,000 86,764 64,000 (22,764)26.24%
Impact Fees 389,000 389,000 389,000 0.00%
Contributions 352,000 352,000 352,000 0.00%
Bond Proceeds 6,160,000 6,160,000
From (To) Reserves 6,628,085 11,612,094 1,402,263 (10,209,831)87.92%
Total 17,374,255$ 22,393,028$ 19,201,013$(3,192,015)$14.25%
Projected Storm Revenues for FY2021 22
14
Operating Sales: Revenue is expected to increase by approximately 10%.
Interest Income: Interest earnings are expected to decrease due to spending of bond
proceeds.
Other Revenues: FY 2021 amended budget includes one-time CARES funding.
Contributions: No change is anticipated.
Impact Fees: No change is anticipated.
Bond / Note Proceeds: A bond issue of $6,160,000 is anticipated.
Reserve Funds: Reserves of $1,402,263 will be utilized for stormwater system
improvements. These funds will come from the Series 2020 Bond proceeds.
Proposed Expenditures
The stormwater utilitys FY 2022 budget proposes capitalizing $8,530,500 to renovate
portions of the stormwater collection system. The schedule for stormwater system
improvements has been adjusted to perform work in conjunction with the general
obligation bonded street repair projects. The FY 2022 capital improvements budget
includes continued funding for this cooperative work.
The expenditure budget for the stormwater utility is proposed to decrease $3,192,015 or
14.25%. The proposed budget for fiscal year FY 2022 by major category is as follows:
Personal Services: Employee related costs are estimated to increase $554,203 or 15.14%.
The stormwater utility budget anticipates an increase of 4.20 FTEs. The FY 2022 budget
includes a 3% increase to accommodate employee compensation and benefit changes.
Charges for Services: Studies and consultants are anticipated to decrease in FY 2022.
Debt Service: The budget increases by $284,770 of 19.46% for interest payments required
by the planned bond issue.
Capital Outlay: The proposed capital outlay budget for FY 2022 includes $209,000 for
vehicles and $9,000 for field maintenance equipment.
Major Expenditure
Categories
Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
Proposed Budget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
Personal Services 3,628,930 3,661,580 4,215,783 554,203 15.14%
Materials and Supplies 228,808 228,808 232,408 3,600 1.57%
Charges for Services 4,315,421 4,723,194 4,255,851 (467,343)9.89%
Debt Service 1,463,701 1,463,701 1,748,471 284,770 19.46%
Capital Outlay 382,000 382,000 218,000 (164,000)42.93%
Capital Improvements 7,943,000 11,933,745 8,530,500 (3,403,245)28.52%
Total 17,961,860$ 22,393,028$ 19,201,013$(3,192,015)$14.25%
Proposed Storm Expenditures for FY 2021 22
15
Capital Improvements: The proposed capital improvement budget for FY 2022 is
$8,530,500, a decrease of $3,403,245 from the FY 2021 amended budget. A detailed list
of capital improvement projects is provided in the cash flow summary for the stormwater
utility. The capital project summary by facility types are as follows:
Proposed Budget
2021 2022
7,612,500
700,000
168,000
Detention Basins 50,000
8,530,500$
Lift Stations
Landscaping
Total 2021 2022 CIP
Proposed Storm Capital Improvement Program for FY 2021 22
Type of Project
Lines and Riparian Corridor Projects
16
Street Lighting Utility Enterprise Fund
Street Lighting Infrastructure Background
SLCDPU has updated the Citys 2006 Street Lighting Master Plan in order to focus on
community safety and aesthetic needs, particularly since updating lights and conversion of
streetlights to energy efficient bulbs has changed the character of lighting in some
neighborhoods.
In anticipation of the adoption of the updated master plan, SLCDPU anticipates revising
the street lighting cost of service and rate study, as well as preparing a programmatic and
systematic approach to implementation of the master plan.
Of the 15,662 lights that the City maintains, 8,796 lights or 56% are now considered to be
energy efficient. SLCDPU is in the seventh year of a ten-year plan to convert all the lights
to high energy efficiency lamps. The FY 2022 budget funds continuing conversion to high
efficiency lights. Ongoing conversions are anticipated in some neighborhoods once the
Street Lighting Master Plan is completed to provide better guidelines related to lighting
color and intensity.
17
Street Lighting Utility Budget Highlights for FY 2022
Anticipated Revenues
No rate changes are proposed in the FY 2022 budget. The base lighting rates were
established in 2013 at $3.73 per month for an average residential customer, or Equivalent
Residential Unit (ERU), and are expected to remain unchanged for this fiscal year. Rates
for enhanced tiers are Tier 1 $5.67, Tier 2 $15.94, and Tier 3 $43.82.
Continuation of the private lights program is proposed in the FY 2022 budget. The program
includes a $20,000 transfer from the General Fund and indicates the on-going desire of the
City to provide a matching support to reduce the capital costs to neighborhoods installing
private street lighting. SLCDPU administers this program.
The revenue budget is proposed to increase by $279,183 from the FY 2021 budget. The
proposed budget for FY 2022 by major category is as follows:
Operating Sales: Rate changes are not proposed thus this category is expected to change
significantly. The FY 2022 budget is based on actual sales revenue from FY 2020.
Interest Income: Interest earnings budget was revised based on a review of historical and
current year earnings.
Other Revenues: The slight decrease is based on 5-year historical data.
General Fund Contributions: FY 2021 amended budget included CARES funding.
Reserve Funds: The FY 2021 budget anticipates using $1,508,894 from the utilitys
reserve funds.
Revenue Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
Proposed Budget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
Operating Sales 4,224,298 4,224,298 4,097,569 (126,729)3.00%
Interest 8,000 8,000 40,500 32,500 406.25%
Other Revenues 34,500 34,500 32,700 (1,800)5.22%
General Fund Contributions 20,000 21,788 20,000 (1,788)8.21%
From (To) Reserves 1,092,899 1,131,894 1,508,894 377,000 33.31%
Total 5,379,697$ 5,420,480$ 5,699,663$ 279,183$ 5.15%
Projected Street Lighting Revenues for FY 2021 22
18
Proposed Expenditures
Street lighting capital improvements totaling $2,240,000 are planned in the FY 2022
budget. The Street Lighting Capital Program focuses on high efficiency and system
upgrades in neighborhood, arterial and collector streets.
The expenditure budget for the street lighting utility is proposed to increase $279,183 or
5.15% from the FY 2021 amended budget. The proposed budget for FY 2022 by major
category is as follows:
Personal Services: Employee related costs are estimated to increase $131,723 or 58.37%.
The street lighting utility budget anticipates an increased allocation of 1.15 FTE. The FY
2022 budget includes a 3% increase to accommodate employee compensation and benefit
changes.
Charges for Services: The proposed budget for charges and services increases $162,171
or 5.92% in FY 2022 with a budgeted increase in professional and contractual services.
Debt Service: In compliance with the outstanding Series 2017 Bond, budgeted debt
service payments will increase slightly from FY 2021.
Capital Equipment: No expenditures of capital equipment are planned.
Capital Improvements: The proposed capital improvement budget for FY 2022 is
$2,240,000, a decrease of $16,414 from the FY 2021 amended budget. A capital projects
summary by facility type is as follows for base lighting and all enhanced tiers:
Major Expenditure
Categories
Adopted Budget
2020 2021
Amended Budget
2020 2021
Proposed Budget
2021 2022 Difference Percent
Change
Personal Services 224,167 225,667 357,390 131,723 58.37%
Materials and Supplies 6,994 6,994 6,994 0.00%
Charges for Services 2,716,702 2,739,571 2,901,742 162,171 5.92%
Debt Service 191,834 191,834 193,537 1,703 0.89%
Capital Improvements 2,240,000 2,256,414 2,240,000 (16,414)0.73%
Total 5,379,697$ 5,420,480$ 5,699,663$ 279,183$ 5.15%
Proposed Street Lighting Expenditures for FY 2021 22
Proposed Budget2021
2022
2,240,000
2,240,000.00$
Systemupgradesfor high efficiency and uniformity Base Tiers1 3
Total 2021 2022 CIP
Type of Project
Proposed Street LightingCapital Improvement Program for FY2021 22
19
20
Combined Utilities- Budget Summary and Cash Flow
21
PUBLIC UTILITIES
WATER, SEWER, STORMWATER, AND STREET LIGHTING COMBINED BUDGET SUMMARY
FY 2022-2024
AMENDED PROJECTED PROPOSED PROPOSED PROPOSED
ACTUAL BUDGET ACTUAL BUDGET BUDGET BUDGET
SOURCES 2019-20 2020-21 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
REVENUE & OTHER SOURCES
REVENUES
UTILITY SERVICE REVENUE 134,778,497$ 133,792,106$ 143,357,759$ 158,309,402$ 181,426,202$ 204,479,572$
INTEREST INCOME 1,867,054 1,915,867 1,933,000 728,700 562,830 733,800
OTHER REVENUES 4,615,608 5,109,649 5,109,649 5,237,231 5,237,231 5,237,231
TOTAL REVENUES 141,261,159$ 140,817,622$ 150,400,408$ 164,275,333$ 187,226,263$ 210,450,603$
OTHER SOURCES
GRANTS & OTHER RELATED REVENUES 8,083,450$ 4,643,961$ 4,643,961$ 3,434,284$ 3,434,284$ 3,434,284$
SALE OF EQUIPMENT 300,109$ 155,260$ 155,260$ 56,500$ 56,500$ 56,500$
IMPACT FEES 4,710,332 2,995,670 3,511,006 3,595,670 3,595,670 3,595,670
TRANSFERS FROM GENERAL FUND - 21,788 21,788 20,000 20,000 20,000
WIFIA LOAN - 93,210,000 93,210,000 93,890,000 70,465,000 64,017,000
BOND PROCEEDS - 93,520,000 197,939,471 155,993,000 130,726,000 108,603,000
NON BOND FINANCING - - - - - -
SHORT-TERM FINANCING - - - - - -
COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL - - - - - -
OTHER SOURCES - - - - - -
TOTAL OTHER SOURCES 13,093,891$ 194,546,679$ 299,481,486$ 256,989,454$ 208,297,454$ 179,726,454$
TOTAL REVENUE & OTHER SOURCES 154,355,050$ 335,364,301$ 449,881,894$ 421,264,787$ 395,523,717$ 390,177,057$
EXPENSES & OTHER USES
EXPENDITURES
PERSONNEL SERVICES 34,309,801$ 42,360,790$ 42,360,790$ 45,645,184$ 47,188,269$ 48,784,598$
OPERATING & MAINTENANCE 4,939,908 7,622,463 7,622,463 7,735,360 7,890,067 8,047,870
TRAVEL & TRAINING 82,058 314,177 314,177 298,005 303,966 310,046
UTILITIES 2,823,062 5,101,677 5,101,677 5,172,058 5,275,499 5,381,009
TECHNICAL SERVICES 5,714,544 17,131,119 16,661,119 16,466,271 17,295,598 17,641,512
IMS SERVICES 2,549,270 2,503,000 2,503,000 4,332,073 4,418,715 4,507,090
PUBLIC SERVICES / STREET SWEEPING 819,605 819,605 819,605 819,605 835,997 852,717
FLEET MAINTENANCE 1,655,067 2,008,050 2,008,050 2,005,500 2,045,610 2,086,521
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE FEE 1,482,952 1,555,200 1,555,200 1,600,416 1,632,424 1,665,074
PAYMENT IN LIEU OF TAXES 1,126,697 1,393,358 1,393,358 1,413,775 1,442,051 1,470,892
RISK MANAGEMENT 748,481 1,913,500 1,913,500 1,949,300 1,988,286 2,028,051
TRANSFERS TO GENERAL FUND - 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,280 14,566
BILLING COST 1,684,523 1,502,571 1,502,571 1,618,882 1,651,259 1,684,284
NEW PLANT O&M COSTS - - - - 250,000 252,500
METRO. WATER PURCH & TREAT 15,668,662 16,474,663 16,474,663 16,969,000 17,308,380 17,654,548
METRO ASSESSMENT (CAPITAL) 7,021,892 7,866,115 7,866,115 7,866,115 7,866,115 7,866,115
OTHER CHARGES AND SERVICES (309,437) 355,410 355,410 715,035 729,335 743,926
TOTAL EXPENDITURES 80,317,085$ 108,935,698$ 108,465,698$ 114,620,579$ 118,135,851$ 120,991,319$
OTHER USES
CAPITAL OUTLAY 6,219,965$ 5,397,151$ 5,397,151$ 6,167,835$ 5,539,814$ 5,553,794$
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGET 99,066,592 327,916,537 325,125,792 276,506,326 242,547,052 253,697,248
COST OF DEBT ISSUANCE - 520,000 438,562 867,200 653,000 341,000
DEBT SERVICES 14,708,698 16,728,778 20,747,227 22,318,087 24,300,569 26,392,445
TOTAL OTHER USES 119,995,255$ 350,562,466$ 351,708,732$ 305,859,448$ 273,040,435$ 285,984,487$
TOTAL EXPENSE & OTHER USES 200,312,340$ 459,498,164$ 460,174,430$ 420,480,027$ 391,176,286$ 406,975,806$
EXCESS REVENUE AND OTHER
SOURCES OVER (UNDER) USES (45,957,290)$ (124,133,863)$ (10,292,536)$ 784,760$ 4,347,431$ (16,798,749)$
OPERATING CASH BALANCES
BEGINNING JULY 1 99,940,872$ 72,333,355$ 72,333,355$ 62,040,819$ 62,825,579$ 67,173,010$
RESTRICTED / DESIGNATED 18,349,773$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
ENDING JUNE 30 72,333,355$ (51,800,508)$ 62,040,819$ 62,825,579$ 67,173,010$ 50,374,261$
Cash Reserve Ratio 90% -48% 57%55%57% 42%
Cash reserve goal above 14%
Combined Rate Increase
18%
Combined Rate Increase
15%
Combined Rate Increase
13%
22
26
Water Utility- Budget Summary and Cash Flow
27
AMENDED PROJECTED PROPOSED FORECAST FORECAST
ACTUAL BUDGET ACTUAL BUDGET BUDGET BUDGET
SOURCES 2019-20 2020-21 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
REVENUE & OTHER SOURCES
REVENUES
METERED SALES 76,257,075$ 69,612,308$ 79,304,690$ 85,462,346$ 98,266,900$ 112,990,800$
INTEREST INCOME 583,230 715,896 715,896 398,000 184,530 165,000
OTHER REVENUES 4,197,718 4,530,048 4,530,048 4,762,372 4,762,372 4,762,372
TOTAL REVENUES 81,038,023$ 74,858,252$ 84,550,634$ 90,622,718$ 103,213,802$ 117,918,172$
OTHER SOURCES
GRANTS & OTHER RELATED REVENUES 2,562,909$ 2,533,356$ 2,533,356$ 1,953,620$ 1,953,620$ 1,953,620$
IMPACT FEES 2,521,760 1,184,670 1,338,448 1,784,670 1,784,670 1,784,670
SALE OF EQUIPMENT 125,034 135,260 135,260 40,500 40,500 40,500
OTHER SOURCES - - - - - -
BOND PROCEEDS - 42,235,000 77,129,992 26,146,000 42,235,000 62,346,000
TOTAL OTHER SOURCES 5,209,703$ 46,088,286$ 81,137,056$ 29,924,790$ 46,013,790$ 66,124,790$
TOTAL REVENUE & SOURCES 86,247,726$ 120,946,538$ 165,687,690$ 120,547,508$ 149,227,592$ 184,042,962$
EXPENSES & OTHER USES
EXPENDITURES
PERSONNEL SERVICES 21,571,541$ 25,774,546$ 25,774,546$ 28,272,052$ 29,120,215$ 29,993,822$
OPERATING & MAINTENANCE 3,731,042 4,806,680 4,806,680 4,839,903 4,936,702 5,035,437
TRAVEL & TRAINING 46,251 179,100 179,100 180,800 184,417 188,106
UTILITIES 1,251,633 2,845,999 2,845,999 2,857,150 2,914,294 2,972,580
TECHNICAL SERVICES 2,493,855 11,117,403 11,117,403 10,908,535 11,626,706 11,859,240
IMS SERVICES 1,463,176 1,408,000 1,408,000 2,486,100 2,535,822 2,586,538
FLEET MAINTENANCE 1,005,504 1,250,500 1,250,500 1,250,500 1,275,510 1,301,020
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE FEE 841,922 867,200 867,200 893,216 911,080 929,302
PAYMENT IN LIEU OF TAXES 365,000 385,780 385,780 428,864 437,441 446,190
METRO. WATER PURCH & TREAT 15,668,662 16,474,663 16,474,663 16,969,000 17,308,380 17,654,548
METRO ASSESSMENT (CAPITAL) 7,021,892 7,866,115 7,866,115 7,866,115 7,866,115 7,866,115
RISK MANAGEMENT 626,046 1,444,950 1,444,950 1,481,750 1,511,385 1,541,613
TRANSFERS TO GENERAL FUND - 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,200 10,404
OTHER CHARGES AND SERVICES (556,896) (272,628) (272,628) (68,194) (69,558) (70,948)
TOTAL EXPENDITURES 55,529,628$ 74,158,308$ 74,158,308$ 78,375,791$ 80,568,709$ 82,313,967$
OTHER USES
CAPITAL OUTLAY 4,109,586$ 3,820,671$ 3,820,671$ 4,622,835$ 4,622,835$ 4,622,835$
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGET 30,538,705 82,050,006 82,050,006 39,600,000 68,462,800 88,923,500
COST OF DEBT ISSUANCE - 235,000 129,992 146,000 162,000 84,000
DEBT SERVICES 1,138,500 2,650,774 4,870,922 4,620,929 5,920,053 7,991,385
TOTAL OTHER USES 35,786,791$ 88,756,451$ 90,871,591$ 48,989,764$ 79,167,688$ 101,621,720$
TOTAL EXPENSE & OTHER USES 91,316,419$ 162,914,759$ 165,029,899$ 127,365,555$ 159,736,397$ 183,935,687$
EXCESS REVENUE AND OTHER
SOURCES OVER (UNDER) USES ($5,068,693) ($41,968,221) $657,791 ($6,818,047)($10,508,805) $107,275
OPERATING CASH BALANCES
BEGINNING JULY 1 23,684,887$ 28,197,285$ 28,197,285$ 28,855,076$ 22,037,029$ 11,528,224$
RESTRICTED / DESIGNATED 9,581,091 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
AVAILABLE JUNE 30 28,197,285$ (13,770,936)$ 28,855,076$ 22,037,029$ 11,528,224$ 11,635,499$
Cash Reserve Ratio 51% -19% 39%28%14% 14%
Cash reserve goal above 14%
WATER UTILITY BUDGET SUMMARY
FY 2022-24
Rate Increase
8%
Rate Increase
15%
Rate Increase
15%
28
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
Sewer Utility- Budget Summary and Cash Flow
43
AMENDED PROJECTED PROPOSED FORECAST FORECAST
ACTUAL BUDGET ACTUAL BUDGET BUDGET BUDGET
SOURCES 2019-20 2020-21 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
REVENUE & OTHER SOURCES
REVENUES
METERED SALES 43,864,526$ 50,215,000$ 50,215,000$ 58,034,937$ 66,740,000 73,414,000$
INTEREST INCOME 1,035,061 992,301 992,301 171,000 232,000 444,000
OTHER REVENUES 343,367 519,942 519,942 406,000 406,000 406,000
TOTAL REVENUES 45,242,954$ 51,727,243$ 51,727,243$ 58,611,937$ 67,378,000 74,264,000$
OTHER SOURCES
IMPACT FEES 1,700,183$ 1,422,000$ 1,783,558$ 1,422,000$ 1,422,000 1,422,000$
GRANTS & OTHER RELATED REVENUES 5,379,388 1,684,000 1,684,000 1,100,823 1,100,823 1,100,823
SALE OF EQUIPMENT 168,224 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000
WIFIA LOAN - 93,210,000 93,210,000 93,890,000 70,465,000 64,017,000
NON BOND FINANCING - - - - 0 -
BOND PROCEEDS - 51,285,000 106,285,000 123,687,000 88,491,000 46,257,000
TOTAL OTHER SOURCES 7,247,795$ 147,617,000$ 202,978,558$ 220,115,823$ 161,494,823 112,812,823$
TOTAL REVENUE & OTHER SOURCES 52,490,749$ 199,344,243$ 254,705,801$ 278,727,760$ 228,872,823 187,076,823$
EXPENSES & OTHER USES
EXPENDITURES
PERSONNEL SERVICES 9,619,797$ 12,698,997$ 12,698,997$ 12,799,959$ 13,311,956 13,844,435$
OPERATING & MAINTENANCE 947,769 2,579,981 2,579,981 2,656,055 2,709,175 2,763,357
TRAVEL & TRAINING 28,820 106,912 106,912 90,590 92,402 94,250
UTILITIES 484,153 1,001,180 1,001,180 1,039,090 1,059,871 1,081,067
TECHNICAL SERVICES 739,106 2,560,929 2,560,929 2,710,769 2,764,985 2,820,285
IMS SERVICES 611,351 640,000 640,000 1,040,533 1,061,344 1,082,571
FLEET MAINTENANCE 415,754 543,550 543,550 541,000 551,820 562,856
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE FEE 457,350 480,000 480,000 494,400 504,288 514,374
PAYMENT IN LIEU OF TAXES 661,263 809,149 809,149 851,386 868,414 885,782
BILLING COST 827,634 827,634 827,634 949,872 968,869 988,246
RISK MANAGEMENT 53,434 375,450 375,450 374,450 381,939 389,577
TRANSFERS TO GENERAL FUND - - - - - -
NEW PLANT O&M COSTS - - - - 250,000 252,500
OTHER CHARGES AND SERVICES 286,086 567,794 567,794 726,516 741,045 755,865
TOTAL EXPENDITURES 15,132,517$ 23,191,576$ 23,191,576$ 24,274,620$ 25,266,108 26,035,165$
OTHER USES
CAPITAL OUTLAY 1,681,191$ 1,194,480$ 1,194,480$ 1,327,000$ 698,979 712,959$
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGET 63,108,908 231,676,372 231,676,372 226,135,826 166,619,252 157,103,748
COST OF DEBT ISSUANCE - 285,000 285,000 687,000 491,000 257,000
DEBT SERVICES 12,447,926 12,422,469 14,220,770 15,789,350 16,441,610 16,498,244
TOTAL OTHER USES 77,238,025$ 245,578,321$ 247,376,622$ 243,939,176$ 184,250,841 174,571,951$
TOTAL EXPENSE & OTHER USES 92,370,542$ 268,769,897$ 270,568,198$ 268,213,796$ 209,516,949 200,607,116$
EXCESS REVENUE AND OTHER
SOURCES OVER (UNDER) USES (39,879,793)$ (69,425,654)$ (15,862,397)$ 10,513,964$ 19,355,874 (13,530,293)$
OPERATING CASH BALANCES
BEGINNING JULY 1 63,159,779$ 30,581,040$ 30,581,040$ 14,718,643$ 25,232,607 44,588,481$
RESTRICTED / DESIGNATED 7,301,054$ -$ -$ -$ 0 -$
AVAILABLE JUNE 30 30,581,040$ (38,844,614)$ 14,718,643$ 25,232,607$ 44,588,481 31,058,188$
Cash Reserve Ratio 202% -167% 63%104%176% 119%
Cash reserve goal above 14%
SEWER UTILITY BUDGET SUMMARY
FY 2022-24
Rate Increase 18%
Rate Increase
18%
Rate Increase
15%
44
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
54
Stormwater Utility- Budget Summary and Cash Flow
55
AMENDED PROJECTED PROPOSED FORECAST FORECAST
ACTUAL BUDGET ACTUAL BUDGET BUDGET BUDGET
SOURCES 2019-20 2020-21 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
REVENUE & OTHER SOURCES
REVENUES
METERED SALES 10,424,070$ 9,740,500$ 9,740,500$ 10,714,550$ 12,321,733$ 13,553,906$
INTEREST INCOME 129,047 199,670 199,670 119,200 105,800 84,300
OTHER REVENUES 74,273 53,000 53,000 64,000 64,000 64,000
TOTAL REVENUES 10,627,390$ 9,993,170$ 9,993,170$ 10,897,750$ 12,491,533$ 13,702,206$
OTHER SOURCES
GRANTS & OTHER RELATED REVENUES 141,153$ 398,764$ 398,764$ $ 352,000 352,000$ 352,000$
SALE OF EQUIPMENT 6,851 4,000 4,000 -
COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL - - - - - -
IMPACT FEES 488,389 389,000 389,000 389,000 389,000 389,000
SHORT-TERM FINANCING - - - - - -
BOND PROCEEDS - - 14,524,479 6,160,000 - -
TOTAL OTHER SOURCES 636,393$ 791,764$ 15,316,243$ 6,901,000$ 741,000$ 741,000$
TOTAL REVENUE & OTHER SOURCES 11,263,783$ 10,784,934$ 25,309,413$ 17,798,750$ 13,232,533$ 14,443,206$
EXPENSES & OTHER USES
EXPENDITURES
PERSONNEL SERVICES 2,900,729$ 3,661,580$ 3,661,580$ $ 4,215,783 4,384,413$ 4,559,788$
OPERATING & MAINTENANCE 255,137 228,808 228,808 232,408 237,056 241,796
TRAVEL & TRAINING 4,033 25,165 25,165 23,615 24,087 24,568
UTILITIES 303,268 242,998 242,998 264,318 269,604 274,996
TECHNICAL SERVICES 462,758 1,859,672 1,389,672 1,019,263 1,039,648 1,060,441
PUBLIC SERVICES / STREET SWEEPING 819,605 819,605 819,605 819,605 835,997 852,717
IMS SERVICES 472,952 455,000 455,000 802,400 818,448 834,817
FLEET MAINTENANCE 233,809 214,000 214,000 214,000 218,280 222,645
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE FEE 147,606 160,000 160,000 164,800 168,096 171,458
PAYMENT IN LIEU OF TAXES 100,434 124,259 124,259 133,525 136,196 138,920
BILLING COST 856,889 674,937 674,937 669,010 682,390 696,038
RISK MANAGEMENT 68,741 92,100 92,100 92,100 93,942 95,820
TRANSFERS TO GENERAL FUND - 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,080 4,162
OTHER CHARGES AND SERVICES (42,858) 51,458 51,458 49,215 50,200 51,205
TOTAL EXPENDITURES 6,583,103$ 8,613,582$ 8,143,582$ 8,704,042$ 8,962,437$ 9,229,371$
OTHER USES
CAPITAL OUTLAY 429,188$ 382,000$ 382,000$ $ 218,000 218,000$ 218,000$
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGET 4,389,476 11,933,745 9,143,000 8,530,500 5,225,000 5,430,000
COST OF DEBT ISSUANCE - - 23,570 34,200 - -
DEBT SERVICES 1,018,835 1,463,701 1,463,701 1,714,271 1,745,321 1,709,254
TOTAL OTHER USES 5,837,499$ 13,779,446$ 11,012,271$ 10,496,971$ 7,188,321$ 7,357,254$
TOTAL EXPENSE & OTHER USES 12,420,602$ 22,393,028$ 19,155,853$ 19,201,013$ 16,150,758$ 16,586,625$
EXCESS REVENUE AND OTHER
SOURCES OVER (UNDER) USES (1,156,819)$ (11,608,094)$ 6,153,560$ $ (1,402,263)(2,918,225)$ (2,143,419)$
OPERATING CASH BALANCES
BEGINNING JULY 1 7,815,254$ 7,504,567$ 7,504,567$ $ 13,658,127 12,255,864$ 9,337,639$
RESTRICTED / DESIGNATED 846,132$ -$ -$ $ - -$ -$
AVAILABLE JUNE 30 7,504,567$ (4,103,527)$ 13,658,127$ $ 12,255,864 9,337,639$ 7,194,220$
Cash Reserve Ratio 114% -48% 168% 141% 104% 78%
Cash reserve goal above 14%
STORMWATER UTILITY BUDGET SUMMARY
FY 2022-2024
Rate increase 10% Rate increase 15% Rate increase 10%
56
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
CRITICALITY RATINGCONDITION RATING
Street Lighting Utility- Budget Summary and Cash Flow
61
AMENDED PROJECTED PROPOSED FORECAST FORECAST
ACTUAL BUDGET ACTUAL BUDGET BUDGET BUDGET
SOURCES 2019-20 2020-21 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24
REVENUE & OTHER SOURCES
REVENUES
STREET LIGHTING FEES 4,232,826$ 4,224,298$ 4,097,569$ 4,097,569$ 4,097,569$ 4,520,866$
INTEREST INCOME 119,716 8,000 25,133 40,500 40,500 40,500
OTHER REVENUES 250 6,659 6,659 4,859 4,859 4,859
TOTAL REVENUES 4,352,792$ 4,238,957$ 4,129,361$ 4,142,928$ 4,142,928$ 4,566,225$
OTHER SOURCES
GRANTS & OTHER RELATED REVENUES -$ 27,841$ 27,841$ 27,841$ 27,841$ 27,841$
TRANSFERS FROM GENERAL FUND - 21,788 21,788 20,000 20,000 20,000
IMPACT FEES - - - - - -
BOND PROCEEDS - - --- -
TOTAL OTHER SOURCES -$ 49,629$ 49,629$ 47,841$ 47,841$ 47,841$
TOTAL REVENUE & SOURCES 4,352,792$ 4,288,586$ 4,178,990$ 4,190,769$ 4,190,769$ 4,614,066$
EXPENSES & OTHER USES
EXPENDITURES
PERSONNEL SERVICES 217,734$ 225,667$ 225,667$ 357,390$ 371,685$ 386,553$
OPERATING & MAINTENANCE 5,960 6,994 6,994 6,994 7,134 7,280
TRAVEL & TRAINING 2,954 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,060 3,122
UTILITIES 784,008 1,011,500 1,011,500 1,011,500 1,031,730 1,052,366
TECHNICAL SERVICES 2,018,825 1,593,115 1,593,115 1,827,704 1,864,259 1,901,546
IMS SERVICES 1,791 - - 3,040 3,101 3,164
FLEET MAINTENANCE - - - - - -
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE FEE 36,074 48,000 48,000 48,000 48,960 49,940
PAYMENT IN LIEU OF TAXES - 74,170 74,170 - - -
RISK MANAGEMENT 260 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,020 1,041
TRANSFERS TO GENERAL FUND - - - - - -
OTHER CHARGES AND SERVICES 4,231 8,786 8,786 7,498 7,648 7,804
TOTAL EXPENDITURES 3,071,837$ 2,972,232$ 2,972,232$ 3,266,126$ 3,338,597$ 3,412,816$
OTHER USES
CAPITAL OUTLAY -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGET 1,029,503 2,256,414 2,256,414 2,240,000 2,240,000 2,240,000
DEBT SERVICES 103,437 191,834 191,834 193,537 193,585 193,562
TOTAL OTHER USES 1,132,940$ 2,448,248$ 2,448,248$ 2,433,537$ 2,433,585$ 2,433,562$
TOTAL EXPENSE & OTHER USES 4,204,777$ 5,420,480$ 5,420,480$ 5,699,663$ 5,772,182$ 5,846,378$
EXCESS REVENUE AND OTHER
SOURCES OVER (UNDER) USES 148,015$ (1,131,894)$ (1,241,490)$ $ (1,508,894)(1,581,413)$ (1,232,312)$
OPERATING CASH BALANCES
BEGINNING JULY 1 5,280,952$ 6,050,463$ 6,050,463$ $ 4,808,973 3,300,079$ 1,718,666$
RESTRICTED / DESIGNATED 621,496$ -$ -$ $ - -$ -$
AVAILABLE JUNE 30 6,050,463$ 4,918,569$ 4,808,973$ $ 3,300,079 1,718,666$ 486,354$
CASH RESERVE RATIO 197% 165% 162%101%51% 14%
STREET LIGHTING UTILITY BUDGET SUMMARY
FY 2022-2024
Cash reserve goal above 14%
62
APPENDIX A: Rate Change Comparisons and Customer Impacts
65
Water Rate Change Comparisons
Meter 2021 2022
Size
(inches)
Current
Rate
Proposed
Rate $ %
3/4 9.28 10.03 0.75 8.08%
1 12.14 13.12 0.98 8.07%
1 1/2 19.29 20.84 1.55 8.04%
2 27.88 30.12 2.24 8.03%
3 50.76 54.83 4.07 8.02%
4 76.50 82.62 6.12 8.00%
6 148.03 159.88 11.85 8.01%
8 233.85 252.56 18.71 8.00%
10 605.76 654.23 48.47 8.00%
Meter 2021 2022
Size
(inches)Current
Rate
Proposed
Rate
$ %
3/4 12.53 13.54 1.01 8.06%
1 16.39 17.71 1.32 8.05%
1 1/2 26.04 28.13 2.09 8.03%
2 37.64 40.66 3.02 8.02%
3 68.53 74.02 5.49 8.01%
4 103.28 111.54 8.26 8.00%
6 199.84 215.84 16.00 8.01%
8 315.70 340.96 25.26 8.00%
10 817.78 883.21 65.43 8.00%
Comparison of Monthly Water Base Rate Options
for City Customers
Current to Proposed
Comparison of Monthly Water Base Rate Options
for County Customers
Current to Proposed
66
2021 2022
Flat Rate or
Block
Current Rate
per ccf
Proposed
Rate per ccf $ %
Flat Rate 1.37 1.48 0.11 8.03%
Block 1 1.37 1.48 0.12 8.42%
Block 2 1.87 2.02 0.15 8.02%
Block 3 2.59 2.80 0.21 8.11%
Block 4 2.76 2.99 0.23 8.33%
2021 2021
Flat Rate or
Block
Current Rate
per ccf
Proposed
Rate per ccf $ %
Flat Rate 1.84 2.00 0.16 8.70%
Block 1 1.84 2.00 0.16 8.70%
Block 2 2.52 2.73 0.21 8.33%
Block 3 3.50 3.78 0.28 8.00%
Block 4 3.73 4.04 0.31 8.31%
Block Current
Flat Rate All Usage
Block 1 1 - 10 ccf
Block 2 11 - 30 ccf
Block 3 31 - 60 ccf
Block 4 >61 ccf
Summer Rate Structure ( April - October)
Rate Structure
Summer Rate Structure ( April - October)
Winter Rate Structure (November - March)
Comparison of Water Monthly Usage Rate Options
for City Residential Customers
Current to Proposed
Comparison of Water Monthly Usage Rate Options
for County Residential Customers
Current to Proposed
Winter Rate Structure (November - March)
67
2021 2022
Flat Rate or
Block
Current Rate
per ccf
Proposed
Rate per ccf $ %
Flat Rate 1.49 1.61 0.12 8.1%
Block 1 1.49 1.61 0.12 8.1%
Block 2 2.04 2.21 0.17 8.3%
Block 3 2.84 3.07 0.23 8.1%
Block 4 3.01 3.26 0.25 8.3%
2021 2022
Flat Rate or
Block
Current Rate
per ccf
Proposed
Rate per ccf $ %
Flat Rate 2.01 2.17 0.16 8.1%
Block 1 2.01 2.17 0.16 8.1%
Block 2 2.75 2.98 0.23 8.5%
Block 3 3.83 4.14 0.31 8.2%
Block 4 4.06 4.40 0.34 8.4%
Block Current
Flat Rate All Usage
Block 1 0-AWC
Block 2 AWC-300%
Block 3 300%-600%
Block 4 >600%
*CII= Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional
Comparison of Monthly Usage Rate Options
for County CII Customers
*AWC = Average Winter Consumption.
AWC-300% means usage greater than a
customers AWC and less than or equal to
300% of the customers AWC
Current to Proposed
Winter Rate Structure (November - March)
Summer Rate Structure ( April - October)
Rate Structure
Winter Rate Structure (November - March)
Summer Rate Structure ( April - October)
Comparison of Monthly Usage Rate Options
for City CII Customers
Current to Proposed
68
2021 2022
Flat Rate or
Block
Current Rate
per ccf
Proposed
Rate per ccf $ %
Flat Rate 1.80 1.94 0.14 8.00%
Block 1 1.80 1.94 0.14 8.00%
Block 2 2.50 2.70 0.20 8.00%
Block 3 2.66 2.87 0.21 7.89%
2021 2022
Flat Rate or
Block
Current Rate
per ccf
Proposed
Rate per ccf $ %
Flat Rate 2.42 2.62 0.20 8.45%
Block 1 2.42 2.62 0.20 8.45%
Block 2 3.37 3.65 0.28 8.31%
Block 3 3.59 3.87 0.28 7.80%
Block Current
Flat Rate All Usage
Block 1
1CCF-
Target
Budget
Block 2
Target
Budget up to
300% of
Target
Budget
Block 3
Over 300%
of Target
Budget
Comparison of Water Monthly Usage Rate Options
for City Irrigation Customers
Current to Proposed
* "Target budget" means the estimated amount of water consumed per
acre, as established by the Public Utilities Director or his/her designee
each year for customer based on factors including, but not limited to,
evapotranspiration, and considering efficient water practices. A different
target budget is established for each month of the irrigation season.
Current to Proposed
Winter Rate Structure (November - March)
Summer Rate Structure ( April - October)
Winter Rate Structure (November - March)
Summer Rate Structure ( April - October)
Comparison of Water Monthly Usage Rate Options
for County Irrigation Customers
Rate Structure
69
Proposed Water Rate Change Customer Impacts
70
71
Sewer Rate Change Comparisons
72
73
Proposed Sewer Rate Change Customer Impacts
74
Stormwater Rate Change Comparisons
75
Proposed Stormwater Rate Change Customer Impacts
76
APPENDIX B: Supplemental Information
77
Millions
Millions
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Millions
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Millions
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Millions
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Millions
Millions
Per Capita Water Use (gpcd)
85,921 86,360 86,665 87,233 85,514 89,191 90,393 89,776 80,218 90,766 91,283 81,751 92,955 92,344 90,748 90,912 90,920 90,976 90,958 90,624 90,251 90,349 90,435 90,451 91,467 91,545 91,802 92,02692,500 92,50098,689# OF EMPLOYEES
APPENDIX C: Rationale for New Positions
99
100
DEPARTMENT of PUBLIC UTILITIES
ENGINEERING DIVISION
TO: Laura Briefer, Director of Public Utilities
Jesse Stewart, Deputy Director of Public Utilities
Lisa Tarufelli, Chief Finance Officer of Public Utilities
FROM: Jason Brown, P.E., Engineering Administrator
DATE: March 15, 2021
SUBJECT: Request for additional Engineering staff
This is an update to the original memorandum from 2017. We have been successful in obtaining a several
new employees the need is still great.
The objective of this memorandum is to provide a business case evaluation and recommendation for
additional staff for the Engineering group within Public Utilities. We present three justifications for
increasing the in-house staff FTE’s for the Engineering group:
BACKGROUND
(1) The current and past CIP workload justifies more in-house staff.
As stated in previous staffing requests, in 1994 Hughes, Heiss & Associates conducted an audit of the
Engineering group. They recommended increasing the staff based on the CIP program funding at that
time and concluded that using Consultants to fill in the production gap was not “cost effective”.
The total CIP program for water/sewer/drainage in 1994 when the audit was conducted was under $10M.
Currently it is over $100M (excluding the NEW WRF) and the number of FTE’s has remained basically
the same (Figure 1 & Figure 2) with some increases in the last several years. The demands on the current
staff are increasing as public outreach, engagement and education are drawing away time that was
typically allocated for design, construction and asset management. We have been able to temper some of
these critical activities with advances in technologies but even with advances with technology, the
technology requires additional staff time.
(2) In-house staff is less expensive than using Consultants for the CIP workload.
The average cost of the existing Engineering staff including overhead (7.72%) and labor additive (56.36%)
is $51.68 per hour. The average hourly cost which will be charged by Consultants for project engineers
based on the most recent General Services SOQ’s is approximately $160 per hour. Doing work with City
staff is approximately a third of the cost of using a Consultant. With new staff position being limited, we
have utilizing outside consultants for much of the additional inspection and design. This method of
allows staff to manage approximately 2 to 4 times the number of projects depending on complexity.
However, the costs to design and inspect the projects are generally 3 times more expensive because of
reasons stated above. Currently we have 37 projects being managed by consultants with an average cost
of approximately $58,000 and a total cost of $2,141,795. That translates into 28 DPU FTE or 8 consultant
employees.
(3) The projected future CIP workload already projected in the approved 5-year budget
justifies more in-house staff.
The CIP budget levels is projected to increase based on the current condition and criticality of the aging
infrastructure. As the Asset Management program continues to mature and evaluate the infrastructure 101
MEMORANDUM
Engineering staff for fiscal year 2022
of
we are constantly prioritizing, re-prioritizing and categorizing every pipe, pump, well, manhole, valve, lift
station, literally every asset that provides service to our customers. This systematic approach allows us to
make sure that we are being fiscally responsible and constantly allows us to evaluate our approach to
infrastructure replacement. We understand that capital funding is a limited resource and we want to
make sure we are spending it on the right project at the right time and the time place. We are faced with
an aging infrastructure, increasing demand, and increasing cost of work, Figures 3, 4 & 5. We must
continually improve the condition of the infrastructure or we will continually be chasing breaks and the
level of service will decrease.
(4) Existing staff are jacks of all trades and masters of few.
We have phenomenal staff. All of them share the desire to provide the rate payers with the highest quality
services. They are responsible for evaluating and managing every aspect of a project from conception to
completion. The major phases of project delivery are Asset management, Design and Construction. Asset
Management is a systematic approach to inventory, evaluate criticality and determine condition of an
asset. The results of this process is a list of projects with consistent evaluation of both criticality and
condition. Design is the process of first developing a complete understanding of the project so a scope
and estimated budget can be developed. Once the scope and budget are completed and the project has
been awarded funding the project manager must further develop the scope, either with internal or
external resources, to be able to complete a project manual (specifications and drawings) for bidding.
After bidding the project manager is responsible, with the assistance of the inspection team, to make sure
the project is constructed in accordance with the defined project manual and fee. The project manager
has many different projects in all phases of delivery throughout the year.
RECOMMENDATION
We recommend that two new program level groups are created within Engineering based on the analysis
discuss above. Specifically, we are recommending the following changes to the staffing document as
outlined below. The changes that we are asking is for the creation of a Asset Management Program
Manager and a Construction Program Manager. One of the primary objectives of these two positions is to
relieve the burden of CM and AM from the existing staff so they can focus on the design phase of projects.
Asset Management Program
Every day our existing infrastructure gets a little older, Figure 3. Every year we have more projects than
we have the ability to fund. The AMP workgroup will bring focus to a process that is very important to the
development of the Capital Plan (CP). Within the first 6 months, the new AMP manager will review the
existing AM efforts, and develop staffing and resource needs for future consideration. They will also assist
in any current asset management efforts as well as make recommendations for the future asset
management efforts. Through the development of the future needs this program many require future
staffing.
This program will mainly be responsible to apply consistent asset management practices across
all four enterprise funds and develop the annual CP.
Construction Management Program
We propose forming a Construction Management group (CM) to support our Capital Improvement
Program (CIP). This group would reside in SLCDPU’s Engineering group under management of the Chief
Engineer. This new workgroup would be initiated by approving a new full-time employee to lead and
develop this group. During the first 6 months this new manager would define the CM group including
determining staffing and resources needed to support the CIP, review and refine existing in-house
102
MEMORANDUM
Engineering staff for fiscal year 2022
of
construction management practices, mentor and support the existing construction efforts and evaluate
the most effective structure for this group.
This group would be primarily responsible for project delivery after projects have been awarded
for construction. This group would also provide constructability reviews prior to project being bid.
Project delivery would include on-going coordination with the project manager, construction
administration, public engagement and status updates to the administration.
103
MEMORANDUM
Engineering staff for fiscal year 2022
of
104
MEMORANDUM
Engineering staff for fiscal year 2022
of
105
MEMORANDUM
Engineering staff for fiscal year 2022
of
106
MEMORANDUM
Engineering staff for fiscal year 2022
of
107
108
Sum of Debit - Credit Column Labels
Row Labels 51 52 53 Grand Total
2018 354,429.03 5,554.50 359,983.53
CLYDE SNOW SESSIONS & SWENSON 101,800.57 101,800.57
HANSEN ALLEN & LUCE INC 13,607.58 13,607.58
HOLLAND & HART L L P 1,763.00 5,554.50 7,317.50
MABEY WRIGHT & JAMES L L C 94,366.30 94,366.30
PARSONS BEHLE & LATIMER 2,135.00 2,135.00
RICHARDS BRANDT MILLER & NELSON 68,368.38 68,368.38
SNOW CHRISTENSEN & MARTINEAU 72,388.20 72,388.20
2019 302,424.25 3,818.00 306,242.25
CLYDE SNOW SESSIONS & SWENSON 67,636.32 67,636.32
HANSEN ALLEN & LUCE INC 145.88 145.88
HOLLAND & HART L L P 774.50 3,818.00 4,592.50
MABEY WRIGHT & JAMES L L C 80,005.89 80,005.89
SNOW CHRISTENSEN & MARTINEAU 153,711.66 153,711.66
(blank) 150.00 150.00
2020 162,255.13 8,113.50 10,079.00 180,447.63
CLYDE SNOW SESSIONS & SWENSON 31,517.18 31,517.18
HOLLAND & HART L L P 24,219.50 8,113.50 10,079.00 42,412.00
MABEY WRIGHT & JAMES L L C 46,084.70 46,084.70
SNOW CHRISTENSEN & MARTINEAU 60,433.75 60,433.75
2021 139,331.06 4,017.00 143,348.06
CLYDE SNOW SESSIONS & SWENSON 4,726.92 4,726.92
HOLLAND & HART L L P 88,684.24 4,017.00 92,701.24
MABEY WRIGHT & JAMES L L C 18,974.90 18,974.90
SNOW CHRISTENSEN & MARTINEAU 26,945.00 26,945.00
Grand Total 958,439.47 17,486.00 14,096.00 990,021.47
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Ben Luedtke
Budget & Public Policy Analyst
DATE:April 13, 2021
RE: Federal HUD Grant Appropriations 2020-2021: Community Development Block Grants
(CDBG), Emergency Solutions Grants (ESG), HOME Investment Partnership and Housing
Opportunities for Persons With AIDS (HOPWA)
NEW INFORMATION
At the April 6 briefing, Council Members asked the questions below. These were sent to the Administration and
responses were forthcoming at the time of publishing this staff report.
-Council Member Valdemoros suggested shifting funding from HOPWA #1 County Housing Authority to
HOPWA #4 Utah AIDS Foundation mental health services. Council Member Fowler asked:
o What is the impact of decreasing funding to the County Housing Authority?
o Could other federal funds make up that $50,000 difference?
-Council Member Johnston requested clarification on why scoring wasn’t strictly followed for CDBG
Public Services #18 Gail Miller Resource Center (score of 83.12 and $72,000 recommendations) and
#20 Geraldine King Women’s Resource Center (score of 86.03 and no funding recommendations)? It
would be helpful to understand the advisory board’s feedback about these two applications.
o He also asked how these two CDBG applications and the similar ESG Part 1 #5 and #6
applications for the same resource centers are being considered together?
-Council Member Wharton asked what training and other follow up was provided to Journey of Hope
after last year? And, what concerns did the resident advisory board and Administration have with their
application this year?
-Council Member Dugan expressed an interest to find at least the $30,000 minimum for one or more of
the following Public Services category applications:
o CDBG #2 CCS Weigand data specialist
o CDBG #3 English Skills program
o CDBG #17 The Road Home, St Vincent de Paul overflow
o CDBG #12 Shelter the Homeless, resource center meals
o CDBG #16 The INN Between, hospice for homeless
Project Timeline:
Set Date: March 16, 2021
1st Briefing: March 23, 2021
Public Hearing: April 6, 2021
2nd Briefing: April 6, 2021
3rd Briefing: April 13, 2021
Potential Action: April 20, 2021
Page | 2
o In the draft table below Council staff summarized the CDBG Public Services applications that
have funding recommendations above the $30,000 minimum. The right column estimates the
impacts to reducing funding for each application. The impacts were estimated by Council staff
after reviewing the applications and were sent to the Housing and Neighborhood Division for a
review of accuracy and any important missing context.
Applicant
Amount
Above $30k
Minimum
Estimated Impacts of Reduced
Funding
Advantage Services Provisional Supportive
Employment Program
$30,250 29 fewer homeless clients would
receive supportive employment
services at a cost of $1,037 per client
First Step House Employment Preparation and
Placement Program
$11,700 551 fewer hours for employment
specialist FTE at a wage of
$21.22/hour
First Step House Peer Support Services $18,000 823 fewer hours for peer support
specialist FTE at a wage of
$21.86/hour
International Rescue Committee Digital Skills and
Education for Refugees
$24,400 The program would not be able to
function below this funding level
because the primary FTE would be
almost completely unfunded
Neighborhood House Association Early Education $8,449 One early education teacher would
be partially funded and organization
would need to cover expenses using
other funds
Salt Lake Donated Dental Services $14,400 33 fewer homeless and low income
individuals would receive free
dental services at an average cost of
$442 per client
Transportation Division Subsidized HIVE Passes $4,700 224 fewer subsidized HIVE passes
at an individual subsidy of $21 per
pass
South Valley Sanctuary Domestic Violence Case
Manager and Housing Assistance
$70,000 23 fewer households would receive
rental and utility assistance
assuming $3,000 per client average
Gail Miller Resource Center $42,000 One full-time housing advocate
position would no longer be funded
YWCA Women in Jeopardy Program $3,900 Approx. one-third of an FTE would
be unfunded
Information below was reviewed by the Council at the March 23 and April 6 briefings
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The U.S. Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Department’s annual grant programs are one of the most
significant ongoing funding sources the City receives from the Federal Government. Fiscal Year 2022 is subject
to the new 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan which introduced new funding goals, strategies, and targeted area for
spending CDBG dollars on public infrastructure and economic development. See the additional info section for
the goals and strategies applications must advance to qualify for these grant funds and Attachment 3 for a map
of the target area. The Council is scheduled to hold an electronic public hearing on Tuesday, April 6 to hear from
the public and grant applicants regarding funding needs for the 2021-2022 funding cycle.
As seen in most years, the requested funding from applicants is significantly greater than available funds.
Requests are 137% of available funding: $9,198,059 is requested compared to $6,724,509 in available funding.
HUD has provided Salt Lake City’s final grant award amounts. The table below summarizes requested and
available funding by grant.
Page | 3
Grant Request Available Requests as % of
Funding Available
CDBG $ 5,868,774 $ 4,091,332 143%
ESG $ 799,502 $ 308,717 259%
HOME $ 1,622,387 $ 1,649,789 98%
HOPWA $ 907,396 $ 674,671 134%
TOTAL $ 9,198,059 $ 6,724,509 137%
Goal of the briefing: Discuss the Council’s federal grant priorities, ask questions about specific applications
and allocate funding across eligible programs and projects.
Minimum Funding Level
Four years ago, the City established a minimum funding level for grant awards. HUD recommends a $35,000
minimum award for projects. Housing and Neighborhood Development (HAND) recommends $30,000 after
consultations with applicants. The minimum award is aimed at maximizing community benefits from grant
awards. The intent of this policy is to balance the burden for the Administration and recipient organizations to
manage grant funds with the goal of having positive impacts in the community. This year, no applications were
disqualified for requesting less than the minimum funding requirement.
Scoring Applications and Funding Recommendations
CDBG and ESG projects receive scores and funding recommendations from the Community Development and
Capital Improvement Program (CDCIP) Board. HOME and HOPWA projects receive funding recommendations
from the Housing Trust Fund (HTF) Advisory Board. The advisory board funding recommendations are
provided to the Mayor and City Council. The Council receives another set of funding recommendations from the
Mayor. The final decision is made by the Council for grant award amounts. Attachment 1 shows projects ranked
by the combined score within each grant category.
Attachment 2 is the funding log for all four federal grants which has more details than Attachment 1 such as
project and program descriptions and prior year award amounts for returning applications. The funding log
combines advisory board and Administration scores as shown in the far-right column where maximum potential
scores are also shown.
Funding Log Trends
Council staff noticed the following trends after reviewing the funding logs.
Differences between Advisory Boards and Mayoral Funding Recommendations
A majority of board and mayoral recommendations are identical; however, 10 differences exist out of the 56
applications. Three of the 10 differences are greater than $10,000. Below is a table of applications where staff
noticed a difference between recommendations.
RecommendationsGrant
Category Project # and Name Board Mayor
Difference
Between
City Administration #1 Attorney's Office $29,827 $30,460 $633
City Administration #2 Finance Division $60,989 $61,623 $634
Housing #1 ASSIST Emergency Home
Repair and Accessibility Community Design $425,000 $700,000 $275,000CDBG
Public Services #9 Neighborhood House
Early Education $37,025 $38,449 $1,424
Part Two #2 Salt Lake Community Action
Rapid Re-housing Program $84,304 $82,022 -$2,282ESG
Administration #1 Administrative Costs $22,630 $22,445 -$185
#4 HAND's HOME Development Fund $969,008 $984,634 $15,626HOME#5 Administrative Costs $95,750 $97,486 $1,736
Page | 4
#1 County Housing Authority Tenant Based
Rental Assistance $469,765 $539,332 $69,567HOPWA
#5 Program Administration $16,003 $20,240 $4,237
New Application/Programs
This year there are 11 new applications for CDBG, one for ESG, one for HOPWA and no new applications for
HOME.
Disqualified Applications
Two applications for CDBG were disqualified for not meeting consolidated plan goals. No applications were
disqualified for the other three grants. Both disqualified applications are new and listed in the far-right column
of the funding log in red text.
Returning Applications without Funding Recommendations
There are four applications who received grant awards in recent years but did not receive mayoral funding
recommendations this year:
- CDBG Public Services #3 English Skills Learning Center parents’ program
- CDBG Public Services #6 Fourth Street Clinic medical outreach and services team
- CDBG Public Services #16 The Inn Between homeless hospice and medical respite
- ESG Part 2 #3 The Road Home rapid re-housing program
POLICY QUESTIONS
1.Encouraging Behavioral Health and Mental Health Applications – The Council may wish to ask
the Administration how more organizations can be encouraged to and assisted with submitting applications
for the new behavioral health goal. This is a new goal under the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan and focuses
on providing treatment and support for persons experiencing mental health challenges and substance abuse
particularly the ongoing opioid crisis. Three behavioral health applications were submitted this year: CDBG
Public Services #5 which is recommended for partial funding, and CDBG Public Services #10 and HOPWA
#4 which do not have funding recommendations.
2.Winter Overflow Shelter Application Disqualified (CDBG Housing #3) – The Council may wish to
ask the Administration about efforts to identify winter overflow shelter in advance of next winter as well as
how recent changes to state law related to homelessness funding and organization might impact this effort.
This application for Switchpoint to again operate two emergency winter overflow shelters next winter was
disqualified because it doesn’t meet the Consolidated Plan goals. Earlier this year, the Council awarded
Switchpoint $750,000 of one-time CARES Act HUD grants to operate the Airport Inn and Millcreek
temporary winter shelters. The one-time CARES Act funding will not be available next winter and the 2020-
2024 Consolidated Plan does not make such a use eligible for the ongoing annual HUD grants. The Council
may wish to ask the administration if future federal dollars from the $1.9 trillion American Rescue Plan
could be considered for this purpose.
3.HAND Housing Rehabilitation and West Side Node Improvements (CDBG Housing #5) – The
Council may wish to ask how West Side business node improvement projects could be coordinated with the
recently created 9-Line RDA project area.
4.HAND’s Targeted Repairs Pilot Program (CDBG Housing #7) – The Council may wish to ask the
Administration how did the first year of the pilot program go? The Council awarded $500,000 last year and
this year the advisory and Mayor are both recommending another $500,000. The Council may also wish to
ask if these funds could provide the 25% match for homeowners to participate in the City’s Fix the Bricks
seismic improvements program.
5.Low Income Transit Passes (CDBG Public Services #14) – The Council may wish to ask the
Administration how this application relates to the City’s HIVE Pass program that provides discounted
transit passes to any interested resident.
6.HAND’s HOME Development Fund (HOME #4) – The Council may wish to discuss with the
Administration how the HOME Development Fund fits into the Council’s policy goal of a “one-stop shop” for
Page | 5
affordable housing developers. The HOME Development Fund can be used for property acquisition, new
construction, and rehabilitation of existing housing.
ADDITIONAL & BACKGROUND INFORMATION
2020-2024 Consolidated Plan Goals and Strategies
The City must report progress to HUD on how funding awards advance the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan goals.
In past years, some applicants that received funding were not aligned with the five-year plan. As a result, the
services provided by those organizations could not be reported to HUD. If a city does not adequately fund
applications advancing the five-year plan then HUD could view the program as underperforming, lower future
grant award amounts, and/or audit the city’s program. The below table summarizes the goals and strategies of
the current consolidated plan.
Goals Strategies
Housing: Provide expanded housing options
for all economic and demographic segments of
Salt Lake City’s population while diversifying
housing stock within neighborhoods
1. Support housing programs that address the needs of
aging housing stock through targeted rehabilitation
efforts and diversifying the housing stock within the
neighborhoods
2. Support affordable housing development that increases
the number and types of units available for qualified
residents
3. Support programs that provide access to home
ownership
4. Support rent assistance programs to emphasize stable
housing as a primary strategy to prevent and/or end
homelessness
5. Support programs that provide connection to
permanent housing upon exiting behavioral health
programs
6. Provide housing and essential supportive services to
persons with HIV/AIDS
Transportation: Promote accessibility and
affordability of multimodal transportation
options
1. Within eligible target areas, improve bus stop
amenities as a way to encourage the accessibility of
public transit and enhance the experience of public
transit
2. Within eligible target areas, expand and support the
installation of bike racks, stations, and amenities as a
way to encourage use of alternative modes of
transportation
3. Support access to transportation, prioritizing very low-
income and vulnerable populations
Community Resiliency: Provide tools to
increase economic and/or housing stability
1. Support job training and vocational rehabilitation
programs that increase economic mobility
2. Improve visual and physical appearance of
deteriorating commercial buildings - limited to CDBG
Target Area
3. Provide economic development support for
microenterprise businesses
4. Direct financial assistance to for-profit businesses
5. Expand access to early childhood education to set the
stage for academic achievement, social development,
and change the cycle of poverty
6. Promote digital inclusion through access to digital
communication technologies and the internet
7. Provide support for programs that reduce food
insecurity for vulnerable population
Homeless Services: Expand access to
supportive programs that help ensure
homelessness is rare, brief and non-
reoccurring
1. Expand support for medical and dental care options for
those experiencing homelessness
Page | 6
Goals Strategies
2. Provide support for homeless services including
Homeless Resource Center Operations and Emergency
Overflow Operations
3. Provide support for programs undertaking outreach
services to address the needs of those living an
unsheltered life
4. Expand case management support as a way to connect
those experiencing homelessness with permanent
housing and supportive services
Behavioral Health: Provide support for low
income and vulnerable populations
experiencing behavioral health concerns such
as substance abuse disorders and mental
health challenges
1. Expand treatment options, counseling support, and
case management for those experiencing behavioral
health crisis
CDBG Public Infrastructure and Economic Development Target Area in 2020-2024 Consolidated
Plan (Attachment 3)
The target area creates geographic boundaries for spending CDBG funding on economic development and public
infrastructure improvements. These applications are included in the CDBG Neighborhood Improvements
category on the funding log. Examples of these project types includes business façade improvement grants, road
reconstructions and creation of ADA ramps. The geographic target areas do not apply to housing or public
services category applications. Focusing federal grants in these target areas is intended to maximize community
impact and stimulate investments from other entities into the neighborhoods.
Summary of Available Funding by Grant
The table below shows funding sources by grant. Note that only the HOME grant program sees some funds
returned as program income from loans. When prior year grant awards are recaptured it means the program or
project was unable to use the funding as intended which happens for various reasons.
Grant Source Amount
HUD Award $ 3,518,665Community Development Block Grant (CDBG)Recaptured Funding $ 572,667
HUD Award $ 299,267Emergency Solutions Grant (ESG)Recaptured Funding $ 9,450
HUD Award $974,863
Recaptured Funding $ 0HOME Investment Partnership
Program Income $ 674,926
HUD Award $674,671Housing Opportunities for Persons With AIDS
(HOPWA) Recaptured Funding $ 0
Community Development and Block Grant (CDBG)
Total CDBG Funding Requests: $5,868,774 (143% of available)
Total Available for Allocation: $4,091,332
CDBG funds focus on community development with an emphasis on physical improvements. The Community
Development & Capital Improvement Programs Advisory Board (CDCIP) submits funding recommendations for
this grant. CDBG funds are allocated to organizations in four categories:
- City Administration (limited to 20% of the annual grant award)
Page | 7
- Housing
- Neighborhood Improvements: transportation and economic development infrastructure
- Public Services (limited to 15% of the annual grant award)
Public Services
This category is directed to services for individuals in need and not necessarily to physical improvements. This is
typically the most competitive category. Funding is awarded to non-profits and governmental entities that
provide programming to meet the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan’s goals. This category is limited to 15% of the
annual CDBG award. The Mayor has recommended funding requests that add up to the 15% maximum. If the
Council would like to allocate money to any application beyond the Mayor’s recommended funding in this
category, then those funds must be shifted from another public services application.
Emergency Solutions Grant (ESG)
Total ESG Funding Requests: $799,502 (259% of available)
Total Available for Allocation: $308,717
ESG funds focus on preventing homelessness and providing services to persons experiencing homelessness. The
Community Development & Capital Improvement Programs Advisory Board (CDCIP) submits funding
recommendations for this grant. ESG funds are allocated to organizations providing services in two categories:
- Street Outreach and Emergency Shelter (Part 1)
- Homelessness Prevention, Rapid Re-Housing, Homeless Management Information Systems (HMIS)
(Part 2)
HOME Investment Partnership
Total HOME Funding Requests: $1,622,387 (98% of available)
Total Available for Allocation: $1,649,789
HOME Investment Partnership focuses on expanding the supply of quality affordable housing for moderate- and
low-income residents. The Housing Trust Fund (HTF) Advisory Board submits funding recommendations for
this grant.
This year every applicant received full or partial funding for their request.
Housing Opportunities for Persons With AIDS (HOPWA)
Total HOPWA Funding Requests: $907,396 (134% of available)
Total Available for Allocation: $674,671
HOPWA is the only federal program dedicated entirely to the housing needs of people living with HIV/AIDS.
The Housing Trust Fund (HTF) Advisory Board submits funding recommendations for this grant.
ATTACHMENTS
1. FY 2021-22 Grant Recommendations by Combined Score
2. FY 2021-22 Funding Log
3. CDBG Public Infrastructure and Economic Development Target Area Map for 2020-2024 Consolidated
Plan
ACRONYMS
AMI – Area Median Income
CDBG – Community Development Block Grant
CDCIP – Community Development and Capital Improvement Programs Advisory Board
CIP – Capital Improvement Program
CAN – Community and Neighborhoods Department
ESL – English as a Second Language
ESG – Emergency Solutions Grant
FSH – First Step House
FOF – Funding Our Future
FY – Fiscal Year
HAND – Housing and Neighborhood Development
HMIS – Homeless Management Information System
Page | 8
HOME – HOME Investment Partnership
HOPWA – Housing Opportunities for Persons With AIDS
HTF – Housing Trust Fund Advisory Board
HUD – Housing and Urban Development
UTA – Utah Transit Authority
VOA – Volunteers of America
YWCA – Young Women’s Christian Association
CATEGORYCDBG NEIGH IMPROVEMENTCDBG HOUSINGCDBG PUBLIC SERVICES
CATEGORYPART 2: HOMELESS PREVENTION RAPID REHOUSING & ADMINCDBG ADMINCATEGORYHOMECATEGORYHOPWAPART 1:SHELTER OPERATIONS
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
BLAKE THOMAS
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145460, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5460 TEL 801.535.6230
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Office Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO:Salt Lake City Council DATE: 03/05/2021
Amy Fowler, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community and Neighborhoods (CAN)
__________________________
SUBJECT:Appropriation Resolution adopting the One-Year Annual Action Plan for Community
Development Block Grant (CDBG) funding, Emergency Solutions Grant (ESG) funding, HOME
Investment Partnership Program (HOME) funding, and Housing Opportunities for Person With
AIDS (HOPWA) funding for Fiscal Year 2021-2022 and approval of the signing of an Interlocal
Cooperation Agreement between Salt Lake City and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD).
STAFF CONTACT:Lani Eggertsen-Goff, Director of Housing and
Neighborhood Development (HAND)
801-535-6240, lani.eggertsen-goff@slcgov.com
Tony Milner, Policy and Program Manager, HAND
801-535-6168, tony.milner@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Resolution
RECOMMENDATION: Approve the included resolution and set the following schedule for
work sessions and required public hearing. This will help the Administration ensure compliance
with HUD regulations requiring submission of the 2021-2022 One-Year Annual Action Plan
(Action Plan) by May 15, 2021.
We also request the City Council:
1. Schedule the following required public hearing:
a.April 6, 2021 Public Hearing to accept the Mayor’s grant recommendations and to
hear comments from the public and applicants on the Action Plan.
1. Schedule the following work sessions:
a.March 23, 2021 first full briefing/funding discussion.
b.April 13, 2021 follow-up briefing/funding discussion.
c. April 20, 2021 if needed, follow-up briefing/funding discussion.
2. Schedule the formal adoption of the One-Year Action Plan:
a. April 20, 2021 formal meeting: to potentially adopt the Action Plan as outlined in
the attached resolution for CDBG, ESG, HOME, and HOPWA funds as provided
through HUD.
BUDGET IMPACT: No impact to City General Fund. Grant funds will be received from HUD
for 2021-2022.
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: The City is an entitlement entity and eligible under Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 24, Part 91, et. al., to receive 2021-2022 CDBG funds in the
amount of $3,518,665, ESG funds in the amount of $299,267, HOME funds in the amount of
$974,863, and HOPWA funds in the amount of $674,671 from HUD for the 2021-2022 program
year.
In addition, the City will also reallocate CDBG funds in the amount of $572,667, and ESG funds
in the amount of $9,450; and will also allocate HOME program income in the amount of
$674,926.
To receive and reallocate these funds, the City is required to adopt the Action Plan allocating
HUD funds that benefit residents. The following table represents the entitlement funding the City
will receive for the 2021-2022 program year.
Grant Amount
Community Development Block Grant $ 3,518,665
Emergency Solutions Grant $ 299,267
HOME Investment Partnership Program $ 974,863
Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS $ 674,671
The following table represents the dollar amounts for funds that will be recaptured and available
for reallocation for the 2021-2022 program year.
Grant Amount
Community Development Block Grant $ 572,667
Emergency Solutions Grant $ 9,450
The following table represents the dollar amounts of program income that will be made available
for allocation for the 2021-2022 program year.
Grant Amount
HOME Investment Partnership Program $ 674,926
The City Attorney’s Office reviewed the included resolution (Exhibit A) and approves it as to
form.
The Community Development and Capital Improvement Program (CDCIP) Advisory Board and
the Housing Trust Fund Advisory Board (HTFAB) reviewed applications for CDBG and ESG
and HOME and HOPWA respectively. After thorough review and scoring each board made
funding recommendations. The boards use an estimated amount of funding for each grant, based
upon the grant award from the prior federal funding year. The boards also included
recommendations on projects that should receive more, or less, funding if the final allocation
amounts would be different than amounts estimated at the time of the board meetings. The
boards’ recommendations were forwarded to the Mayor for review and consideration. The final
2021-2022 One-Year Annual Action Plan funding log (attached to Exhibit A) for all grants will
be attached to the resolution after the City Council has made final funding decisions.
The City had the unique opportunity to provide emergency funding to address the impacts of the
COVID-19 pandemic. While the requests expressed in the 2021-22 One Year Action Plan
Funding Recommendations Log are not in response to the pandemic, there is some overlap for
agencies that received funding from the City. The table below represents the COVID-19
pandemic resources that have been deployed over the last twelve months. These grants are
administered by HAND.
Funding
Council Approval
Date Purpose Amount
SLC Housing Stability (General
Fund) June 2020 Housing Stability $1,100,000
Funding Our Future* (Sales Tax) July 2020 Housing Stability $3,400,000
CARES Act HUD CV Grants February 2021
Housing Stability, Community
Stabilization, Homelessness $7,138,203
COVID Relief Bill Treasury
Housing Assistance
March/April 2021
Housing Stability $6,067,033
*Funding Our Future programs are not in direct response to COVID-19, however, many of the housing stability
needs were amplified due to the pandemic and FOF supports are provided currently.
PUBLIC PROCESS: From July to October 2020, HAND staff conducted a survey to engage
members of the public and receive input on how federal funding could be prioritized. In the past
HAND staff would have attended over a dozen in-person community events. Due to COVID-19
precautions, HAND Staff worked with the City’s Civic Engagement team and pivoted to an
online community engagement survey, reaching out electronically to Salt Lake City’s resident,
Recognized Community Organizations, and over 100 non-profits and community partners. The
survey was offered in English and Spanish. Additionally, to hear from vulnerable populations
without access to computers, paper versions of the survey were safely collected at the Homeless
Resources Centers, two adult Detox locations, the Homeless Youth Resource Center, the
Sorensen Community Center, and two local food banks. A total of 879 responses were received.
The public was asked to give input on their top priorities of the goals identified in the 2020-2024
Consolidated Plan. Priority ranking for each goal of the Consolidated Plan were provided, as
follows:
Housing - Build new affordable housing and homeownership for low income populations.
Transportation - Provide transit passes to low-income populations.
Build Community Resiliency - Provide access to affordable and healthy food.
Homeless Services - Homeless Resources Centers operations and emergency shelter.
Behavioral Health - Resources for individuals with behavioral health needs.
The CDCIP and HTFAB Boards considered these priorities and how they align with the goals of
the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan when identifying projects to be recommended for the 2021-
2022 program year.
A General Needs Hearing was held on November 5, 2020 as a required HUD forum to allow the
public an opportunity to voice general ideas or concerns regarding community needs. This
hearing is an opportunity for the CDCIP Board to consider the public’s ideas and how these ideas
align with the goals of the Consolidated Plan. The ideas presented during a General Needs
Hearing are typically discussed during subsequent CDCIP meetings to help identify which
funding requests would be recommended by the board. At the General Needs Hearing held on
November 5, 2020, no public comments were received.
The HOME and HOPWA applications were reviewed during a public meeting by the HTFAB on
December 9, 2020. The CDBG and ESG applications were reviewed during public meetings by
the CDCIP on December 17, 2020, January 7, January 21, and January 28, 2021.
On March 2, 2021 CAN and HAND leadership met with Mayor Mendenhall to review the
CDCIP and HTFAB recommendations. The Mayor identified several applications that she
preferred to modify the potential award amount. The changes are outlined in the funding log
It is proposed that the Council hold a Public Hearing on April 6, 2021 to receive feedback from
the general public, including applicants, regarding HUD funding for the 2021-2022 year.
EXHIBIT:
A. Resolution 2021-2022 Federal Grant Award and One-Year Action Plan; attached with
2021-22 One Year Action Plan Funding Recommendation Logs
1
RESOLUTION NO.________ OF 2021
An appropriations resolution adopting the One-Year Annual Action Plan for 2021-2022 that
includes Community Development Block Grant funding, Emergency Solutions Grant funding,
HOME Investment Partnerships Program funding, Housing Opportunities For Persons with
AIDS funding, and approving the signing of an Interlocal Cooperation agreement between Salt
Lake City and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
WHEREAS, Salt Lake City (City) is eligible under Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
Title 24, Part 91, et. al., to receive 2021-2022 Community Development Block Grant (CDBG)
funds in the amount of $3,518,665, Emergency Solutions Grant (ESG) funds in the amount of
$299,267, HOME Investment Partnerships Program (HOME) funds in the amount of $974,863,
and Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS (HOPWA) funds in the amount of $674,671
from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) for the program year;
WHEREAS, the City will also reallocate CDBG funds in the amount of $572,667, and
ESG funds in the amount of $9,450;
WHEREAS, the City will also allocate HOME program income in the amount of
$674,926;
WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the people of Salt Lake City that the City file an
application with HUD for said funds in accordance with 24 CFR Part 91;
WHEREAS, in order to receive said funds, the City is required to adopt a One-Year
Annual Action Plan;
WHEREAS, the public notices, hearings, and other pre-submission requirements as set
forth in 24 CFR Part 91 have been accomplished by the City, including but not limited to the
following: A City Council public hearing was held _____________, 2021 to consider the
projects funded through the 2021-2022 One-Year Annual Action Plan; and
WHEREAS, the City Council does now meet on this day of , 2021 to adopt
the City’s 2021-2022 One-Year Action Plan for CDBG, ESG, HOME, and HOPWA funds.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, as
follows:
1. That the City hereby adopts the 2021-2022 One-Year Annual Action Plan for
CDBG, ESG, HOME and HOPWA funds as set forth in Exhibit “A” attached
hereto and made a part hereof by this reference.
2. That the Mayor, as the official representative of Salt Lake City, or her designee,
is hereby authorized to submit the 2021-2022 One-Year Annual Action Plan for
CDBG, ESG, HOME, and HOPWA funds together with such additional
2
information and certifications as may be required under 24 CFR Part 91 to the
U.S Department of Housing and Urban Development.
3. That the Mayor, as the official representative of Salt Lake City, or her designee,
is hereby authorized to sign and execute a grant agreement with HUD (the
“HUD Grant Agreement”) regarding the aforementioned federal grant funds,
and any and all subsequent agreements between the City and other public
entities resulting from and consistent with the HUD Grant Agreement, subject
to final approval as to form by the City Attorney.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this day of , 2021.
SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
By _____________________________
CHAIR
Approved as to form: __________________________
Kimberly Chytraus
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date: ___________________________
ATTEST:
_________________________________
CITY RECORDER
March 1, 2021
3
EXHIBIT “A”
Funding Recommendations for 2021-2022. Exhibit “A” attached hereto, shall include Funding
Recommendations for the CDBG Program, Funding Recommendations for the ESG Program,
Funding Recommendations for the HOME Program, and Funding Recommendations for the
HOPWA Program (the Funding Recommendations are collectively referred to as the “One-Year
Annual Action Plan”).
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Russell Weeks
Senior Policy Analyst
DATE:April 12, 2021 at 7:19 PM
RE: OFF-STREET PARKING REGULATIONS
NEW INFORMATION
This report is for a follow-up briefing to the City Council’s February 9, 2021, work session briefing and
March 16, 2021, public hearing on a proposed rewrite of the City’s off-street parking regulations. The City
Council at its initial work session briefing identified several issues raised by Council Members and the Planning
Division. Eight people spoke at the March 16 public hearing. Of that six people spoke in favor of the proposed
ordinance, and raised three points:
o They supported increased parking for bicycles, particularly around transit.
o Two speakers advised that the final version of the proposed ordinance should be “ground-
truthed” to reflect actual land use and traffic patterns.
o One speaker said District 5 community councils have decried a loss of parking and would like to
see a parking study that, the speaker said, is in progress.
In addition, Council Member Darin Mano has proposed two amendments to the proposed ordinance.
This update attempts to divide the issues raised into three categories:
o Informational
o Issues raised by Council Members.
o Issues in which the Planning Division is seeking Council direction.
Item Schedule:
Briefing: February 16, 2021,
April 13, 2021
Set Date: February 16, 2021
Public Hearing: March 16,
2021
Potential Action: TBD
Page | 2
Informational Issues
The City Council said it would like to compare the proposed ordinance with a study commissioned by
the Transportation Division of on-street parking in the Central Ninth area. Currently, the Central Ninth area is
designated as a Transit Context area. The context limits off-street parking because of the Central Ninth area’s
nearness to mass transit lines, including light rail and a bus line on 900 South. However, some people have
raised concerns about the availability of vehicle parking in the area.
It should be noted that this item also was raised by the Planning Division as requesting City Council
direction on whether to allow more off-street parking in the Central Ninth area, or change the context instead
of the Transit Context in the proposed ordinance.1
According to the Transportation Division, the Division is still a few months away from completing the
final report and recommendations for the 900 South area on-street parking analysis. The Division also notes
that the study is limited to the small sample size of on-street parking usage data collected in the Central Ninth,
and Ninth and Ninth business districts, and management strategies that are supported by these communities in
alleviating current on-street parking concerns. Division Director Jon Larsen said he would be available at the
April 13 work session to answer questions the City Council may have.2
Questions: Based on available information, should the context for the Central Ninth area be changed,
or should allowed off-street parking increased?
Issues raised by Council Members
At the February 9 briefing the City Council discussed a two-part idea included in the original City
Council staff report:
1.) The potential for including in the ordinance language that would give developers with fairly
immediate projects in the works a choice of starting the projects under the existing ordinance or
under the proposed ordinance.
2.) Or setting a future date for the ordinance to take effect to give developers a choice to decide
whether to start projects under the current or a future ordinance.
Question: Should one or the other of the ideas be included in the ordinance?
Council Member Darin Mano has proposed the following amendment to the proposed ordinance:
21A.44.020.A
4. Exemptions or Reductions from Parking Requirements
The following shall be exempt from providing the minimum parking required by Table 21A.44.040-A:
Minimum and Maximum Off-Street Parking, but shall comply with maximum parking allowed and
location and design standards in Section 21A.44.060 if parking is provided:
a. Lots created prior to April 12,1995 that are less than five thousand (5,000) square feet in lot
area, except those being used for single-family, two-family, and twin home dwelling uses;
b. Expansions or enlargements that increase the square footage of usable floor area of an
existing structure or parking requirements for the use by twenty-five percent (25%) or less,
provided that existing off street parking and loading areas are not removed.
The following shall be required to provide fifty percent (50%) of the minimum parking required by Table
21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking, but shall comply with maximum parking
allowed and location and design standards in Section 21A.44.060 if parking is provided:
a. Lots created prior to April 12,1995 that are greater than or equal to five thousand (5,000)
square feet but less than ten thousand (10,000) square feet in lot area, except those being used
for single-family, two-family, and twin home dwelling uses.3
According to the Council Member, “The reasoning is that small infill lots will have a difficult time being
utilized under the new ordinance. In District 5 this occurs along Main Street, 1100 East, 2100 South, or 900
Page | 3
South streets. These are residential sized lots but in commercial zones. Residential sized lots will have a difficult
time providing off-street parking, and those homes will become almost impossible to use. A lot of these are
between 5,000 and 10,000 square feet so the 50 percent reduction will help.4
Here is the Planning Division’s response to the proposal:
Concern 1: Small lots (5,000 – 10,000 square feet) along certain corridors (1100 East, Main, 900
South etc.) would have a difficult time providing parking if redeveloped.
Summary of Proposed Solution from Council Member Mano: Allow lots between 5,000-
10,000 square feet to provide 50 percent of required minimum parking shown in table 21A.44.040.A.
Feedback from Planning
Pros:
Could help in redevelopment of underutilized properties without needing parcel
combinations.
Supports smaller scale development.
Could provide more development opportunities with less land devoted to parking
Could aid in encouraging more affordable housing.
Cons:
Has not gone through a public input process.
Combining with draft alternatives could result in reduction up to 90 ninety percent of
minimum off-street parking requirements.
Could add further strain to limited on-street parking.
Could increase tension between surrounding neighborhoods as on-street parking demand
increases.5
It should be noted that the Planning Division has expressed particular concern with how the
proposed 50 percent reduction of required minimum parking for lots between 5,000 and 10,000 square feet
interacts with the other allowed off-street parking reductions in the proposed ordinance, and if the reduction
for lots between 5,000 and 10,000 square feet would be combined with other minimum parking reductions.6
Council Member Mano also has proposed the following amendment to the ordinance:
Include the South Salt Lake State Street Corridor Overlay in Street Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and
Maximum Off-Street Parking Neighborhood Center Context so the table reads: RB, SNB, CB, CN, RMU-35, R-
MU-45, SR-3, FB-UN1, FB-SE, SSSC OVERLAY.7
According to the Council Member, “The reasoning for adding the SSSC is that Ballpark/State Street is
currently in the general context requiring the most parking. Nick Norris mentioned that he agrees and thinks
that it will be resolved when the whole neighborhood is rezoned, but we all know that might take years. So
adding the overlay into the context will be a good stop-gap.”8
Here is the Planning Division’s response:
Concern 2: The Ballpark area would be part of the General Context and limit development potential
until it was rezoned at an unknown time.
Summary of Proposed Solution from Council Member Mano: Include South State Street
Corridor (SSSC) Overlay in the Neighborhood Center Context until the Ballpark area is rezoned.
Pros:
o Supports transit along State Street.
Page | 4
o Could help resolve current situation of less than ideal zoning in Ballpark area.
o Quick solution to reduce parking requirements in SSSC area- rezoning is slow
o Parking would be more in line with the desired development for the SSSC Overlay
o Could encourage redevelopment
o Could aid in encouraging more affordable housing
Cons:
o Has not gone through a public process.
o Could lead to spill over-parking in adjacent neighborhoods that are not accustomed to it.
o Would not help all Ballpark areas.
o Uses an overlay to set parking standards where that is not done with other overlays. It is
unknown what impacts this may have.9
General Comments pertaining to both proposed amendments:
o Proposed ordinance already eliminates need for lots under 5,000 square feet to provide parking.
o Proposed ordinance already includes parking alternatives (21A.44.050) which could be used to
reduce parking requirements up to 40 percent.
o Neither of these potential changes were included in the draft ordinance, so the public has not
had opportunity for comment.
o Direction for any additional analysis or case studies would need to come from the Council as a
whole and be subject to available resources to complete.10
Questions:
Does the City Council support the proposed amendment No. 1?
Does the City Council support the proposed amendment No. 2?
Issues in which the Planning Division is seeking Council direction
The ordinance in the transmittal contains two sections that the Administration on reflection would like
to amend. The first involves a different formula for bicycle parking for commercial and industrial land uses. The
second involves a different calculation of vehicle loading spaces at multi-family housing.
According to the Administration, “The proposed method for calculating bicycle parking is based on use,
context, and building size or residential unit count, which is the same method used to calculate vehicle parking.
… However, the required bike parking for commercial uses in the General Context area is low.”11 The
Administration proposes changing bicycle parking space requirements in the General Context category from one
per 20,000 square feet in commercial uses to one per 10,000 square feet. It also proposes for areas zoned for
industrial uses to change from having no bicycle parking requirement to the following requirements:
General Context – 1 space per 15,000 square feet.
Neighborhood Center Context – 1 space per 8,000 square feet.
Urban Center Context – 1 space per 5,000 square feet.
Transit Context – 1 space per 3,000 square feet.12
The Administration has proposed the revised amendments “to be more consistent with city-wide goals
related to air-quality and bike-friendliness.”13
After receiving comments about the amount of proposed space for vehicle loading spaces, the
Administration is recommending the following changes for loading berths in areas zoned for multi-family
residential uses:
Instead of requiring one loading berth in buildings with 40 to 150 units per building; two loading spaces
for buildings with 151 to 300 units per building; and one extra loading berth for every 200 units above 300 units,
Page | 5
the Administration recommends requiring one loading berth in buildings with 80 to 200 units, and an extra
loading berth per 200 units for buildings with more than 200 units.14
Question: Does the City Council support the two changes recommended by the Planning Division?
During the February 16 work session briefing, Planning Director Nick Norris noted that under the
current parking ordinance, property developers can reduce their off-street parking requirements to zero by
meeting alternatives that allow reductions in off-street parking requirements.15
The proposed ordinance still would allow parking reductions but limit reductions to 40 percent of
minimum parking requirements. According to the proposed ordinance, “The adjustments listed in Subsections
21A.44.050.B through 21A.44.050.G may be used in any combination, but shall not be combined to reduce the
minimum required parking established in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“,
by more than forty percent (40%).”
However, the Planning Division also requested City Council direction on whether it has an opinion on
whether alternatives to minimum off-street parking requirements have a priority, and if so, what is the priority?
Two particular requirements appear to City Council staff to have drawn the most interest from the City Council
involved proximity to fixed-rail transit, and multifamily affordable and senior housing. Here is the language in
the proposed ordinance:
C. Proximity to Fixed-Rail Transit: Required parking for a development located within one-quarter mile
(when measured radially in a straight line from the subject property line) of a fixed-rail transit station platform
in the General Context, Neighborhood Center Context, and Urban Center Context areas may be reduced by up to
twenty-five percent (25%). This shall not apply to single or two-family uses including: single-family (attached or
detached), twin homes, or two-family.
D. Affordable and Senior Housing (Multi-Family Structures): The minimum number of required off
street parking spaces for multi-family residential developments with at least ten (10) dwelling units may be
reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) if the multi-family development has:
1. A minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the dwelling units are restricted to residents with no greater than
sixty percent (60%) area median income (AMI) 87 for leased units; or
2. A minimum of thirty-five percent (35%) of the dwelling units are restricted to residents with no greater than
eighty percent (80%) AMI for sale units; or
3. A minimum of seventy-five percent (75%) of the dwelling units are restricted to persons sixty-five (65) years of
age or older. For a development that meets any of the scenarios above, an additional reduction of up to fifteen
percent (15%) may be allowed when the development is located within one-quarter mile (when measured
radially in a straight line from the subject property line) of a bus stop that is serviced by the same route at least
every fifteen (15) minutes during daytime hours, Monday - Saturday.
Developers also can receive reductions in minimum parking requirements for the following:
o Participating in shared parking for two or more uses
o Providing parking for car pool and car share vehicles
o Providing valet parking
o Providing a parking study demonstrating different parking needs. (Please see attached section
of proposed ordinance.)
Questions:
Is the proposed 40 percent limit on minimum off-street parking reductions sufficient to
achieve the City goals for the proposed ordinance, or should the City place a priority on ways
minimum off-street parking can be reduced?
Are the proposed minimum parking reductions for affordable housing sufficient, or should
they be increased? (A City Council question.)
The final issue involves the tables below this text. During the February 16 work session there was
discussion about the amount of parking in multifamily structures. Some of the discussion involved the amount
of parking available in multifamily structures where mass transit was a significant presence in the four proposed
Page | 6
parking contexts. Planning Division Director Norris noted that Salt Lake City’s current and proposed ordinances
have maximum parking limits lower than many U.S. cities that are more “transit rich.” However, he said he also
was hesitant to start requiring parking in TSA core areas because they are the zones closest to transit.16
The question left at the briefing was: What are appropriate maximum requirements for off-street
parking in multi-family units? The tables below show the maximum parking allowed in in the proposed
ordinance.
Information below this sentence has appeared in a previous Council staff report.
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
Goal of the briefing: To review proposed amendments to the City’s off-street parking
regulations.
o The proposed ordinance is a rewrite of current ordinances regulating off-street parking.
o The proposed ordinance divides off-street parking into four “contexts” – general, neighborhood
center, urban center, and transit. (Please see table in Additional Background and Information
section of this report, and attached map.) The contexts are intended to regulate off-street
parking based on land-uses in those categories.
Page | 7
o The proposed ordinance amends minimum and maximum allowable parking spaces in many
areas.
o The primary goals of the revisions include “updating parking requirements to better reflect market
demand and city objectives; simplifying how the ordinance reads and is administered; updating and
simplifying technical requirements; and establishing a framework that allows the ordinance to be
responsive to changing City dynamics,” according to the Administration.17
o The Administration has proposed two amendments to the ordinance in the transmittal – one
regulating parking spaces for bicycles in areas zoned for commercial or industrial use; the other
for loading berths for multi-family residential structures.
o The proposed rewrite includes a new parking standards manual as a guide to technical
specifications (such as dimensional requirements) of the off-street parking regulations.
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. The proposed rewrite is significant. Should developers with fairly immediate projects in the works have
a choice of starting the projects under the existing ordinance or under the proposed ordinance – if the
City Council adopts the revisions? Or, should the City Council set a future date for the ordinance to take
effect to give developers a choice to decide whether to start projects under the current or a future
ordinance, if it’s adopted?
2. Are the proposed changes to increase required bicycle parking for industrial and commercial land uses
and to change the ratio of vehicle loading spaces in multi-family buildings suggest by the Planning
Division acceptable to the City Council?
3. What might be the effect on the parking revisions of future overlay zones that are under way or under
study?
4. Is the “General Context” designation too broad to accommodate smaller land uses such as infill
development, and too car oriented in areas with commercial and industrial uses?
5. The proposed ordinance includes a provision that parking areas with four or fewer vehicle parking
spaces are not required to identify an accessible parking space, but if parking is provided, at least one
parking space would have to comply with the ADA standard dimensions. Should all the parking spaces
in that category comply with ADA standard dimensions, and should those dimensions be for vehicles
that can carry a motorized wheelchair?
ADDITIONAL & BACKGROUND INFORMATION
Mayor Jacqueline Biskupski filed the petition to amend the off-street parking section of the City’s
zoning ordinance in September 2017. The Mayor filed the petition after the City advertised for and contracted
with a company to research and then rewrite the off-street parking ordinance. The Administration’s phase of the
public process to rewrite the ordinance started in September 2017 and ended on January 8, 2020, with a public
hearing held by the Salt Lake City Planning Commission. After the hearing the Commission unanimously
adopted a motion to forward a positive recommendation to the City Council.
The stated purpose of the main revisions can be found in 21A.44.010: “This chapter is intended to
require that new development and redevelopment projects provide off street parking and loading facilities in
proportion to the parking, loading, and transportation demands of the buildings and land uses included in those
projects. This chapter is also intended to help protect the public health, safety, and general welfare by:
A.) Avoiding and mitigating traffic congestion and reducing the financial burden on taxpayer funded roadways;
B.) Providing necessary access for service and emergency vehicles;
C.) Providing for safe and convenient interaction between vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians;
D.) Providing flexible methods of responding to the transportation and access demands of various land uses in
different areas of the city;
E.) Reducing storm water runoff, reducing heat island effect from large expanses of pavement, improving water
quality, and minimizing dust pollution;
F.) Establishing context-sensitive parking standards to reflect the current and future built environment of
neighborhoods; and
Page | 8
G.) Avoiding and mitigating the adverse visual and environmental impacts of large concentrations of exposed
parking,”
As indicated in the previous section, a main feature of the proposed revisions is to tailor off-street
regulations to the land-use contexts -- general, neighborhood center, urban center, and transit. Here are brief
descriptions of the four contexts:
General Context –includes zoning districts that tend to be more auto dependent and/or suburban in
scale and parking needs. The context also applies broadly to all zoning districts that are not specifically listed in
the other context areas. Areas that fall into the category are the 300 West commercial corridor, the Redwood
Road commercial corridor, and other developments in zoning districts not identified in a specific context area in
the ordinance’s Minimum and Maximum Off-Street Parking Table.18
Neighborhood Center: The context includes areas with small- or moderate-scale shopping,
gathering, or activity spaces, often within or adjacent to General Context areas, but that are not necessarily well
served by transit. The category includes zoning districts with pedestrian-scale development patterns, building
forms, and amenities. Areas that fall into the category are the Ninth and Ninth commercial node, the Fifteenth
and Fifteenth commercial node, and other moderate scale commercial and mixed-use developments within the
zoning districts identified in the Minimum and Maximum Off-Street Parking Table.19
Urban Center: The context includes zoning districts with dense, pedestrian-oriented development
within more intensely developed urban centers. Parking demand in the context is higher than in the Transit
Center Context, but lower than areas in the Neighborhood Center Context. Areas that fall into this category are
the Sugar House Business District, areas adjacent to Downtown, and other developments that are within the
zoning districts identified in the Minimum and Maximum Off-Street Parking Table.20
Transit Context: The context includes zoning districts that immediately surround mass-transit
facilities and/or are in the Downtown core. These areas have the lowest parking demand and may be exempt
from minimum parking requirements or be required to provide minimal off-street parking. Areas that fall into
this category are the Central Business District, Central Ninth, the North Temple/400 South transit corridor, and
other developments that are within the zoning districts identified in the Minimum and Maximum Off-Street
Parking Table.21
Here are the specific zoning districts within each context area.
Page | 9
Besides the 300 West Street and Redwood Road commercial corridors, other zoning districts in the
General Context category include areas zoned for single and two-family residential districts, mobile home park
districts, manufacturing districts, research park districts, business park districts, airport district, institutional
districts agricultural districts, public lands districts, and open space areas.
Two Proposed Revisions
The ordinance in the transmittal contains two sections that the Administration on reflection would like
to amend. The first involves a different formula for bicycle parking for commercial and industrial land uses. The
second involves a different calculation of vehicle loading spaces at multi-family housing.
According to the Administration, “The proposed method for calculating bicycle parking is based on use,
context, and building size or residential unit count, which is the same method used to calculate vehicle parking.
… However, the required bike parking for commercial uses in the General Context area is low.”22 The
Administration proposes changing bicycle parking space requirements in the General Context category from one
per 20,000 square feet in commercial uses to one per 10,000 square feet. It also proposes for areas zoned for
industrial uses to change from having no bicycle parking requirement to the following requirements:
General Context – 1 space per 15,000 square feet.
Neighborhood Center Context – 1 space per 8,000 square feet.
Page | 10
Urban Center Context – 1 space per 5,000 square feet.
Transit Context – 1 space per 3,000 square feet.23
The Administration has proposed the revised amendments “to be more consistent with city-wide goals
related to air-quality and bike-friendliness.”24
After receiving comments about the amount of proposed space for vehicle loading spaces, the
Administration is recommending the following changes for loading berths in areas zoned for multi-family
residential uses:
Instead of requiring one loading berth in buildings with 40 to 150 units per building; two loading spaces
for buildings with 151 to 300 units per building; and one extra loading berth for every 200 units above 300 units,
the Administration recommends requiring one loading berth in buildings with 80 to 200 units, and an extra
loading berth per 200 units for buildings with more than 200 units.25
Other Items
The proposed revisions are extensive. Using the Administration’s transmittal letter and Planning
Division staff report to the Planning Commission, Council staff has taken some items that should be noted.
Minimum and Maximum Parking Requirements – The Minimum and Maximum Off-Street Parking
Table lists numerous land uses. Specific minimum and maximum parking requirements can be found in section
21A.44.040.A (Page 61 of the proposed ordinance; Page 65 of the transmittal.)
Exemptions from Parking Requirements – According to the Administration, the current zoning code
exempts nonresidential uses in buildings smaller than 1,000 square feet within commercial districts and the D-2
and D-3 zoning districts from having to provide parking. The exemption is now expanded to apply city-wide to
all uses on lots (other than single-family or two-family dwellings) created prior to April 12, 1995, that are smaller
than 5,000 square feet. The proposed change would add another level of flexibility for small property and
business owners that would otherwise not be able to use or develop the lot due to parking constraints. However,
any development that is exempt from providing parking, but that elects to provide parking, will be required to
comply with all location and design standards adopted by the City.26
Accessible Parking – Parking areas with four (4) or fewer vehicle parking spaces are not required to identify
an accessible parking space; however, if parking is provided, a minimum of one (1) parking space shall comply
with the ADA standard dimensions.27
Changes of Use – Any change of use outside of the Urban Center Context area or Transit Center Context area
(the largest portions affected by the proposed revisions) that would require an increase in the minimum number
of off-street parking spaces by 10 or more spaces or by 25 percent or more spaces, would be required to provide
additional parking in compliance with the parking regulations. However, older buildings (built prior to 1944)
would not require additional parking to be provided for changes in use. The provision is intended to encourage
adaptive reuse of older buildings.28
Parking Calculations – The current zoning ordinance assigns a “catch-all” minimum parking requirement of
three (3) spaces per 1,000 square feet for “all other uses.” The proposed section retains that minimum and adds
a maximum parking allowed requirement of five (5) spaces per 1,000 square feet.
Two additional means have also been introduced by which parking requirements can be assigned to an
unlisted use. The Planning Director now has the authority to assign a minimum or maximum number of off-
street parking spaces required for an unlisted use based on a listed use with similar operating characteristics,
occupancy classification or other factors. The Director can also determine the parking and loading requirements
for any use based on a parking study submitted by the applicant that demonstrates the anticipated demand for
the proposed development.29
Parking Garages – According to the Administration, parking provided in structures such as parking garages is
proposed to include maximum parking allowed. … Well located and planned parking garages can provide shared
parking solutions for multiple properties. ... The intent of the proposed provision is to encourage and facilitate
parking solutions that serve multiple properties. In addition, “discussions with The Downtown Alliance also
Page | 11
indicated that national employers may insist on certain parking counts being provided for their employees. In
this sense, parking garages can be a tool to incentivize employers to relocate downtown .”30
Shared Parking – The current maximum distance allowed for shared parking areas of 500 feet has been
proposed to increase between 600-1,200 feet, based on parking context and to reflect national trends and Salt
Lake City’s large block sizes. The proposed approach would allow mixed-use development the opportunity to
reduce the minimum number of required parking spaces to better reflect the parking demands of a mixed-use
development.31
1 Videotape, Nick Norris, City Council work session, February 16, 2021, 1:40.
2 Email, Jon Larson, April 5, 2021.
3 Email, Darin Mano, March 17, 2021.
4 Email, Darin Mano.
5 Memorandum, Eric Daems, April 5, 2021.
6 Email, Nick Norris, April 8, 2021.
7 Email, Darin Mano.
8 Email, Darin Mano.
9 Email, Eric Daems.
10 Email, Eric Daems.
11 Administration transmittal letter, Page 2.
12 Administration transmittal letter, Page 3.
13 Administration transmittal letter, Page 2.
14 Administration transmittal letter, Page 3.
15 Videotape, Nick Norris, City Council work session, February 16, 2021, 1:45.
16 Videotape, Nick Norris, 1:45.
17 Administration transmittal letter, Eric Daems, November 2, 2020, Page 2.
18 Planning Division Staff Report, Eric Daems, January 8, 2020, Page 5.
19 Planning Division Staff Report, Page 5.
20 Planning Division Staff Report, Page 6.
21 Planning Division Staff Report, Page 6.
22 Administration transmittal letter, Page 2.
23 Administration transmittal letter, Page 3.
24 Administration transmittal letter, Page 2.
25 Administration transmittal letter, Page 3.
26 Planning Division Staff Report, Page 4.
27 Planning Division Staff Report, Page 8.
28 Planning Division Staff Report, Page 4.
29 Planning Division Staff Report, Page 4
30 Planning Division Staff Report, Page 7.
31 Planning Division Staff Report, Page 8.
Amended Ordinance
21A.44.030: CALCULATION OF PARKING:
A. Generally:
1. All parking and loading requirements that are based on square footage shall be calculated on the
basis of usable floor area of the subject use, unless otherwise specified in Table 21A.44.040-A,
“Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“.
2. Parking spaces shall not be counted more than once for required off-site, shared, and/or alternative
parking plans, except where the development 58 complies with off-site, shared, and/or alternative
parking standards.
3. Parking spaces designed or designated exclusively for motorcycles, scooters, and other two wheeled
vehicles shall not count toward the number of minimum required or maximum allowed off street
parking spaces.
4. Parking spaces intended for storage of business vehicles, such as fleet vehicles, delivery vehicles, or
vehicles on display associated with sales or rental shall not count toward the number of minimum
required or maximum allowed off street parking spaces unless otherwise stated in Table 21A.44.040-A,
“Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“.
5. Parking spaces designed or designated exclusively for recreational vehicles shall not count toward the
number of minimum required or maximum allowed off street parking spaces.
6. When calculations of the number of required off street parking spaces for vehicles or bicycles result in
a fractional number, any fraction of 0.5 or larger shall be rounded up to the next higher whole number.
Calculations for more than one use in a project shall be calculated for each individual use and may be
rounded individually and added, or added then rounded as determined by the applicant.
7. Lots containing more than one (1) use may provide parking and loading based on the shared parking
calculations in Subsection 21A.44.050.B, “Shared Parking”.
B. Unlisted Uses: For uses not listed in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking”
the planning director is authorized to do any of the following:
1. Apply the minimum or maximum off street parking space requirement specified in Table 21A.44.040-
A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“, for the listed use that is deemed most similar to the
proposed use as determined by the planning director based on operating characteristics, the most
similar related occupancy classification, or other factors related to potential parking demand
determined by the director.
2. Apply a minimum parking requirement of three (3) spaces per one thousand (1,000) square feet of
usable floor area for the use and a maximum parking allowance of five (5) spaces per one thousand
(1,000) square feet of useable floor area for the use.
3. Establish the minimum off street parking space and loading requirements based on a parking study
prepared by the applicant according to Subsection 21A.44.050.F
21A.44.040: REQUIRED OFF STREET PARKING:
A. Minimum and Maximum Parking Spaces Required:
1. Unless otherwise provided in this code, each development or land use subject to this chapter
pursuant to Section 21A.44.020 shall provide at least the minimum number, and shall not provide more
than the maximum number, of off street parking spaces required by Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and
Maximum Off Street Parking“.
2. A parking standard shown in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking”, is not
an indication of whether the use is allowed or prohibited in the respective zoning district or context
area. See Chapter 21A.33, “Land Use Tables” for allowed and prohibited uses.
3. The maximum parking limit does not apply to parking provided in parking garages, stacked or racked
parking structures, or to off-site parking that complies with all other requirements of this title.
4. The maximum parking limit does not apply to properties in the M-1, M-2, BP, or Airport zoning
districts that are located west of the centerline of Redwood Road.
5. If a conditional use is approved by the planning commission in accordance with Chapter 21A.54,
“Conditional Uses”, and the conditional use approval states a different parking requirement than that
required by this Chapter 21A.44, and is determined necessary to mitigate a detrimental impact, then the
parking requirement in the conditional use approval shall apply.
6. All uses with vehicle stacking and/or drive-through facilities shall comply with Section 21A.44.080,
“Drive-Through Facilities and Vehicle Stacking Areas”, in addition to the requirements of Table
21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“.
7. All uses with outdoor sales, display, leasing, and/or auction areas shall also provide one-half (1/2)
parking space and no more than two (2) parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) sq. ft. of outdoor
sales, display, leasing, and/or auction area. This additional parking shall not count toward the maximum
allowed per Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking”, when a maximum is
specified.
Context Approach:
Salt Lake City has a wide variety of development contexts that make any single approach to minimum
and maximum parking requirements ineffective. The parking demand for a downtown area served by
transit will be much lower than a downtown adjacent neighborhood or suburban shopping center. To
ensure that minimum and maximum parking requirements reflect the built context (and future built
context) of the area, we created four distinct “context areas”, and then tailored minimum and maximum
parking standards to each.
The Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking Table below lists the specific zoning districts included in
each context area. The following is a brief narrative introducing each context area:
1. General Context: This category includes the city’s zoning districts that tend to be more auto-
dependent and/or suburban in scale and parking needs. This context applies broadly to all of the zoning
districts that are not specifically listed in the other context areas.
2. Neighborhood Center: This category includes areas with small- or moderate-scale shopping,
gathering, or activity spaces, often within or adjacent to General Context areas, but that are not
necessarily well served by transit. This category includes zoning districts with pedestrian-scale
development patterns, building forms, and amenities.
3. Urban Center: This category includes zoning districts with dense, pedestrian-oriented development
within more intensely developed urban centers. The parking demand in this context is higher than in the
Neighborhood Center Context, but lower than areas with good transit service.
4. Transit Context: This category includes those zoning districts that immediately surround mass-transit
facilities and/or are in the downtown core. These areas have the lowest parking demand and may be
exempt from minimum parking requirements or be required to provide minimal off street parking.
D. Bicycle Parking:
1. Applicability: The following regulations apply to all uses except for single family, two-family, and twin
home residential uses and nonresidential uses having less than one thousand square feet (1,000 sq. ft.)
of usable floor area.
2. Calculation of Minimum Required Bicycle Parking Spaces: The number of required bicycle spaces shall
be based on the use within the defined parking contexts as shown in Table 21A.44.040-C, “Minimum
Bicycle Parking Requirements”, unless another city standard requires a different number of bicycle
parking spaces for a specific use, in which case the use-specific bicycle parking standard shall apply.
3. Building Expansions or Changes of Use: Building expansions or changes of use that require additional
vehicle parking spaces pursuant to Section
3. Building Expansions or Changes of Use: Building expansions or changes of use that require additional
vehicle parking spaces pursuant to Section 84 21A.44.020 and Section 21A.44.040 shall provide
additional bicycle parking spaces based on the calculations in Table 21A.44.040-C, “Minimum Bicycle
Parking Requirements”, for the entire use.
4. Secure/Enclosed Bicycle Parking: Each one (1) bicycle parking space that is within a secure/enclosed
bicycle parking facility may be used to satisfy the requirement of two (2) required bicycle parking spaces.
5. Existing Public Bicycle Parking Facilities: Permanent public bicycle racks or bike corrals located within
fifty feet (50’) of the primary entrance to the principal building may be used to satisfy up to two (2)
required bicycle parking spaces.
6. Accessory and Temporary Uses: No bicycle parking spaces are required for accessory or temporary
uses.
21A.44.050: ALTERNATIVES TO MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM PARKING CALCULATIONS:
The amount of off street vehicle parking required pursuant to Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and
Maximum Off Street Parking”, may be adjusted by the factors listed in this section. These adjustments
may be applied as part of the calculation of parking requirements and do not require discretionary
approval by the City.
A. Limitations on Adjustments to Minimum Required Parking: The adjustments listed in Subsections
21A.44.050.B through 21A.44.050.G may be used in any combination, but shall not be combined to
reduce the minimum required parking established in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off
Street Parking“, by more than forty percent (40%).
B. Shared Parking:
1. Shared Parking for Two or More Uses:
a. Where two (2) or more uses listed in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street
Parking”, share a parking garage or parking lot that is located on one of the properties that is sharing
parking, or is located within the maximum permitted distance of all of the properties sharing parking
shown in Table 21A.44.060-B, “Maximum Distances for Off-Site Parking”, the total minimum off street
parking requirement for those uses may be reduced by the factors shown in Table 21A.44.050-A,
“Shared Parking Reduction Factors“.
b. The minimum number of off street parking spaces shall be the sum of the parking requirements for
the uses divided by the factor shown in Table 21A.44.050-A, “Shared Parking Reduction Factors”, for
that combination of uses
Example: If a 5,000 square foot art gallery shared a parking lot with a 5,000 square foot retail goods
establishment, and a 100 unit multi-family residential use in the Urban Center Context, the minimum off
street parking required would be calculated as follows:
Use 1: Art Gallery 0.5 per 1,000 sq. ft. x (5,000 sq. ft.) = 3 parking spaces
Use 2: Retail Goods Establishment 1 per 1,000 sq. ft. x (5,000 sq. ft.) = 5 parking spaces
Use 3: Multi-Family Residential
0 per studio unit x (20 studio units) = 0 parking spaces
0.5 per 1 bedroom unit x (36 1 bedroom units) = 18 parking spaces 1 per 2+ bedroom units x (44 2+
bedroom units) = 44 parking spaces 0+18+44 = 62 parking spaces
Sum of two largest minimum parking requirements:
5 (retail goods establishment)+ 62 (multi-family) = 67 parking spaces
Reduction Factor (two largest minimums):
67 ÷ 1.2 reduction factor = 55.8 or 56 parking spaces
Add Remaining Minimum(s):
56 (retail & multi-family) + 3 (art gallery) = 59 parking spaces required
2. Documentation Required:
a. The owners of record involved in the joint use of shared parking shall submit written documentation
of the continued availability of the shared parking arrangement to the Transportation Director for
review.
b. The Director shall approve the shared parking arrangement if the Director determines that the
documentation demonstrates the continued availability of the shared parking facility for a reasonable
period of time. No zoning or use approval shall be issued until the Director has approved the shared
parking documentation.
c. If the shared parking arrangement is later terminated or modified and the Director determines that
the termination or modification has resulted in traffic congestion, overflow parking in residential
neighborhoods, or threats to pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicle safety, the property owners involved in the
shared parking arrangement may be held in violation of this chapter.
C. Proximity to Fixed-Rail Transit: Required parking for a development located within one-quarter mile
(when measured radially in a straight line from the subject property line) of a fixed-rail transit station
platform in the General Context, Neighborhood Center Context, and Urban Center Context areas may be
reduced by up to twenty-five percent (25%). This shall not apply to single or two-family uses including:
single-family (attached or detached), twin homes, or two-family.
D. Affordable and Senior Housing (Multi-Family Structures): The minimum number of required off street
parking spaces for multi-family residential developments with at least ten (10) dwelling units may be
reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) if the multi-family development has:
1. A minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the dwelling units are restricted to residents with no
greater than sixty percent (60%) area median income (AMI) 87 for leased units; or
2. A minimum of thirty-five percent (35%) of the dwelling units are restricted to residents with no
greater than eighty percent (80%) AMI for sale units; or
3. A minimum of seventy-five percent (75%) of the dwelling units are restricted to persons sixty-five (65)
years of age or older. For a development that meets any of the scenarios above, an additional reduction
of up to fifteen percent (15%) may be allowed when the development is located within one-quarter mile
(when measured radially in a straight line from the subject property line) of a bus stop that is serviced by
the same route at least every fifteen (15) minutes during daytime hours, Monday - Saturday.
E. Car Pool and Carshare Parking:
1. For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces, each off street parking space
designated and signed for the exclusive use of a shared car pool vehicle shall count as three (3) spaces
toward the satisfaction of minimum off street vehicle parking requirements.
2. For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces, each off street parking space
designated and signed for the exclusive use of a shared vanpool vehicle shall count as seven (7) spaces
toward the satisfaction of minimum off street vehicle parking requirements.
3. For parking lots of any size, each off street parking space designated and signed for the exclusive use
of a carshare vehicle shall count as four (4) spaces toward the satisfaction of minimum off street vehicle
parking requirements.
F. Valet Parking Services: Modifications to minimum on-site parking spaces may occur on a one-to-one
basis if off site valet parking is provided and:
1. The design of the valet parking does not cause customers who do not use the valet services to park off
the premises or cause queuing in the right-of-way;
2. The availability of valet parking service is clearly posted outside the establishment and near the main
entrance; and
3. The applicant provides adequate written assurances for the continued operation of the valet parking,
and a written agreement to notify future owners and tenants of the property of the duty to continue to
provide off-site valet parking.
G. Parking Study Demonstrating Different Parking Needs:
1. The transportation director, in consultation with the planning director, may authorize a change in the
amount of off street parking spaces. The authorization shall be based on the applicant submitting a
parking study that demonstrates a different off street parking demand for the proposed development,
use, or combination of uses than calculated from Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off
Street Parking“, and subject to the overall limits on parking adjustments in Subsection 21A.44.050.A
above.
2. The transportation director and planning director shall determine whether the information and
assumptions used in the study are reasonable and whether the study accurately reflects anticipated off
street parking demand for the proposed development, use, or combination of uses.
3. Considerations for an alternative parking requirement (parking provided below the minimum required
or exceeding the maximum allowed) shall be granted only if the following findings are determined:
a. That the proposed parking plan will satisfy the anticipated parking demand for the use;
b. That the proposed parking plan will be at least as effective in maintaining traffic circulation patterns,
reducing the visibility of parking areas and facilities as would strict compliance with the otherwise
applicable off street parking standards;
c. That the proposed parking plan does not have a materially adverse impact on adjacent or neighboring
properties;
d. That the proposed parking plan includes mitigation strategies for any potential impact on adjacent or
neighboring properties; and e. That the proposed alternative parking plan is consistent with applicable
city plans and policies.
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
and NEIGHBORHOODS
BLAKE THOMAS
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received:
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council:
TO:Salt Lake City Council DATE:
Chris Wharton, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
SUBJECT: Petition PLNPCM2017-00753 – Off-Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading Zoning
Text Amendments
STAFF CONTACT: Eric Daems, Senior Planner (801) 535-7236, eric.daems@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: The City Council adopt the proposed parking modifications including
the complete re-write of Chapter 21A.44 and all associated ordinance language as has been
recommended by the Planning Commission.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION:As transportation and land uses change over time, the demand
for parking changes. Cities frequently struggle to strike a balance between too much parking and
inadequate parking. Parking requirements that are too high can waste land, increase development
costs, lead to demolition of structures to meet parking requirements, increase stormwater runoff,
compromise water quality, and discourage pedestrian activity. Parking requirements that are too
low may lead to increased traffic congestion, difficulty leasing or selling property, and spillover
parking onto adjacent residential streets.
Beginning in June 2017, the Planning Division started working with consulting firm Clarion and
Associates to perform a comprehensive review and update of Chapter 21A.44 Off Street Parking,
Mobility, and Loading and associated sections of the zoning ordinance. The provisions reviewed
determine the parking regulations in all areas of the City, but do not include regulations for on-
street parking. The process included internal meetings with City divisions most closely involved
with the parking chapter and a thorough public engagement plan that is outlined in Attachment G
of the Staff Report (Exhibit 4b). Following the completion of the work of the consultant, Planning
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145460, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5460 TEL 801.535.6230
Staff worked to address commentary received, finish the public engagement efforts, and to produce
a fully revised parking ordinance.
Primary goals of the rewrite includeupdating parking requirements to better reflect market demand
and city objectives, simplifying how the ordinance reads and is administered, updating and
simplifying technical requirements, and establishing a framework that allows the ordinance to be
responsive to changing City dynamics.
The Planning Commission Staff Report in Exhibit 4b provides a comprehensive overview and
detailed analysis of the proposed zoning text amendments.
Additional Considerations:Since the time when the public hearing was held, Planning Staff has
identified several items that may warrant additional consideration from the City Council.
Bicycle Parking: The current parking ordinance bases bicycle parking standards on
vehicle parking stalls provided. The trouble with this approach is that, as reductions to
parking are granted through various alternatives, required bicycle parking is also reduced.
The approach was creating reduced bicycle parking when it was most needed. The
proposed method for calculating bicycle parking is based on use, context, and building size
or residential unit count, which is the same method used to calculate vehicle parking. The
basic table is shown below:
The table reflects progressive and generally increased bicycle parking requirements for
most uses in most of the context areas; however, the required bike parking for commercial
uses in the General Context area is low (1 per 20,000 sq. ft.) and no minimum bicycle
parking is required for industrial uses in all context areas. The original reasoning behind
this was that these uses in these areas may not generate as much bicycle traffic, so bicycle
parking would be provided by the developer/business owner on an as-needed basis. In order
to be more consistent with city-wide goals related to air-quality and bike-friendliness, the
City Council may want to consider increasing the minimum required bicycle parking for
industrial and commercial uses. Planning Staff recommends the table be revised as follows:
)
Use
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts
not listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN,
R-MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1,
CSHBD2
D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI, FB-UN2,
FB-UN3, FB-SC, R-
MU
Residential Uses 1 per 5 units 1 per 4 units 1 per 3 units 1 per 2 units
Public, Institutional,
and Civic Uses 1 per 10,000 sq. ft. 1 per 5,000 sq. ft. 1 per 5,000 sq. ft. 1 per 3,000 sq. ft.
Commercial Uses 1 per 10,000 sq. ft. 1 per 5,000 sq. ft 1 per 4,000 sq. ft. 1 per 2,000 sq. ft.
Industrial Uses 1 per 15,000 sq. ft.1 per 8,000 sq. ft.1 per 5,000 sq. ft.1 per 3,000 sq. ft.
*For all uses: In determining the minimum number of bicycle parking spaces required, fractional spaces are rounded to
the nearest whole number, with one-half counted as an additional space
Loading Berths:Two of the attached letters (Exhibit 4e) present a concern with the
proposed requirements for off street loading berths for multi-family residential uses. The
current ordinance bases the requirement on building size (square feet) rather than unit
count. The current requirement is 1 short berth for buildings between 100,,000-200,000
square feet and 1 additional berth for each 200,000 square feet. The 100,000 square foot
starting point was placing a burden on the public right-of-way for smaller buildings that
still had a high unit count. To that end, the new requirements were developed and are shown
below:
These standards are based off similar size cities with newer parking ordinances. However,
after re-examining it, Planning Staff agrees that these may be too demanding and may
require too much space to be dedicated to loading berths and therefore inhibit City housing
and development goals. The City Council may want to consider a higher threshold for
requiring the initial or additional loading berths. Planning Staff recommends the table be
revised as follows:
Multi- Family Residential
86
# of Dwelling Units
(Per Building)
Number and Size of
Berths
80-200 1 short
Greater than 200 1 additional short per
200 units
PUBLIC PROCESS: Development of the proposed Parking Ordinance and associated
amendments was the result of a robust community engagement process that involved targeted
stakeholders as well as the general public through numerous engagement activities. Attachment G
in the Planning Commission Staff Report (Exhibit 4b) provides a summary of the public
engagement activities that were conducted throughout the ordinance revision process.
The Planning Commission held a public hearing on January 8, 2020. Five people spoke at the
public hearing with varying level of support or concern to the proposed ordinance amendments. A
summary of those concerns has been included in this memo (Exhibit 4c). The Planning
Commission voted unanimously to forward a positive recommendation the City Council to adopt
the Chapter 21A.44 Off Street Parking and associated zoning text amendments.
Since the Public Hearing, Planning Staff has received six letters from the public in regard to the
proposed amendments. Two of the letters reflect comments made during the Public Hearing for
the Planning Commission. All of the letters have been included in this memo (Exhibit 4e).
EXHIBITS:
1. Project Chronology
2. Notice of City Council Hearing
3. Planning Commission- January 8, 2020
a. Agenda Notice
b. Staff Report
c. Agenda & Minutes
d. Staff Presentation Slides
e. Additional Public Comments Received
4. Original Petition
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 202_
(An ordinance amending various sections of the Salt Lake City Code
pertaining to off street parking regulations)
An ordinance amending various sections of the Salt Lake City Code pursuant to Petition
No. PLNPCM2017-00753 pertaining to off street parking regulations.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission held a public hearing on January 8,
2020 to consider a petition submitted by then-Mayor Jacqueline Biskupski (“Applicant”)
(Petition No. PLNPCM2017-00753) to amend portions of Chapters 18.80 (Buildings and
Construction: Parking Lot Construction); 20.56 (Subdivisions and Condominiums:
Condominiums); 21A.24 (Zoning: Residential Districts); 21A.26 (Zoning: Commercial
Districts); 21A.30 (Zoning: Downtown Districts); 21A.31 (Zoning: Gateway Districts); 21A.32
(Zoning: Special Purpose Districts); 21A.36 (Zoning: General Provisions); 21A.37 (Zoning:
Design Standards); 21A.38 (Zoning: Nonconforming Uses and Noncomplying Structures);
21A.40 (Zoning: Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures); 21A.44 (Zoning: Off Street
Parking, Mobility and Loading); 21A.52 (Zoning: Special Exceptions); 21A.60 (Zoning: List of
Terms); and 21A.62 (Zoning: Definitions) of the Salt Lake City Code to modify regulations
pertaining to off street parking; and
WHEREAS, at its January 8, 2020 meeting, the planning commission voted in favor of
transmitting a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council on said petition; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the city council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
2
SECTION 1. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 18.80.020. That Section
18.80.080 of the Salt Lake City Code (Buildings and Construction: Parking Lot Construction:
Permit; Required for Construction; Issuance Conditions) shall be, and hereby is amended to read
as follows:
18.80.020: PERMIT; REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION; ISSUANCE
CONDITIONS:
No parking lot or parking area shall be constructed without first obtaining a permit
authorizing such construction. No permit shall be issued without first securing the
recommendations of the city transportation engineer and no permit shall be issued until the
applicant has complied with the provisions of this chapter.
SECTION 2. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 20.56.060.B. That
Subsection 20.56.060.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Subdivisions and Condominiums:
Condominiums: Condominium Conversion Process: Planning Official Duties and Responsibility)
shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
B. Planning Official Duties and Responsibility:
1. Coordination of Review: The planning official shall review the application material
submitted for accuracy and completeness and transmit the submittal to pertinent
departments for review and comment.
2. Consistent with State Law: The planning official shall review the application and
related documents to determine compliance with requirements of the Utah
Condominium Ownership Act, Title 57, Chapter 7 of the Utah Code, and applicable
provisions of this chapter.
3. Previous Conditions: The planning official shall review applicable conditions on the
use or building imposed by ordinances, variances, and conditional uses.
4. Site Improvements: The planning official shall review the proposed building and site
plans and shall have the authority to require additional improvements to be made to
the existing site including, but not limited to, landscaping, exterior repairs, and
improvements to common areas. This review shall include an analysis of the parking,
including internal circulation issues, such as surfacing and control curbs. The analysis
shall also include the number of existing parking stalls, noting any deviation from
current standards. Based upon this information, the planning official may require
3
construction of additional parking stalls on the site, or may require reasonable
alternative parking solutions as outlined in Section 21A.44.050 “Alternatives to
Minimum and Maximum Parking Calculations”, of this code. Any
additional parking developed on site or alternative parking solutions may not increase
the parking impacts on neighboring properties, and will not develop existing common
areas used as open space or green space. Additionally, any remodeling proposal
which increases the number of bedrooms would require compliance with
existing parking requirements. The total number of parking stalls available to the
owners of the project shall be disclosed on the condominium plat.
SECTION 3. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.24.164.H. That
Subsection 21A.24.164.H of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Residential Districts: R-MU-35
Residential/Mixed Use District: Parking Structures) shall be, and hereby is DELETED.
SECTION 4. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.24.168.H. That
Subsection 21A.24.168.H of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Residential Districts: R-MU-45
Residential/Mixed Use District: Parking Structures) shall be, and hereby is DELETED.
SECTION 5. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.24.170.E. That
Subsection 21A.24.170.E of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Residential Districts: R-MU
Residential/Mixed Use District: Parking Structures) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as
follows:
E. Minimum Yard Requirements:
1. Single-Family Detached Dwellings:
a. Front Yard: Fifteen feet (15’).
b. Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10’).
c. Interior Side Yard:
(1) Corner lots: Four feet (4’).
4
(2) Interior lots: Four feet (4’) on one side and ten feet (10’) on the other.
d. Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of the lot depth, but need not be more than
twenty feet (20’).
2. Single-Family Attached, Two-Family and Twin Home Dwellings:
a. Front Yard: Fifteen feet (15’).
b. Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10’).
c. Interior Side Yard:
(1) Single-family attached: No yard is required, however if one is provided it
shall not be less than four feet (4’).
(2) Two-family:
(A) Interior lot: Four feet (4’) on one side and ten feet (10’) on the other.
(B) Corner lot: Four feet (4’).
(3) Twin home: No yard is required along one side lot line. A ten foot (10’) yard
is required on the other.
d. Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of lot depth or twenty five feet (25’),
whichever is less.
3. Multi-Family Dwellings and Any Other Residential Uses:
a. Front Yard: No setback is required.
b. Corner Side Yard: No setback is required.
c. Interior Side Yard: No setback is required.
d. Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of lot depth, but need not exceed thirty feet
(30’).
4. Nonresidential Development:
a. Front Yard: No setback is required.
b. Corner Side Yard: No setback is required.
c. Interior Side Yard: No setback is required.
5
d. Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of lot depth, but need not exceed thirty feet
(30’).
5. Existing Lots: Lots legally existing on the effective date hereof, April 12, 1995, shall
be considered legal conforming lots.
6. Minimum Lot Area Exemptions: For multiple-unit residential uses, nonresidential and
mixed uses, no minimum lot area is required. In addition, no front, corner side or
interior side yards or landscaped setbacks are required; except where interior side
yards are provided, they shall not be less than four feet (4’).
7. Existing Buildings: For buildings legally existing on the effective date hereof,
required yards shall be no greater than the established setback line.
8. Maximum Setback: For single-family, two-family, and twin home dwellings, at least
twenty five percent (25%) of the building facade must be located within twenty five
feet (25’) of the front lot line. For all other uses, at least twenty five percent (25%) of
the building facade must be located within fifteen feet (15’) of the front lot line.
Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized as design review, subject to the
requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title, and the review and approval of the
planning commission. The planning director, in consultation with the transportation
director, may modify this requirement if the adjacent public sidewalk is substandard
and the resulting modification to the setback results in a more efficient public
sidewalk. The planning director may waive this requirement for any addition,
expansion, or intensification, which increases the floor area or parking requirement
by less than fifty percent (50%) if the planning director finds the following:
a. The architecture of the addition is compatible with the architecture of the original
structure or the surrounding architecture.
b. The addition is not part of a series of incremental additions intended to subvert the
intent of the ordinance.
Appeal of administrative decision is to the planning commission.
SECTION 6. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.26.020.F. That
Subsection 21A.26.020.F of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Commercial Districts: CN
Neighborhood Commercial District: Minimum Yard Requirements) shall be, and hereby is
amended to read as follows:
F. Minimum Yard Requirements:
6
1. Front or Corner Side Yard: A fifteen foot (15’) minimum front or corner side yard
shall be required. Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized as design review,
subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title, and the review and
approval of the planning commission.
2. Interior Side Yard: None required.
3. Rear Yard: Ten feet (10’).
4. Buffer Yards: Any lot abutting a lot in a Residential District shall conform to the
buffer yard requirements of Chapter 21A.48 of this title.
5. Accessory Buildings and Structures in Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may
be located in a required yard subject to Section 21A.36.020, Table 21A.36.020.B of
this title.
6. Maximum Setback: A maximum setback is required for at least sixty five percent
(65%) of the building facade. The maximum setback is twenty five feet (25’).
Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized through the design review process,
subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title, and the review and
approval of the planning commission. The planning director, in consultation with the
transportation director, may modify this requirement if the adjacent public sidewalk is
substandard and the resulting modification to the setback results in a more efficient
public sidewalk. The planning director may waive this requirement for any addition,
expansion, or intensification, which increases the floor area or parking requirement
by less than fifty percent (50%) if the planning director finds the following:
a. The architecture of the addition is compatible with the architecture of the original
structure or the surrounding architecture.
b. The addition is not part of a series of incremental additions intended to subvert the
intent of the ordinance.
Appeal of administrative decision is to the planning commission.
SECTION 7. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.26.025.F. That
Subsection 21A.26.025.F of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Commercial Districts: SNB Small
Neighborhood Business District: Yard Requirements) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as
follows:
F. Yard Requirements:
7
1. Front and Corner Side Yard: Front and corner side yard setbacks shall be equal to the
required yard areas of the abutting zoning district along the block face. When the
property abuts more than one zone the more restrictive requirement shall apply.
2. Interior Side Yard: Interior side yard equal to the required yard areas of the abutting
zoning district along the block face. When the property abuts more than one zone the
more restrictive requirement shall apply.
3. Rear Yard: Rear yard setbacks shall be equal to the required yard areas of the abutting
zoning district along the block face. When the property abuts more than one zoning
district the more restrictive requirement shall apply.
4. Buffer Yards: Any lot abutting a lot in a Residential District shall conform to the
buffer yard requirements of Chapter 21A.48, “Landscaping and Buffers”, of this title.
5. Accessory Buildings and Structures in Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may
be located in a required yard subject to Section 21A.36.020, Table 21A.36.020.B,
“Obstructions in Required Yards”, of this title.
SECTION 8. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.26.030.F. That
Subsection 21A.26.030.F of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Commercial Districts: CB
Community Business District: Minimum Yard Requirements) shall be, and hereby is amended to
read as follows:
F. Minimum Yard Requirements:
1. Front or Corner Side Yard: No minimum yard is required. If a front yard is provided,
it shall comply with all provisions of this title applicable to front or corner side yards,
including landscaping, fencing, and obstructions.
2. Interior Side Yard: None required.
3. Rear Yard: Ten feet (10’).
4. Buffer Yards: Any lot abutting a lot in a Residential District shall conform to the
buffer yard requirements of Chapter 21A.48 of this title.
5. Accessory Buildings and Structures in Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may
be located in a required yard subject to Section 21A.36.020, Table 21A.36.020B of
this title.
8
6. Maximum Setback: A maximum setback is required for at least seventy five percent
(75%) of the building facade. The maximum setback is fifteen feet (15’). Exceptions
to this requirement may be authorized through the design review process, subject to
the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title, and the review and approval of the
planning commission. The planning director, in consultation with the transportation
director, may modify this requirement if the adjacent public sidewalk is substandard
and the resulting modification to the setback results in a more efficient public
sidewalk. The planning director may waive this requirement for any addition,
expansion, or intensification, which increases the floor area or parking requirement
by less than fifty percent (50%) if the planning director finds the following:
a. The architecture of the addition is compatible with the architecture of the original
structure or the surrounding architecture.
b. The addition is not part of a series of incremental additions intended to subvert the
intent of the ordinance.
Appeal of administrative decision is to the planning commission.
SECTION 9. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.26.078. That
Section 21A.26.078 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Commercial Districts: TSA Transit
Station Area District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.26.078: TSA TRANSIT STATION AREA DISTRICT:
A. Purpose Statement: The purpose of the TSA Transit Station Area District is to provide an
environment for efficient and attractive transit and pedestrian oriented commercial,
residential and mixed use development around transit stations. Redevelopment, infill
development and increased development on underutilized parcels should include uses that
allow them to function as part of a walkable, mixed use district. Existing uses that are
complementary to the district, and economically and physically viable, should be
integrated into the form and function of a compact, mixed use pedestrian oriented
neighborhood. Each transit station is categorized into a station type. These typologies are
used to establish appropriate zoning regulations for similar station areas. Each station
area will typically have two (2) subsections: the core area and the transition area. Due to
the nature of the area around specific stations, the restrictions of overlay zoning districts,
and the neighborhood vision, not all station areas are required to have a core area and a
transition area.
1. Core Area: The purpose of the core area is to provide areas for comparatively intense
land development with a mix of land uses incorporating the principles of sustainable,
transit oriented development and to enhance the area closest to a transit station as a
9
lively, people oriented place. The core area may mix ground floor retail, office,
commercial and residential space in order to activate the public realm.
2. Transition Area: The purpose of the transition area is to provide areas for a moderate
level of land development intensity that incorporates the principles of sustainable
transit oriented development. The transition area is intended to provide an important
support base to the core area and transit ridership as well as buffer surrounding
neighborhoods from the intensity of the core area. These areas reinforce the viability
of the core area and provide opportunities for a range of housing types at different
densities. Transition areas typically serve the surrounding neighborhood and include a
broad range of building forms that house a mix of compatible land uses. Commercial
uses may include office, retail, restaurant and other commercial land uses that are
necessary to create mixed use neighborhoods.
B. Station Area Types: A station area typology is the use of characteristics, such as building
types, mix of land use, transit service and street network to create generalizations about
an area that can be used to define a common vision for development of a transit station
area. Each typology recognizes the important difference among places and destinations
and takes into account the local context of a station and its surroundings. Refer to the
official Salt Lake City zoning map to determine the zoning of the land within each station
area.
1. Urban Center Station (TSA-UC): An urban center station contains the highest relative
intensity level and mix of uses. The type of station area is meant to support downtown
Salt Lake and not compete with it in terms of building scale and use.
2. Urban Neighborhood Station (TSA-UN): An evolving and flexible development
pattern defines an urban neighborhood station area. Urban neighborhoods consist of
multilevel buildings that are generally lower scale than what is found in the urban
center station area. The desired mix of uses would include ground floor commercial
or office uses with the intent of creating a lively, active, and safe streetscape.
3. Mixed Use Employment Center Station (TSA-MUEC): A mixed use employment
station is an area with a high concentration of jobs that attract people from the entire
region. Buildings are often large scale in nature and may have large footprints. Land
uses that support the employment centers such as retail sales and service and
restaurants are located throughout the station area and should occupy ground floor
space in multi-story buildings oriented to the pedestrian and transit user. A mix of
housing types and sizes are appropriate to provide employees with the choice to live
close to where they work. Building types should trend toward more flexible building
types over time. Connectivity for all modes of travel is important due to the limited
street network.
4. Special Purpose Station (TSA-SP): The special purpose station is typically centered
on a specific land use or large scale regional activity. These areas are generally served
by a mix of transit options. Land uses such as restaurants and retail support the
10
dominant land use and attract people to the area. A mix of housing types and sizes are
appropriate in certain situations. Future development should be aimed at increasing
the overall intensity and frequency of use in the station area by adding a mix of uses
that can be arranged and designed to be compatible with the primary use.
C. Review Process: The review process for all new development and redevelopment within
the Transit Station Area Zoning District is based on the development score which is
generated by the “Transit Station Area Development Guidelines” hereby adopted by
reference.
1. The following types of development are required to go through this review process:
a. Any addition of one thousand (1,000) square feet or more that extend a street
facing building facade or are located to the side of a building and are visible from
a public space; or
b. Additions that increase the height of an existing building or change the existing
roofline;
c. Additions to the rear of buildings that are not adjacent to a public street, trail or
other public space are not required to obtain a development score but must
comply with all other applicable regulations. Signs, fences, accessory structures
and any other structure or addition not listed in this section are not required to
obtain a development score.
d. Single-family detached dwellings and two-family dwellings are not required to
obtain a development score.
2. Application process steps:
a. Presubmittal Conference: All applicants for development within the TSA Transit
Station Area Zoning District are required to attend a presubmittal conference with
the planning division. The purpose of the presubmittal conference is to notify the
applicant of the goals of the station area plans, the standards in this section, and
the review and approval process.
b. Development Review Application: After a presubmittal conference, the developer
can submit a development review application. This application and all submittal
requirements will be used to determine the development score. The application
shall include a score sheet on which the development guidelines and their
assigned values are indicated and two (2) checklists: one for the applicant’s use
and one for the planning division’s use.
c. Public Noticing: A notice of application for a development review shall be
provided in accordance with Chapter 21A.10 of this title.
11
d. Application Review: Table 21A.26.078.C.2.d of this Subsection C summarizes
the application review process. All applications shall be processed as follows:
(1) Tier 1 Planning Commission Review: If a project is assigned a score less than
125 points, the project can only be approved by the planning commission
through the design review process in Chapter 21A.59 of this title. Once the
applicant receives written notice of their score, they will be given thirty (30)
days to notify the planning division of their intention to proceed with the
project through the design review process or make necessary plan adjustments
to increase their development score to the minimum level in order to go
through an administrative review process.
(2) Tier 2 Administrative Review: The planning director has the authority to
approve a project scoring 125 points or more without holding a public
hearing. The project shall be allowed to go through the standard building
permit process. A public hearing is not required because the project
incorporates adequate development guidelines or development incentives to
be deemed compliant with the vision for the station area.
TABLE 21A.26.078.C.2.d
APPLICATION REVIEW
Development Score Review Process
0 - 124 points Planning commission design review process
125 or more points Administrative review
D. Development Score: The purpose of the development score is to allow flexibility for
designers while implementing the city’s vision of the applicable station area plans and the
purpose of this zoning district. The development score measures the level of
compatibility between a proposed project and the station area plan. A “station area plan”
is a development, land use, urban design and place making policy document for the area
around a specific transit station. The development score is based on the development
guidelines and development incentives in the “Transit Station Area Development
Guidelines” book, hereby adopted by reference. The “Transit Station Area Development
Guidelines” shall be amended following the adopted procedures for zoning text
amendments in Chapter 21A.50, “Amendments”, of this title.
1. Formulating the Score: The development score is formulated by calculating all of the
development guideline values for a particular project. Each design guideline and
incentive is given a value based on its importance. Some guidelines are considered
more important and carry a higher value than others. All other applicable zoning
regulations shall be complied with by all projects and are not calculated in the
development score.
12
2. Project Review: A development score shall be assigned to all projects within the TSA
Transit Station Area District after a complete development review application is
submitted. The planning director shall provide, in writing, a copy of the review
checklist and explanation of the outcome of the score to the applicant within thirty
(30) days of submitting a complete application.
3. Appeals: The development score may be appealed. All appeals of the development
score are heard by the appeals hearing officer. In hearing the appeal, the appeals
hearing officer shall hold a public hearing in accordance with Section 21A.10.030 of
this title. In deciding the appeal, the appeals hearing officer shall base its decision on
its interpretation of the development guidelines and the development score.
4. Expiration: No development score shall be valid for a period longer than one year
unless a building permit has been issued or complete building plans have been
submitted to the Division of Building Services.
E. Development Standards:
1. Application: The dimensional requirements of this section apply to all new buildings
and developments as well as additions to existing buildings. Additions that bring the
property closer to compliance are allowed. The following development standards
apply to the core and transition areas of all station types.
2. Building Height: The minimum and maximum building heights are found in Table
21A.26.078.E.2, “Building Height Regulations”, of this Subsection E.2. The
following exceptions apply:
a. The minimum building height applies to all structures that are adjacent to a public
or private street. The building shall meet the minimum building height for at least
fifty percent (50%) of the width of the street facing building wall.
b. Projects that achieve a development score that qualifies for administrative review
are eligible for an increase in height. The increase shall be limited to one story of
habitable space. The height of the additional story shall be equal to or less than
the average height of the other stories in the building. This is in addition to the
height authorized elsewhere in this title.
TABLE 21A.26.078.E.2
BUILDING HEIGHT REGULATIONS
Minimum Height1 Maximum Height
Urban center:
Core 40’ 90’2
Transition 25’ 60’
13
Minimum Height1 Maximum Height
Urban neighborhood:
Core 25’ 75’
Transition 0’ 50’
Mixed use employment center:
Core 25’ 75’
Transition 0’ 60’
Special purpose:
Core 25’ 75’
Transition 0’ 60’
Notes:
1. Minimum building heights apply to those properties with frontage on the street where
fixed rail transit is located.
2. Buildings with a roof that has at least 2 sloping planes may be allowed up to 105 feet.
The slope of the plane must have a minimum slope of a 2 feet rise over a 12 foot run. The
additional height may include habitable space. The sloping planes must be clearly visible
and create a sloped roof shape. The sloping planes shall not be hidden by a parapet wall.
3. Setbacks:
a. General Standards for Front/Corner Side Yards:
(1) All portions of the yard not occupied by building, driveways, walkways or
other similar features must be landscaped or include an active outdoor use,
such as outdoor dining, plazas, courtyards or other similar outdoor use. See
Subsection F of this section for specific front yard design requirements.
(2) Walls up to three feet (3’) in height, patios and other similar elements
intended to activate the sidewalk can be located to the property line.
(3) Awnings or canopies may be located within any portion of the yard and are
not subject to the front or corner side yard restrictions in
Subsection 21A.36.020.B, Table 21A.36.020.B of this title.
(4) Balconies may project up to two feet (2’) into the required yards and are not
subject to the front or corner side yard restrictions in
Subsection 21A.36.020.B, Table 21A.36.020.B of this title.
14
(5) All front and corner side yard standards in Table 21A.26.078.E.3.b of this
Subsection E may be modified through the design review process of Chapter
21A.59 of this title, except that the front and corner side yard setback for 400
South shall not be reduced below the minimum.
b. Table 21A.26.078.E.3.b Setback Standards:
TABLE 21A.26.078.E.3.b
SETBACK STANDARDS
Property
Frontage
Front/Corner
Side Yard Setback
Interior
Side Yard Rear Yard
400 South Minimum: 10’, and at least 50%
of the street facing building
facade must be built to the
minimum.
Minimum: None, except a 25’
setback is required when adjacent
to an OS, R-1, R-2, SR, RMF-30,
RMF-35 or RMF-45 zoning
district. The minimum shall
increase 1’ for every 1’ increase
in building height above 25’ and
is applied to the portion of the
building over 25’ in height.
Maximum setback: 20’, but may
be increased if the additional
setback is used for plazas,
courtyards, or outdoor dining
areas.
In locations where the sidewalk is
not a minimum of 10’ wide,
additional sidewalk width shall be
installed by the developer so
there is a minimum width
sidewalk of 10’. This applies to
new buildings and to additions
that increase the gross building
square footage by more than
50%. This standard does not
require removal of existing
buildings or portions thereof.
North Temple Minimum: 5’, and at least 50% of
the street facing building facade
must be built to the minimum.
Maximum: 15’, but may be
increased if the additional setback
is used for plazas, courtyards, or
outdoor dining areas.
In locations where the sidewalk is
not a minimum of 10’ wide,
15
Property
Frontage
Front/Corner
Side Yard Setback
Interior
Side Yard Rear Yard
additional sidewalk width shall be
installed by the developer so
there is a minimum width
sidewalk of 10’. This applies to
new buildings and to additions
that increase the gross building
square footage by more than
50%. This standard does not
require removal of existing
buildings or portions thereof.
300 South, 500
South, 600 East
Minimum: Equal to the average
setback of other principal
buildings on the same block
face.
Streets with right-
of-way width of
50’ or less with R-
1, R-2, SR, RMF-
30, RMF-35 or
RMF-45 zoning
district on either
side of the street
Minimum: 25% of lot depth, up
to 25’.
For buildings taller than 25’,
setback shall increase 2’ for every
1’ of building height above 25’
and is applied to the portion of
the building over 25’ in height.
All other streets Minimum: None
At least 50% of the street facing
building facade shall be within 5’
of the front or corner side
property line.
c. Special Setback Provisions for Properties Adjacent to Jordan River: For properties
that are adjacent to the Jordan River, the building setback from the Jordan River
shall be fifty feet (50’), measured from the annual high water level as defined in
Section 21A.34.130 of this title. For buildings over fifty feet (50’) in height, the
setback shall increase one foot (1’) for every foot in height over fifty feet (50’) up
to a maximum of seventy five feet (75’). Portions of buildings over fifty feet (50’)
in height may be stepped back to comply with this standard.
4. Minimum Lot Area and Lot Width Requirements:
16
TABLE 21A.26.078.E.4
MINIMUM LOT AREA AND LOT WIDTH STANDARDS
Standard Required Dimension
Minimum lot area 2,500 square feet
Minimum lot width 40 feet
a. The minimum lot area applies to all new subdivisions of land and shall not be
used to calculate residential density.
b. Any legally existing lot may be developed without having to comply with the
minimum lot size or width requirements.
c. Lots subdivided for single-family detached, single-family attached, and two-
family residential dwellings are exempt from minimum lot width requirements.
d. Lots subdivided for single-family attached dwellings are exempt from minimum
lot area provided that:
(1) Parking for units shall be rear loaded and accessed from a common drive
shared by all units in a particular development;
(2) Driveway access shall connect to the public street in a maximum of two (2)
locations; and
(3) No garages shall face the primary street and front yard parking shall be strictly
prohibited.
5. Open Space Area: Open space areas shall be provided at a rate of one square foot for
every ten (10) square feet of land area included in the development, up to five
thousand (5,000) square feet for core areas, and up to two thousand five hundred
(2,500) square feet for transition areas. Open space areas includes landscaped yards,
patios, public plazas, pocket parks, courtyards, rooftop and terrace gardens and other
similar types of open space area amenities. All required open space areas shall be
accessible to the users of the building(s).
6. Circulation and Connectivity: Development within the station area shall be easily
accessible from public spaces and provide safe and efficient options for all modes of
travel. Circulation networks, whether public or private, require adequate street,
pedestrian and bicycle connections to provide access to development. The internal
circulation network shall be easily recognizable, formalized and interconnected.
a. All parking lots shall comply with the standards in Section 21A.44.020, “General
Off Street Parking Regulations”, of this title.
17
b. Parking is prohibited between the street-facing building line and any front or
corner side property line. This shall include any drive aisle that is not
perpendicular to the front or corner side property line.
c. Any new development shall provide a midblock walkway if a midblock walkway
on the subject property has been identified in a master plan that has been adopted
by the city. The following standards apply to the midblock walkway:
(1) The midblock walkway must be a minimum of ten feet (10’) wide and include
a minimum six foot (6’) wide unobstructed path.
(2) The midblock walkway may be incorporated into the building provided it is
open to the public. A sign shall be posted indicating that the public may use
the walkway.
7. Accessory Structures: No accessory structure shall be located in a required front yard
or between the primary building and a property line adjacent to a public street.
F. Design Standards:
1. Development shall comply with the design standards in Chapter 21A.37 of this title
when applicable as specified in that chapter.
2. All developments required to obtain a review score by Subsection C of this section
shall comply with the following additional design standards. These specific standards
may be modified through the design review in Chapter 21A.59 of this title if the
modifications meet the intent of the specific design standard requested to be
modified:
a. EIFS and Stucco Limitation: Use of Exterior Insulation and Finishing System
(EIFS) or traditional stucco is not allowed as a building material on the ground
floor of street facing building facades. Use of EIFS and stucco is allowed for up to
ten percent (10%) of the upper level street facing facades.
b. Front and Corner Side Yard Design Requirements:
(1) In yards greater than ten feet (10’) in depth, one shade tree shall be planted for
every thirty feet (30’) of street frontage. For the purpose of this section, a
shade tree is any tree that has a mature minimum tree canopy of thirty feet
(30’) and a mature height that is forty feet (40’) or greater.
(2) At least fifty percent (50%) of the front or corner side yards shall be covered
in live plant material. This can include raised planter boxes. This percentage
can be reduced to thirty percent (30%) if the yard includes outdoor dining,
patios, outdoor public space, or private yards for ground floor residential uses
18
that cover at least fifty percent (50%) of the provided front or corner side
yard.
(3) At least thirty percent (30%) of the front or corner side yard shall by occupied
by outdoor dining areas, patios, outdoor public space, or private yards for
ground floor residential uses.
(4) Driveways necessary for vehicle access to the site are allowed regardless of
compliance with the minimum percentages required by this subsection.
c. Entry Feature Requirements: All required building entries shall include at least
one of the following features:
(1) An awning or canopy over the entrance that extends a minimum of five feet
(5’) from the street facing building facade;
(2) A recessed entrance that is recessed at least five feet (5’) from the street facing
facade;
(3) A covered porch that is at least five feet (5’) in depth and at least forty (40)
square feet in size; or
(4) A stoop that is at least two feet (2’) above sidewalk level and that includes an
awning or canopy that extends at least three feet (3’) from the street facing
building facade.
d. Ground Floor Use Requirement For 400 South and North Temple Boulevard:
When facing 400 South or North Temple Boulevard, the ground floor use area
required by Chapter 21A.37 of this title shall be built to accommodate an allowed
commercial, institutional, or public use. Live/work uses qualify as a commercial
use for this subsection.
(1) Exception: Residential uses may be permitted within the required area in lieu
of the required use, if the ground floor is designed so that it can be converted
to an allowed commercial use in the future. To accommodate this conversion,
the shell space of the ground floor shall be built to an occupancy standard
required by the adopted building code that can accommodate conversion of
the interior of the space to a future permitted commercial use.
(2) The following additional requirements shall apply to the ground floor space if
used for residential uses:
(A) The shell space shall be at least twelve feet (12’) in height;
(B) The street facing facade of each ground floor residential unit shall be at
least sixty percent (60%) glass;
19
(C)Each ground floor unit shall have a direct entrance from the sidewalk to
the unit;
(D)Each ground floor unit shall be ADA accessible; and
(E) Each ground floor unit shall include a porch, patio, stoop or other entrance
feature that is a minimum depth of at least five feet (5’).
G. Multiple Buildings on a Single Parcel: Multiple principal buildings on a single parcel are
permitted provided each principal building meets the requirements of this chapter and
each principal building obtained a separate development score. New principal buildings
can be located toward the rear of a parcel provided there is an existing or additional new
principal building that complies with the front yard building setbacks. If one principal
building receives a development score lower than other principal buildings on the site, the
project shall be processed based on the lowest development score obtained. Multiple
single-family detached dwellings and two-family dwellings may be located on one lot
and are not required to obtain a development score.
H. Conflicting Regulations: In cases where the regulations of this section conflict with
another section of this zoning ordinance, this section shall take precedence except in
situations where the conflict is related to the use of the property, in which case the more
restrictive regulation takes precedence. In station areas within an overlay district, the
overlay district shall take precedence.
I. Developments Over Five Acres:
1. Intent: Large scale developments have the potential to function as a self-contained
mixed use neighborhood and could have both positive and negative impacts on
nearby properties. All developments over five (5) acres in size shall be designed and
planned to include a series of blocks and a network of public or private streets that
connects to the existing public streets in the area and to adjacent development and
neighborhoods. Buildings should be oriented to this street network. Regulating block
size is necessary to provide development sites that are oriented to the pedestrian while
accommodating other modes of transportation. A street network is required to ensure
adequate circulation for pedestrians, bicycles, automobiles and service vehicles
through the site, to adjacent sites and the public streets.
2. Application: These standards are in addition to all other applicable standards. In
situations where the standards in this section conflict with a standard in another
section, the standard in this section shall take precedence. A separate development
score is required for each new principal building in a development over five (5) acres.
a. Block Layout: The intent of regulating block size and dimension is to create a
development pattern where all principal buildings have their primary facades
facing a street, whether public or private. All developments over five (5) acres in
size shall be designed to include a series of blocks based on the standards below:
20
(1) The maximum perimeter dimension of any block shall be one thousand six
hundred feet (1,600’). The maximum length of any individual block face shall
be four hundred forty feet (440’).
(2) The maximum perimeter dimension of a block may be increased to two
thousand four hundred (2,400) linear feet, and the maximum length of any
block face increased to six hundred feet (600’) provided a mid block
pedestrian network is included. The mid block pedestrian network must be a
minimum of twenty feet (20’) wide and include pedestrian amenities such as
lighting, benches, and other similar features. The mid block walkway shall
connect to at least two (2) block faces or be extended to the property line to
allow for future extension.
b. Connectivity to Public Streets, Sidewalks, and Bicycle Lanes: In order to ensure
that the development will be fully integrated into the transit station area, that safe
and efficient travelways are provided, and to limit the impact on the primary
transit street and other adjacent streets, the internal circulation system, including
private streets, drive aisles, sidewalks and bicycle lanes shall connect to the public
street, sidewalks and bicycle lanes. All new streets shall be designed as a
“complete street” defined as a street that provides dedicated space for pedestrians,
bicyclists and automobiles.
c. Vehicle Access: Regulating access to private property from public streets is
necessary for integrating private development and public spaces. Limiting the
number of access points and spacing between access points reduces areas of
conflict between vehicles, pedestrians and bicycles. Maximum access widths
promote a development pattern that is oriented to pedestrians and bicyclists while
accommodating vehicles.
(1) Access points located on public streets intended for vehicles shall be spaced a
minimum of one hundred feet (100’) apart.
(2) No property shall have more than one (1) vehicle access point for every two
hundred (200) linear feet of frontage on a public street.
(3) No access drive shall be greater than twenty four feet (24’) wide.
(4) The location of all vehicle access points is subject to approval from the
transportation division of the city. The standards of this section may be
modified by the Transportation Division when, in the opinion of the director
of the transportation division, a different design would improve the overall
safety for all modes of transportation or improve the efficiency of the
transportation network.
d. Internal Circulation: Internal circulation systems allow for vehicles, pedestrians
and bicyclists to move safely and efficiently throughout a development site. A
21
logical, simple and well designed internal circulation system that connects with
adjacent circulation networks provides room for vehicles, safe walking paths for
pedestrians through the parking lot and the site to the public way, and well
marked routes for bicycles traveling from public spaces to bicycle parking areas
within a site. All new developments over five (5) acres are required to submit an
internal circulation network plan.
(1) Travel Lanes That Connect Parking Areas With a Public Street: All internal
vehicle travel lanes that connect internal parking areas with a public street
shall be designed to meet the minimum requirements in
Section 21A.44.060.A.6 of this title.
(2) Design Speed: The internal circulation system shall be designed to move
vehicles at speeds of twenty (20) miles per hour or less.
(3) Future Access to Adjacent Properties and Rights-Of-Way: All internal drive
aisles, sidewalks, and paths shall be extended to property lines to allow for
future cross access to adjacent properties when the adjacent property is
undeveloped and to rights-of-way.
(4) Centerlines: The centerline of all internal streets shall be in line with the
centerline of a street on the opposite side of an intersecting street unless the
intersecting street is divided by a median. Offset streets shall be a minimum of
two hundred feet (200’) apart, measured from centerline to centerline.
(5) Publicly Dedicated Streets: Any street that is to be publicly dedicated shall
meet the city’s minimum construction and design standards (including street
lighting, park strip, street trees, etc.).
(6) Pedestrian Routes: Pedestrian routes that provide safe, comfortable, clear and
direct access throughout the development shall be provided. Pedestrian paths
shall be bordered by residential fronts, green space, active open space, or
commercial storefronts.
(7) Bicycle Paths: A coordinated system of bicycle paths should be provided.
(8) Approval; Modification of Standards: The internal circulation network is
subject to approval from the transportation division of the city. The standards
of this section may be modified by the transportation division when, in the
opinion of the director of the transportation division, a different design would
improve the overall safety for all modes of transportation or improve the
efficiency of the transportation network.
e. Parking: Parking may be provided along any private street within a development
over five (5) acres. The parking shall be counted toward the applicable off
street parking standard when provided on private streets. All parking areas and
22
spaces must comply with the parking lane widths identified in
Section 21A.44.060.A.6 of this title.
f. Open Space Area: In order to provide space for passive and active recreation,
public and private gatherings, offset storm drainage due to nonpermeable surfaces
and as an amenity to individual developments and their residents, employees and
customers, usable open space areas are required for all new developments.
(1) Required: In the core and transition areas of all station areas, a minimum of
ten percent (10%) of the site, up to fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet, shall
be devoted to open space areas. “Usable open space area” is defined as
landscaped areas, plazas, outdoor dining areas, terraces, rooftop gardens,
stormwater retention areas, and any other similar type of area.
(2) Connectivity to Adjacent Open Space Area: When adjacent to public open
space areas, parks, trails and pathways, open space areas on developments
over five (5) acres in size are encouraged to provide access to the public open
space area.
g. Landscaping: All areas not occupied by buildings, plazas, terraces, patios, parking
areas, or other similar feature shall be landscaped. If a project is developed in
phases, only those areas in a phase that is under construction shall be landscaped.
Landscaping in future phases shall be installed as those phases develop. Areas in
future phases may be used as community gardens or other active open space until
such time as development of that phase begins.
SECTION 10. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.30.020.D. That
Subsection 21A.30.020.D of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Downtown Districts: D-1 Central
Business District: D-1 District General Regulations) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as
follows:
D. D-1 District General Regulations: The regulations established in this section apply to the
D-1 District as a whole.
1. Minimum Lot Size: No minimum lot area or lot width is required, except in block
corner areas as specified in Subsection E.5 of this section.
2. Yard Requirements:
a. Front and corner side yards: No minimum yards are required, however, no yard
shall exceed five feet (5’) except as authorized through the design review process.
Such design reviews shall be subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of
23
this title. Where an entire block frontage is under one ownership, the setback for
that block frontage shall not exceed twenty five feet (25’). Exceptions to this
requirement may be authorized through the design review process, subject to the
requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
b. Interior side and rear yards: None required.
3. Interior Plazas, Atriums and Galleries: Interior plazas, atriums and galleries shall be
permitted throughout the D-1 Central Business District.
4. Location of Service Areas: All loading docks, refuse disposal areas and other service
activities shall be located on block interiors away from view of any public street.
Exceptions to this requirement may be approved through the site plan review process
when a permit applicant demonstrates that it is not feasible to accommodate these
activities on the block interior. If such activities are permitted adjacent to a public
street, a visual screening design approved by the zoning administrator shall be
required.
5. Landscape Requirements: All buildings constructed after April 12, 1995, shall
conform to the special landscape requirements applicable to the D-1 Central Business
District as contained in Chapter 21A.48 of this title.
6. Mid Block Walkways: As part of the city’s plan for the downtown area, it is intended
that mid block walkways be provided to facilitate pedestrian movement within the
area. To delineate the public need for such walkways, the city has formulated an
official plan for their location and implementation, which is on file at the planning
division office. All buildings constructed after the effective date hereof within the D-
1 Central Business District shall conform to this officially adopted plan for mid block
walkways.
7. Landscape Requirements for Demolition Sites: Vacant lots, resulting from demolition
activities where no replacement use is proposed, shall conform to Chapter 21A.48 of
this title, special landscape requirements applicable to the D-1 Central Business
District.
SECTION 11. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.30.030. That
Section 21A.30.030 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Downtown Districts: D-2 Downtown
Support District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.30.030: D-2 DOWNTOWN SUPPORT DISTRICT:
A. Purpose Statement: The purpose of the D-2 Downtown Support Commercial District is to
provide an area that fosters the development of a sustainable urban neighborhood that
24
accommodates commercial, office, residential and other uses that relate to and support
the D-1 Central Business District. Development within the D-2 Downtown Support
Commercial District is intended to be less intensive than that of the D-1 Central Business
District, with high lot coverage and buildings placed close to the sidewalk. This district is
appropriate in areas where supported by applicable master plans. Design standards are
intended to promote pedestrian oriented development with a strong emphasis on a safe
and attractive streetscape.
B. Uses: Uses in the D-2 Downtown Support District, as specified in Section 21A.33.050,
“Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts”, of this title, are
permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in Section 21A.30.010 of this chapter
and this section.
C. Lot Size Requirements: No minimum lot area or lot width shall be required.
D. Maximum Building Height: The maximum permitted building height shall not exceed
one hundred twenty feet (120’) subject to the following review process: Buildings over
sixty five feet (65’) in height are subject to design review according to the requirements
of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
E. Minimum Yard Requirements:
1. Front and Corner Side Yard: There is no minimum setback. The maximum setback is
ten feet (10’).
2. Interior Side Yards: No minimum side yard is required except a minimum of fifteen
feet (15’) side yard is required when the side yard is adjacent to a single or two family
residential zoning district.
3. Rear Yard: No minimum rear yard is required except a minimum of twenty five feet
(25’) rear yard is required when the rear yard is adjacent to a single or two family
residential district.
4. Buffer Yards: Any lot abutting a lot in a residential district shall conform to the buffer
yard requirements of Chapter 21A.48 of this title.
F. Landscape Yard Requirements: If a front or corner side yard is provided, such yard shall
be maintained as a landscaped yard. The landscaped yard can take the form of outdoor
dining, patio, courtyard or plaza, subject to site plan review approval.
G. Mid-Block Walkways: Any new development shall provide a midblock walkway if a
midblock walkway on the subject property has been identified in a master plan that has
been adopted by the city. The following standards apply to the midblock walkway:
1. The midblock walkway must be a minimum of ten feet (10’) wide and include a
minimum six foot (6’) wide unobstructed path.
25
2. The midblock walkway may be incorporated into the building provided it is open to
the public. A sign shall be posted indicating that the public may use the walkway.
H. Ground Floor Uses: To activate the ground floor of structures, retail goods
establishments, retail service establishments, public service portions of businesses,
restaurants, taverns/brewpubs, bar establishments, art galleries, theaters or performing art
facilities are required on the ground floor of structures facing State Street, Main Street,
800 South and 900 South.
I. Existing Vehicle Sales or Lease Lots:
1. Vehicle Display Area: The parking provided in the vehicle display area will not be
counted as off street parking when computing maximum parking requirements and is
not considered to be a surface parking lot when determining required setbacks in this
section.
2. Design Standards: Structures associated with accessory uses such as but not limited to
repair shops or vehicle washing do not need to meet required design standards and
may exceed the maximum front and corner side yard setbacks. Primary structures that
contain sales floors and auto display areas must meet all design standards and
setbacks.
3. Landscaping: A landscaped yard of at least ten feet (10’) in depth is required along
any portion of the street frontage of the property that is not occupied by a permanent
structure. All other landscaping requirements in Chapter 21A.48 remain applicable.
4. Multiple Buildings: Vehicle sales or lease lots may have multiple buildings on a
parcel subject to all buildings being associated with the use of the lot as vehicles sales
or lease.
SECTION 12. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.30.040. That
Section 21A.30.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Downtown Districts: D-3 Downtown
Warehouse/Residential District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.30.040: D-3 DOWNTOWN WAREHOUSE/RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
A. Purpose Statement: The purpose of the D-3 Downtown Warehouse/Residential District is
to provide for the reuse of existing warehouse buildings for multi-family and mixed use
while also allowing for continued retail, office and warehouse use within the district. The
reuse of existing buildings and the construction of new buildings are to be done as multi-
family residential or mixed use developments containing retail or office uses on the lower
floors and residential on the upper floors. This district is appropriate in areas where
supported by applicable master plans. The standards are intended to create a unique and
26
sustainable downtown neighborhood with a strong emphasis on urban design, adaptive
reuse of existing buildings, alternative forms of transportation and pedestrian orientation.
B. Uses: Uses in the D-3 Downtown Warehouse/Residential District as specified in
Section 21A.33.050, “Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts”,
of this title, are permitted subject to the provisions of this chapter and other applicable
provisions of this title.
C. Controls Over Mixed Use: The concept of mixed use is central to the nature of the D-3
Downtown Warehouse/Residential District. To ensure that mixed use developments
provide for on site compatibility as well as neighborhood compatibility, the change of
land use type or an increase in floor area by twenty five percent (25%) of existing
principal buildings and the construction of buildings for new uses after April 12, 1995,
shall conform to the following provisions. Construction related to the rehabilitation
including remodeling or modification of existing uses, or the change of use to a similar
use, shall not be subject to these provisions:
1. Buildings containing commercial/office uses located above the second story shall
incorporate multi-family dwellings, boarding house, bed and breakfast, or hotel uses
in the amount of at least fifty percent (50%) of the total floor area of the building;
2. Commercial/office uses shall be permitted as the sole use in two-story buildings only;
and
3. Commercial/office uses in buildings of three (3) stories or more without multi-family
dwellings shall be allowed only as a conditional use and then only when the applicant
has demonstrated that the proposed location is not suitable for multi-family
residential use.
D. Lot Size Requirements: No minimum lot area or lot width shall be required.
E. Maximum Building Height: No building shall exceed seventy five feet (75’). Buildings
taller than seventy five feet (75’) but less than ninety feet (90’) may be authorized
through the design review process, provided the additional height is supported by the
applicable master plan, the overall square footage of the buildings is greater than fifty
percent (50%) residential use, and subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this
title.
F. Mid Block Walkways: As a part of the city’s plan for the downtown area, it is intended
that mid block walkways be provided to facilitate pedestrian movement within the area.
To delineate the public need for such walkways, the city has formulated an official plan
for their location and implementation, which is on file at the planning division office. All
buildings constructed within the D-3 Downtown Warehouse/Residential District shall
conform to this plan for mid block walkways.
27
G. Minimum Open Space Area: All lots containing dwelling units shall provide common
open space area in the amount of twenty percent (20%) of the lot area. This common
open space area may take the form of ground level plazas, interior atriums, landscape
areas, roof gardens and decks on top of buildings or other such forms of open space
available for the common use by residents of the property.
SECTION 13. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.30.045. That
Section 21A.30.045 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Downtown Districts: D-4 Downtown
Secondary Central Business District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.30.045: D-4 DOWNTOWN SECONDARY CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT:
A. Purpose Statement: The purpose of the D-4 Downtown Secondary Central Business
District is to foster an environment consistent with the area’s function as a housing,
entertainment, cultural, convention, business, and retail section of the city that supports
the D-1 Central Business District. Development is intended to support the regional
venues in the district, such as the Salt Palace Convention Center, and to be less intense
than in the D-1 Central Business District. This district is appropriate in areas where
supported by applicable master plans. The standards are intended to achieve established
objectives for urban and historic design, pedestrian amenities, and land use control,
particularly in relation to retail commercial uses.
B. Uses: Uses in the D-4 Downtown Secondary Central Business District as specified in
Section 21A.33.050, “Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses for Downtown Districts”,
of this title, are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in
Section 21A.30.010 of this chapter. In addition, all conditional uses in the D-4
Downtown Secondary Central Business District shall be subject to design evaluation and
approval by the planning commission.
C. D-4 Downtown Secondary Central Business District General Regulations:
1. Minimum Lot Size: No minimum lot area or lot width is required.
2. Yard Requirements:
a. Front and Corner Side Yards: No minimum yards are required, however, no yard
shall exceed five feet (5’) except as authorized through the design review process.
Such designs shall be subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
Where an entire block frontage is under one ownership, the setback for that block
frontage shall not exceed twenty five feet (25’). Exceptions to this requirement
may be authorized through the design review process subject to the requirements
of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
28
b. Interior Side And Rear Yards: None required.
3. Interior Plazas, Atriums and Galleries: Interior plazas, atriums and galleries shall be
permitted throughout the D-4 Downtown Secondary Central Business District.
4. Location of Service Areas: All loading docks, refuse disposal areas and other service
activities shall be located on block interiors away from view of any public street.
Exceptions to this requirement may be approved through the site plan review process
when a permit applicant demonstrates that it is not feasible to accommodate these
activities on the block interior. If such activities are permitted adjacent to a public
street, a visual screening design approved by the zoning administrator shall be
required.
5. Landscape Requirements: All buildings constructed after April 12, 1995, shall
conform to the special landscape requirements applicable to the D-4 Downtown
Secondary Central Business District as contained in Chapter 21A.48 of this title.
6. Maximum Building Height: No building shall exceed seventy five feet (75’).
Buildings taller than seventy five feet (75’) but less than one hundred twenty feet
(120’) may be authorized through the design review process, subject to the
requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title. Additional height may be allowed as
specified below:
a. Additional Permitted Height Location: Additional height greater than one hundred
twenty feet (120’) but not more than three hundred seventy five feet (375’) in
height is permitted in the area bounded by:
(1) The centerlines of South Temple, West Temple, 200 South, and 200 West
Streets; and
(2) Beginning at the Southeast Corner of Block 67, Plat ‘A’, Salt Lake City
Survey, and running thence along the south line of said Block 67,
N89°54’02”W 283.86 feet; thence N00°04’50”E 38.59 feet; thence
N10°46’51”W 238.70 feet; thence N24°45’15”W 62.98 feet; thence
S89°54’02”E 355.45 feet to the east line of said Block 67; thence along said
east line S00°06’35”W 330.14 feet to the point of beginning. Contains
102,339 square feet, or 2.349 acres, more or less.
29
b. Additional Permitted Height Conditions: Buildings may exceed the one hundred
twenty foot (120’) height limit to a maximum height of three hundred seventy five
feet (375’), provided they conform to the standards and procedures outlined in the
design review process of Chapter 21A.59 of this title and the following
requirements:
(1) Additional Setback: To minimize excessive building mass at higher elevations
and preserve scenic views, some or all of the building mass shall be subject to
additional setback, as determined appropriate through the design review
process.
(2) Exception: The first fifty feet (50’) of height shall not be set back from the
street front more than five feet (5’) except that setbacks greater than five feet
(5’) may be approved through the design review process.
(3) Ground Floor Uses: See Subsection 21A.37.050.A and Section 21A.37.060,
Table 21A.37.060, Subsection D of this title for this requirement.
7. Mid Block Walkways: As a part of the city’s plan for the downtown area, it is
intended that mid block walkways be provided to facilitate pedestrian movement
within the area. To delineate the public need for such walkways, the city has
formulated an official plan for their location and implementation, which is on file at
the planning division office. All buildings constructed after the effective date hereof
within the D-4 Downtown Secondary Central Business District shall conform to this
plan for mid block walkways.
30
8. Mid Block Streets: Developments constructing mid block streets, either privately
owned with a public easement or publicly dedicated, that are desired by an applicable
master plan:
a. May use a portion or all of the overhead and underground right-of-way of the new
mid block street as part of their developable area irrespective of lot lines, subject
to design review and approval of the planning commission.
b. May increase the height of the building on the remaining abutting parcel, subject
to the design review process in conformance with the standards and procedures of
Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
SECTION 14. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.31.010. That
Section 21A.31.010 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Gateway Districts: General Provisions)
shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.31.010: GENERAL PROVISIONS:
A. Statement of Intent: The Gateway district is intended to provide controlled and
compatible settings for residential, commercial, and industrial developments, and
implement the objectives of the adopted gateway development master plan through
district regulations that reinforce the mixed use character of the area and encourage the
development of urban neighborhoods containing supportive retail, service commercial,
office, industrial uses and high density residential.
B. Uses: Uses in the Gateway district as specified in Section 21A.33.060, “Table of
Permitted and Conditional Uses in the Gateway District”, of this title, are permitted
subject to the general provisions set forth in this section.
C. Permitted Uses: The uses specified as permitted uses, in Section 21A.33.060, “Table of
Permitted and Conditional Uses in the Gateway District”, of this title are permitted;
provided, that they comply with all requirements of this chapter, the general standards set
forth in Part IV of this title, and all other applicable requirements of this title.
D. Conditional Uses: The uses specified as conditional uses in Section 21A.33.060, “Table
of Permitted and Conditional Uses in the Gateway District”, of this title, shall be
permitted in the Gateway district provided they are approved pursuant to the standards
and procedures for conditional uses set forth in Chapter 21A.54 of this title, and comply
with all other applicable requirements of this title, including the urban design evaluation
and/or the design review process established in this chapter and Chapter 21A.59 of this
title.
E. Site Plan Review; Design Review: In certain districts, permitted uses and conditional
uses have the potential for adverse impacts if located and oriented on lots without careful
31
planning. Such impacts may interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent property
and uses. Site plan review is a process designed to address such adverse impacts and
minimize them where possible. The design may also be evaluated to address elements of
urban design.
Site plan review, pursuant to Chapter 21A.58 of this title, for all of the Gateway district,
is required to protect the local economy, maintain safe traffic conditions, maintain the
environment, and assure harmonious land-use relationships between commercial uses and
more sensitive land uses in affected areas.
Design evaluation is necessary to implement the policies of the urban design plan as
adopted by the city council. Design review shall apply to conditional uses in the Gateway
district. In the Gateway district, the design review process is used to evaluate and resolve
urban design.
F. Mid Block Walkways: As a part of the city’s plan for the downtown area, it is intended
that mid block walkways be provided to facilitate pedestrian movement within the area.
To delineate the public need for such walkways, the city has formulated an official plan
for their location and implementation, which is on file at the planning division office. All
buildings constructed after the effective date hereof within the G-MU Gateway-Mixed
Use District shall conform to this plan for mid block walkways.
G. Location of Service Areas: All loading docks and other service activities shall be located
on block interiors away from view of any public street. Exceptions to this requirement
may be approved through the site plan review process when a permit applicant
demonstrates that it is not feasible to accommodate these activities on the block interior.
If such activities are permitted adjacent to a public street, a visual screening design
approved by the zoning administrator shall be required.
H. Impact Controls and General Restrictions:
1. Refuse Control: Refuse containers must be covered and shall be stored within
completely enclosed buildings or screened in conformance with the requirements of
Chapter 21A.48 of this title. For buildings existing as of April 12, 1995, this
screening provision shall be required if the floor area or parking requirements are
increased by twenty five percent (25%) or more by an expansion to the building or
change in the type of land use.
2. Lighting: On site lighting, including parking lot lighting and illuminated signs, shall
be located, directed or designed in a manner to prevent glare on adjacent properties.
I. Outdoor Sales, Display and Storage: “Sales and display (outdoor)” and “storage and
display (outdoor)”, as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title, are allowed where
specifically authorized in Section 21A.33.060, “Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses
in the Gateway District”, of this title. These uses shall conform to the following:
32
1. Outdoor sales and display and outdoor storage may also be permitted when part of an
authorized temporary use as established in Chapter 21A.42 of this title;
2. The outdoor permanent sales or display of merchandise shall not encroach into areas
of required parking;
3. The outdoor permanent sales or display of merchandise shall not be located in any
required yard area within the lot;
4. The outdoor sales or display of merchandise shall not include the use of banners,
pennants or strings of pennants; and
5. Outdoor storage shall be allowed only where specifically authorized in the applicable
district regulation and shall be required to be fully screened with opaque fencing not
to exceed eight feet (8’) in height.
J. Off Street Parking and Loading: All uses in the Gateway district shall comply with the
provisions governing off street parking and loading in Chapter 21A.44 of this title.
K. Environmental Performance Standards: All uses in the Gateway district shall conform to
the environmental performance standards in Section 21A.36.180 of this title.
L. Wall or Fencing: All uses in the Gateway district shall comply with the provisions
governing fences, walls and hedges in Section 21A.40.120 of this title.
M. Affordable Housing:
1. Notwithstanding the minimum height requirements identified above, any buildings
that have ten (10) or more residential units with at least twenty percent (20%) of the
units as affordable shall be allowed to have a minimum building height of thirty feet
(30’).
2. Affordable housing units within a market rate development shall be integrated
throughout the project in an architectural manner.
N. Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures: Accessory uses and structures are permitted in
the Gateway district subject to the requirements of this chapter, Chapter 21A.36,
Subsection 21A.36.020.B, Section 21A.36.030, and Chapter 21A.40 of this title.
O. Urban Design: The urban design standards are intended to foster the creation of a rich
urban environment that accommodates growth and is compatible with existing buildings
and uses in the area. All general development and site plans shall be designed to
complement the surrounding existing contiguous (historic) development. The following
design standards will provide human scale through change, contrast, intricacy, color and
materials where the lower levels of buildings face public streets and sidewalks. They will
also spatially define the street space in order to concentrate pedestrian activity, create a
33
clear urban character and promote visibility of commercial activities at the ground level.
The standards will also encourage diversity through the use of building forms and
materials, while respecting the patterns, styles and methods of construction traditionally
used in the gateway area.
The following urban design standards will be reviewed as part of the site plan review
process, with assistance from planning division staff as necessary:
1. Architectural Character and Materials:
a. A differentiated base (on a building over 45 feet high) will provide human scale
through change, contrast, and intricacy in facade form, color and/or material
where the lower levels of the building face the sidewalk(s) and street(s). Scaling
elements such as insets and projections serve to break up flat or monotonous
facades, and respond to older nearby buildings. Therefore, all buildings in the
Gateway district are subject to the following standards:
(1) All buildings over forty five feet (45’) in height shall be designed with a base
that is differentiated from the remainder of the building. The base shall be
between one and three (3) stories in height, be visible from pedestrian view,
and appropriately scaled to the surrounding contiguous historic buildings. The
base shall include fenestration that distinguishes the lower from upper floors.
Insets and/or projections are encouraged.
(2) All new buildings in the Gateway district shall have a minimum of seventy
percent (70%) of the exterior material (excluding windows) be brick,
masonry, textured or patterned concrete and/or cut stone. With the exception
of minor building elements (e.g., soffit, fascia) the following materials are
allowed only through the design review process: EIFS, tilt-up concrete panels,
corrugated metal, vinyl and aluminum siding, and other materials.
(3) All buildings which have been altered over seventy five percent (75%) on the
exterior facade shall comply with the exterior material requirement for new
construction. Buildings older than fifty (50) years are exempt from this
requirement if alterations are consistent with the existing architecture.
(4) Two-dimensional curtain wall veneer of glass, spandrel glass or metal as a
primary building material is prohibited. The fenestration of all new
construction shall be three-dimensional (e.g., recessed windows, protruding
cornice, etc.).
b. The climate in Salt Lake City is such that in the summer months shade is
preferred, and in the winter months protection from snow is preferred. By
providing the pedestrian with a sidewalk that is enjoyable to use year round, a
pedestrian oriented neighborhood is encouraged. Therefore, new construction in
the gateway area is subject to the following standards:
34
(1) Arcades are permitted in the Gateway district, but where an arcade extends
over the public way, a revocable permit is required. Where an arcade is on
private property facing the street, the maximum setback for the building shall
be measured to the supporting beams for the arcade or the facade of the upper
floors, not the facade of the arcade level.
(2) Awnings and/or marquees, with or without signage, are required over entry
doors which are set back from the property line and may be allowed, under
revocable permit, when an entry is at a property line.
(3) Awnings, with or without signage, are permitted over ground level windows.
Where awnings extend out over the public way, a revocable permit is
required.
2. Windows and Building Fenestration:
a. Buildings whose exteriors are smooth, and do not provide any three-dimensional
details or fenestration are not appropriate in the Gateway district. Recessed
windows will eliminate flat, sterile elevations. Highly reflective materials are
distracting, and focus attention away from the positive qualities of the Gateway
district. Therefore, all buildings in the Gateway district are subject to the
following standards:
(1) Buildings with completely smooth exterior surfaces shall not be permitted, all
new construction shall have three-dimensional details on the exterior that
includes cornices, windowsills, headers and similar features.
(2) All windows shall be recessed from the exterior wall a minimum of three
inches (3”). Bay windows, projecting windows, and balcony doors are exempt
from this requirement.
(3) The reflectivity of the glass used in the windows shall be limited to eighteen
percent (18%) as defined by the ASTA standard.
3. Entrance and Visual Access:
a. The intent in the Gateway district is to encourage pedestrian activity between the
public street/sidewalk and buildings. Sidewalks shall provide continuous,
uninterrupted interest to the pedestrian by providing visual interest and/or
amenities. The gateway environment will benefit with increased pedestrian
activity; this activity will only occur if opportunities are provided that make
walking to a destination a preferred and an enjoyable pursuit. The use of blank
building facade walls is discouraged. Therefore, all buildings in the gateway area
are subject to the following standards:
35
(1) Minimum First Floor Glass: The first floor elevation facing a street of all new
buildings or buildings in which the property owner is modifying the size of
windows on the front facade within the Gateway district shall not have less
than forty percent (40%) glass surfaces. All first floor glass shall be
nonreflective. Display windows that are three-dimensional and are at least two
feet (2’) deep are permitted and may be counted toward the forty percent
(40%) glass requirement. Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized
through the design review process, subject to the requirements of Chapter
21A.59 of this title, and the review and approval of the planning commission.
The planning director may approve a modification to this requirement if the
planning director finds:
(A) The requirement would negatively impact the historic character of the
building, or
(B) The requirement would negatively impact the structural stability of the
building.
(C) The ground level of the building is occupied by residential uses, in which
case the forty percent (40%) glass requirement may be reduced to twenty
five percent (25%).
Appeal of administrative decision is to the planning commission.
(2) Facades: Provide at least one operable building entrance per elevation that
faces a public street. Buildings that face multiple streets are only required to
have one door on either street, if the facades for both streets meet the forty
percent (40%) glass requirement.
(3) Maximum Length: The maximum length of any blank wall uninterrupted by
windows, doors, art or architectural detailing at the first floor level shall be
fifteen feet (15’).
(4) Screening: All building equipment and service areas, including on-grade and
roof mechanical equipment and transformers that are readily visible from the
public right-of-way, shall be screened from public view. These elements shall
be sited to minimize their visibility and impact, or enclosed as to appear to be
an integral part of the architectural design of the building.
4. Building Lines and Front Area Requirements:
a. A continuity of building frontage adjacent and parallel to the street encourages a
more active involvement between building uses and pedestrians. Leftover or
ambiguous open space that has no apparent use or sense of place will not
contribute positively to an active street life. Therefore, all buildings in the
Gateway district are subject to the following standard:
36
(1) The majority of the ground level facade of a building shall be placed parallel,
and not at an angle, to the street.
5. Public Amenities and Public Art:
a. Amenities and works of art enhance quality of life as well as visual interest.
Public amenities and public art encourage pedestrian activity and contribute to the
pedestrian experience. A cohesive, unified lighting and amenity policy will help
give the Gateway district its own distinctive identity. Therefore, public amenities
and public art are subject to the following standards:
(1) Sidewalks and street lamps installed in the public right-of-way shall be of the
type specified in the sidewalk/street lighting policy document.
(2) Public art (which may include artists’ work integrated into the design of the
building and landscaping, sculpture, painting, murals, glass, mixed media or
work by artisans), that is accessible or directly viewable to the general public
shall be included in all projects requiring design review approval for a site or
design standard. The plan to incorporate public art shall be reviewed by the
Salt Lake Art Design Board.
6. Design Review Approval: A modification to the urban design provisions of this
section may be granted through the design review process, subject to conformance
with the standards and procedures of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
P. Definitions: For the purposes of this section, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:
AFFORDABLE HOUSING: Housing which persons of income below the County area
median are able to afford. See definitions of moderate income, low income and very low
income.
BLOCK FACE: Structures that appear on one of four (4) sides of a block, the structures
along a street that are between two (2) other streets.
CONTIGUOUS: Next in sequence, touching or connected throughout an unbroken
sequence.
FACADE: The front of a building, or any other “face” of a building on a street or
courtyard given special architectural treatment.
FENESTRATION: The arrangement, proportioning and design of windows and doors in
a building, an opening in a surface.
LOW INCOME: Between fifty percent (50%) and eighty percent (80%) of the County
area median income.
37
MASSING: The principal part or main body of matter, bulk.
MODERATE INCOME: Between eighty percent (80%) and one hundred twenty percent
(120%) of the County area median income.
PROPORTION: The relation of one part to another or to the whole with respect to
magnitude, quantity or degree.
PROPORTIONAL: Corresponding in size, degree or intensity, having the same or a
constant ratio.
REMODEL: To alter the structure of, remake.
SCALE: A proportion between two (2) sets of dimensions.
STREETSCAPE: A general description of all structures along a street frontage that may
include: multiple buildings, benches, works of art, and landscaping.
VERY LOW INCOME: At or below fifty percent (50%) of the County area median
income.
SECTION 15. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.31.020. That
Section 21A.31.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Gateway Districts: G-MU Gateway-
Mixed Use District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.31.020: G-MU GATEWAY-MIXED USE DISTRICT:
A. Purpose Statement: The G-MU Gateway-Mixed Use District is intended to implement the
objectives of the adopted gateway development master plan and encourage the mixture of
residential, commercial and assembly uses within an urban neighborhood atmosphere.
The 200 South corridor is intended to encourage commercial development on an urban
scale and the 500 West corridor is intended to be a primary residential corridor from
North Temple to 400 South. Development in this district is intended to create an urban
neighborhood that provides employment and economic development opportunities that
are oriented toward the pedestrian with a strong emphasis on a safe and attractive
streetscape. The standards are intended to achieve established objectives for urban and
historic design, pedestrian amenities and land use regulation.
B. Uses: Uses in the G-MU Gateway-Mixed Use District as specified in
Section 21A.33.060, “Table of Permitted and Conditional Uses in the Gateway District”,
of this title are permitted subject to the general provisions set forth in
Section 21A.31.010 of this chapter and this section.
38
C. Planned Development Review: All new construction of principal buildings, uses, or
additions that increase the floor area and/or parking requirement by twenty five percent
(25%) in the G-MU Gateway-Mixed Use District may be approved only as a planned
development in conformance with the provisions of Chapter 21A.55 of this title.
D. Special Provisions:
1. Commercial Uses, 200 South: All buildings fronting 200 South shall have
commercial uses that may include retail goods/service establishments, offices,
restaurants, art galleries, motion picture theaters or performing arts facilities shall be
provided on the first floor adjacent to the front or corner side lot line. The facades of
such first floor shall be compatible and consistent with the associated retail or office
portion of the building and other retail uses in the area.
2. Residential Units, 500 West: Buildings fronting on 500 West shall be required to have
residential units occupying a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the structure’s gross
square footage.
3. Mid Block Street Development: Developments constructing mid block streets, either
privately owned with a public easement or publicly dedicated, that are desired by an
applicable master plan:
a. May use a portion or all of the overhead and underground right-of-way of the new
mid block street as part of their developable area irrespective of lot lines, subject
to design evaluation and approval of the planning commission.
b. May increase the height of the building on the remaining abutting parcel, subject
to conformance with the standards and procedures of Chapter 21A.59, “Design
Review”, of this title.
4. Design Reviews: A modification to the special provisions of this section may be
granted through the design review process, subject to conformance with the standards
and procedures of Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
E. Building Height: The minimum building height shall be forty five feet (45’) and the 200
South Street corridor shall have a minimum height of twenty five feet (25’). The
maximum building height shall not exceed seventy five feet (75’) except buildings with
nonflat roofs (e.g., pitched, shed, mansard, gabled or hipped roofs) may be allowed, up to
a maximum of ninety feet (90’) (subject to subsection I of this section). The additional
building height may incorporate habitable space, but not for parking structures.
1. Design Review: A modification to the minimum building height or to the maximum
building height (up to 120 feet) provisions of this section may be granted through the
design review process, subject to conformance with the standards and procedures of
Chapter 21A.59 of this title, and subject to compliance to the applicable master plan.
39
2. Height Exceptions: Spires, tower, or decorative noninhabitable elements shall have a
maximum height of ninety feet (90’) and with design review approval may exceed the
maximum height, subject to conformance with the standards and procedures of
Chapter 21A.59 of this title.
F. Minimum Lot Area and Lot Width: None required.
G. Minimum Yard Requirements: No minimum setback requirements. There is not a
maximum front yard or corner side yard setback except that a minimum of twenty five
percent (25%) of the length of the facade of a principal building shall be set back no
farther than five feet (5’) from the street right-of-way line.
H. Signs: Signs shall be allowed in the Gateway district in accordance with provisions
of Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
I. Affordable Housing: Notwithstanding the maximum height requirements identified
above, any buildings that have at least ten (10) or more residential units with at least
twenty percent (20%) of the units as affordable shall be allowed a maximum building
height of ninety feet (90’). The affordable units shall be integrated throughout the project
in an architectural manner.
SECTION 16. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.32.130.E. That
Subsection 21A.32.130.E of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Special Purpose Districts: MU
Mixed Use District: Minimum Yard Area Requirements) shall be, and hereby is amended to read
as follows:
E. Minimum Yard Area Requirements:
1. Single-Family Detached, Single-Family Attached, Two-Family, and Twin Home
Dwellings:
a. Front Yard: Ten feet (10’).
b. Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10’).
c. Interior Side Yard:
(1) Corner lots: Four feet (4’).
(2) Interior lots:
(A) Single-family attached: No yard is required, however if one is provided it
40
shall not be less than four feet (4’).
(B) Single-family detached, two-family and twin home dwellings: Four feet
(4’) on one side and ten (10) on the other.
d. Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of the lot depth, but need not be more than
twenty feet (20’).
2. Multi-Family Dwellings, Including Mixed Use Buildings With Less Than Twenty
Five Percent Nonresidential Uses:
a. Front Yard: Ten feet (10’) minimum.
b. Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10’).
c. Interior Side Yard: Ten feet (10’).
d. Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of the lot depth, but need not exceed thirty
feet (30’), however, if one hundred percent (100%) of the off street parking is
provided within the principal building and/or underground, the minimum required
rear yard shall be fifteen feet (15’).
3. Nonresidential Development, Including Mixed Uses With Greater Than Twenty Five
Percent Nonresidential Uses:
a. Front Yard: Ten feet (10’) minimum.
b. Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10’).
c. Interior Side Yard: No setback is required.
d. Rear Yard: Twenty five percent (25%) of lot depth, but need not exceed thirty feet
(30’).
4. Legally Existing Lots: Lots legally existing on the effective date hereof, April 7,
1998, shall be considered legal conforming lots.
5. Additions: For additions to buildings legally existing on the effective date hereof,
required yards shall be no greater than the established setback line.
6. Maximum Setback: A maximum setback is required for at least seventy five percent
(75%) of the building facade. The maximum setback is twenty feet (20’). Exceptions
to this requirement may be authorized through the design review process, subject to
the requirements of Chapter 21A.59 of this title, and the review and approval of the
planning commission. The planning director, in consultation with the transportation
director, may modify this requirement if the adjacent public sidewalk is substandard
41
and the resulting modification to the setback results in a more efficient public
sidewalk. The planning director may waive this requirement for any addition,
expansion, or intensification, which increases the floor area or parking requirement
by less than fifty percent (50%) if the planning director finds the following:
a. The architecture of the addition is compatible with the architecture of the original
structure or the surrounding architecture.
b. The addition is not part of a series of incremental additions intended to subvert the
intent of the ordinance.
Appeal of administrative decision is to the planning commission.
SECTION 17. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.36.161.B.13.
That Subsection 21A.36.161.B.13 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: General Provisions:
Mobile Food Courts: Qualifying Provisions) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
13. Hard surface paving at the vehicular entrance to the mobile food court, and for each
individual mobile food business is required. Alternatives to asphalt and cement may
be approved as part of the conditional use process if the applicant is able to
demonstrate that the alternative will not result in the accumulation of mud or debris
on the city right-of-way.
SECTION 18. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.36.200.I. That
Subsection 21A.36.200.I of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: General Provisions: Qualifying
Provisions for an Urban Farm: Parking) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
I. Parking: Parking for an urban farm shall comply with the provisions governing off
street parking and loading in Chapter 21A.44 of this title. All vehicular circulation,
staging, and parking shall be on a hard surface.
SECTION 19. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.37.050. That
Section 21A.37.050 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Design Standards: Design Standards
Defined) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.37.050: DESIGN STANDARDS DEFINED:
42
The design standards in this chapter are defined as follows. Each design standard includes a
specific definition of the standard and may include a graphic that is intended to help further
explain the standard, however the definition supersedes any conflict between it and a graphic.
A. Ground Floor Use and Visual Interest: This standard’s purpose is to increase the amount
of active uses and/or visual interest on the ground floor of a building. There are two (2)
options for achieving this, one dealing solely with the amount of ground floor use, and
the other combining a lesser amount of ground floor use with increased visual interest in
the building facade’s design.
1. Ground Floor Use Only: This option requires that on the ground floor of a new
principal building, a permitted or conditional use other than parking shall occupy a
minimum portion of the length of any street facing building facade according to
Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of this chapter. All portions of such ground
floor spaces shall extend a minimum of twenty five feet (25’) into the building.
Parking may be located behind these spaces.
a. For single-family attached uses, the required use depth may be reduced to ten feet
(10’).
b. For single-family or two-family uses, garages occupying up to fifty percent (50%)
of the width of the ground floor building facade are exempt from this requirement.
c. For all other uses, vehicle entry and exit ways necessary for access to parking are
exempt from this requirement. Such accessways shall not exceed thirty feet (30’)
in width. Individual dwelling unit garages do not qualify for this exemption.
2. Ground Floor Use and Visual Interest: This option allows for some flexibility in the
amount of required ground floor use, but in return requires additional design
requirements for the purpose of creating increased visual interest and pedestrian
activity where the lower levels of buildings face streets or sidewalks. An applicant
utilizing this option must proceed through the design review process for review of the
project for determination of the project’s compliance with those standards, and in
addition, whether it contributes to increased visual interest through a combination of
increased building material variety, architectural features, facade changes, art, and
colors; and, increased pedestrian activity through permeability between the building
and the adjacent public realm using niches, bays, gateways, porches, colonnades,
stairs or other similar features to facilitate pedestrian interaction with the building.
B. Building Materials:
1. Ground Floor Building Materials: Other than windows and doors, a minimum amount
of the ground floor facade’s wall area of any street facing facade shall be clad in
durable materials according to Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of this chapter.
Durable materials include stone, brick, masonry, textured or patterned concrete, and
43
fiber cement board. Other materials may be used for the remainder of the ground
floor facade adjacent to a street. Other materials proposed to satisfy the durable
requirement may be approved at the discretion of the planning director if it is found
that the proposed material is durable and is appropriate for the ground floor of a
structure.
2. Upper Floor Building Materials: Floors above the ground floor level shall include
durable materials on a minimum amount of any street facing building facade of those
additional floors according to Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of this chapter.
Windows and doors are not included in that minimum amount. Durable materials
include stone, brick, masonry, textured or patterned concrete, and fiber cement board.
Other materials may be approved at the discretion of the planning director if it is
found that the proposed material is durable and is appropriate for the upper floor of a
structure.
C. Glass:
1. Ground Floor Glass: The ground floor building elevation of all new buildings facing a
street, and all new ground floor additions facing a street, shall have a minimum
amount of glass, or within a specified percentage range, between three feet (3’) and
eight feet (8’) above grade according to Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of
this chapter. All ground floor glass shall allow unhampered and unobstructed
visibility into the building for a depth of at least five feet (5’), excluding any glass
etching and window signs when installed and permitted in accordance with Chapter
21A.46, “Signs”, of this title. The planning director may approve a modification to
ground floor glass requirements if the planning director finds:
a. The requirement would negatively affect the historic character of an existing
building;
b. The requirement would negatively affect the structural stability of an existing
building; or
c. The ground level of the building is occupied by residential uses that face the
street, in which case the specified minimum glass requirement may be reduced by
fifteen percent (15%).
2. Upper Floor Glass: Above the first floor of any multi-story building, the surface area
of the facade of each floor facing a street must contain a minimum amount of glass
according to Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of this chapter.
D. Building Entrances: At least one operable building entrance on the ground floor is
required for every street facing facade. Additional operable building entrances shall be
required, at a minimum, at each specified length of street facing building facade
according to Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of this chapter. The center of each
additional entrance shall be located within six feet (6’) either direction of the specified
44
location. Each ground floor nonresidential leasable space facing a street shall have an
operable entrance facing that street and a walkway to the nearest sidewalk. Corner
entrances, when facing a street and located at approximately a forty five degree (45°)
angle to the two (2) adjacent building facades (chamfered corner), may count as an
entrance for both of the adjacent facades.
E. Maximum Length of Blank Wall: The maximum length of any blank wall uninterrupted
by windows, doors, art or architectural detailing at the ground floor level along any street
facing facade shall be as specified according to Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of
this chapter. Changes in plane, texture, materials, scale of materials, patterns, art, or other
architectural detailing are acceptable methods to create variety and scale. This shall
include architectural features such as bay windows, recessed or projected entrances or
windows, balconies, cornices, columns, or other similar architectural features. The
architectural feature shall be either recessed a minimum of twelve inches (12”) or
projected a minimum of twelve inches (12”).
F. Maximum Length of Street Facing Facades: No street facing building wall may be longer
than specified along a street line according to Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of
this chapter. A minimum of twenty feet (20’) is required between separate buildings
when multiple buildings are placed on a single parcel according to
Subsection 21A.36.010.B, “One Principal Building Per Lot”, of this title. The space
between buildings shall include a pedestrian walkway at least five feet (5’) wide.
G. Upper Floor Step Back:
1. For street facing facades the first full floor, and all additional floors, above thirty feet
(30’) in height from average finished grade shall be stepped back a minimum
horizontal distance from the front line of building, according to Section 21A.37.060,
Table 21A.37.060 of this chapter. An alternative to this street facing facade step back
requirement may be utilized for buildings limited to forty five feet (45’) or less in
height by the zoning ordinance: those buildings may provide a four foot (4’)
minimum depth canopy, roof structure, or balcony that extends from the face of the
building toward the street at a height of between twelve feet (12’) and fifteen feet
(15’) above the adjacent sidewalk. Such extension(s) shall extend horizontally
parallel to the street for a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the face of the building
and may encroach into a setback as permitted per Section 21A.36.020, Table
21A.36.020.B, “Obstructions in Required Yards”, of this title.
2. For facades facing single- or two-family residential districts, a public trail or public
open space the first full floor, and all additional floors, above thirty feet (30’) in
height from average finished grade shall be stepped back a minimum horizontal
distance from the corresponding required yard setback (building line) according to
Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of this chapter.
H. Exterior Lighting: All exterior lighting shall be shielded and directed down to prevent
light trespass onto adjacent properties. Exterior lighting shall not strobe, flash or flicker.
45
I. Parking Lot Lighting: If a parking lot/structure is adjacent to a residential zoning district
or land use, any poles for the parking lot/structure security lighting are limited to sixteen
feet (16’) in height and the globe must be shielded and the lighting directed down to
minimize light encroachment onto adjacent residential properties or into upper level
residential units in multi-story buildings. Lightproof fencing is required adjacent to
residential properties.
J. Screening of Mechanical Equipment: All mechanical equipment for a building shall be
screened from public view and sited to minimize their visibility and impact. Examples of
siting include on the roof, enclosed or otherwise integrated into the architectural design of
the building, or in a rear or side yard area subject to yard location restrictions found in
Section 21A.36.020, Table 21A.36.020.B, “Obstructions in Required Yards”, of this title.
K. Screening of Service Areas: Service areas, loading docks, refuse containers and similar
areas shall be fully screened from public view. All screening enclosures viewable from
the street shall be either incorporated into the building architecture or shall incorporate
building materials and detailing compatible with the building being served. All screening
devices shall be a minimum of one foot (1’) higher than the object being screened, and in
the case of fences and/or masonry walls the height shall not exceed eight feet (8’).
Dumpsters must be located a minimum of twenty five feet (25’) from any building on an
adjacent lot that contains a residential dwelling or be located inside of an enclosed
building or structure.
L. Ground Floor Residential Entrances for Single-Family Dwellings: For the zoning districts
listed in Section 21A.37.060, Table 21A.37.060 of this chapter all attached single-family
dwellings, townhomes, row houses, and other similar single-family housing types located
on the ground floor shall have a primary entrance facing the street for each unit adjacent
to a street. Units may have a primary entrance located on a courtyard, mid block
walkway, or other similar area if the street facing facades also have a primary entrance.
M. Residential Character in RB District:
1. All roofs shall be pitched and of a hip or gable design except additions or expansions
to existing buildings may be of the same roof design as the original building;
2. The remodeling of residential buildings for retail or office use shall be allowed only if
the residential character of the exterior is maintained;
3. The front building elevation shall contain not more than fifty percent (50%) glass;
4. Signs shall conform with special sign regulations of Chapter 21A.46, “Signs”, of this
title;
5. Building orientation shall be to the front or corner side yard; and
46
6. Building additions shall consist of materials, color and exterior building design
consistent with the existing structure, unless the entire structure is resurfaced.
N. Primary Entrance Design in SNB District: Primary entrance design shall consist of at
least two (2) of the following design elements at the primary entrance, so that the primary
entrance is architecturally prominent and clearly visible from the abutting street.
1. Architectural details such as arches, friezes, tile work, canopies, or awnings.
2. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscape or seating.
3. Enhanced exterior light fixtures such as wall sconces, light coves with concealed light
sources, or decorative pedestal lights.
4. A repeating pattern of pilasters projecting from the facade wall by a minimum of
eight inches (8”) or architectural or decorative columns.
5. Recessed entrances that include a minimum step back of two feet (2’) from the
primary facade and that include glass on the sidewalls.
SECTION 20. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.37.060. That
Section 21A.37.060 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Design Standards: Design Standards
Required in Each Zoning District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.37.060: DESIGN STANDARDS REQUIRED IN EACH ZONING DISTRICT:
This section identifies each design standard and to which zoning districts the standard
applies. If a box is checked, that standard is required. If a box is not checked, it is not
required. If a specific dimension or detail of a design standard differs among zoning districts
or differs from the definition, it will be indicated within the box. In cases when a dimension
in this table conflicts with a dimension in the definition, the dimensions listed in the table
supersede those in the definition.
TABLE 21A.37.060
A. Residential Districts:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
RMF-
30
RMF-
35
RMF-
45
RMF-
75 RB
R-
MU-
35
R-
MU-
45
R-
MU RO
Ground floor use (%)
(21A.37.050.A.1)
75 75
47
Standard
(Code Section)
District
RMF-
30
RMF-
35
RMF-
45
RMF-
75 RB
R-
MU-
35
R-
MU-
45
R-
MU RO
Ground floor use + visual
interest (%) (21A.37.050.A.2)
Building materials: ground floor
(%) (21A.37.050.B.1)
80 80
Building materials: upper floors
(%) (21A.37.050.B.2)
Glass: ground floor (%)
(21A.37.050.C.1)
60 60 40
Glass: upper floors (%)
(21A.37.050.C.2)
Building entrances (feet)
(21A.37.050.D)
75 75 X
Blank wall: maximum length
(feet) (21A.37.050.E)
15 15 15
Street facing facade: maximum
length (feet) (21A.37.050.F)
Upper floor step back (feet)
(21A.37.050.G)
10
Lighting: exterior
(21A.37.050.H)
Lighting: parking lot
(21A.37.050.I)
X X
Screening of mechanical
equipment (21A.37.050.J)
X X X
Screening of service areas
(21A.37.050.K)
X X X
Ground floor residential
entrances (21A.37.050.L)
Parking garages or structures
(21A.44.060.A.15.)
48
Standard
(Code Section)
District
RMF-
30
RMF-
35
RMF-
45
RMF-
75 RB
R-
MU-
35
R-
MU-
45
R-
MU RO
Residential character in RB
Residential/Business District
(21A.37.050.N)
X
B. Commercial Districts:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
SNB CN CB CS CC CSHBD CG
TSA
Ground floor use (%)
(21A.37.050A.1)
80
Ground floor use + visual
interest (%)
(21A.37.050.A.2)
60/25
Building materials: ground
floor (%)
(21A.37.050.B.1)
90
Building materials: upper
floors (%)
(21A.37.050.B.2)
60
Glass: ground floor (%)
(21A.37.050.C.1)
40 40 40 40 60
Glass: upper floors (%)
(21A.37.050.C.2)
Building entrances (feet)
(21A.37.050.D)
X X X X X X X 40
Blank wall: maximum
length (feet)
(21A.37.050.E)
15 15 15 15 15
Street facing facade:
maximum length (feet)
(21A.37.050.F)
200
49
Standard
(Code Section)
District
SNB CN CB CS CC CSHBD CG
TSA
Upper floor step back (feet)
(21A.37.050.G)
15
Lighting: exterior
(21A.37.050.H)
X X X
Lighting: parking lot
(21A.37.050.I)
X X X X X X X X
Screening of mechanical
equipment (21A.37.050.J)
X X X X X
Screening of service areas
(21A.37.050.K)
X X X X
Ground floor residential
entrances (21A.37.050.L)
X
Parking garages or
structures
(21A.44.060.A.15)
Primary entrance design
SNB Small Neighborhood
Business District
(21A.37.050.O)
X
C. Manufacturing Districts:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
M-1 M-2
Ground floor use (%) (21A.37.050.A.1)
Ground floor use + visual interest (%) (21A.37.050.A.2)
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050.B.1)
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050.B.2)
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050.C.1)
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050.C.2)
50
Standard
(Code Section)
District
M-1 M-2
Building entrances (feet) (21A.37.050.D)
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050.E)
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050.F)
Upper floor step back (feet) (21A.37.050.G)
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050.H) X X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050.I) X X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050.J)
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050.K)
Ground floor residential entrances (21A.37.050.L)
Parking garages or structures (21A.44.060.A.15)
D. Downtown Districts:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
D-1 D-2 D-
3
D-
4
Ground floor use (%) (21A.37.050.A.1) 75 753
Ground floor use + visual interest (%) (21A.37.050.A.2) 60/25
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050.B.1) 80 70 2
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050.B.2) 50 70 2
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050.C.1) 40/60 1 40 40 40
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050.C.2) 25
Building entrances (feet) (21A.37.050.D) 50
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050.E) 15
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet)
(21A.37.050.F)
200
Upper floor step back (feet) (21A.37.050.G)
51
Standard
(Code Section)
District
D-1 D-2 D-
3
D-
4
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050.H) X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050.I) X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050.J) X
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050K) X
Ground floor residential entrances (21A.37.050.L)
Parking garages or structures (21A.44.060.A.15) X
Notes:
1. Minimum requirement is 60 percent when project is within the Main Street retail core.
2. In the D-3 Downtown Warehouse/Residential District this percentage applies to all sides
of the building, not just the front or street facing facade.
3. This percentage applies only as a requirement as noted in Subsection 21A.30.045.C.7.b
of this title for projects that are seeking conditional height.
E. Special Purpose Districts:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
RP BP FP AG
AG
-2
AG
-5
AG
-20 PL
PL-
2 I UI OS NOS MH EI MU
Ground floor use (%)
(21A.37.050.A.1)
Ground floor use +
visual interest (%)
(21A.37.050.A.2)
Building materials:
ground floor (%)
(21A.37.050.B.1)
Building materials:
upper floors (%)
(21A.37.050.B.2)
52
Standard
(Code Section)
District
RP BP FP AG
AG
-2
AG
-5
AG
-20 PL
PL-
2 I UI OS NOS MH EI MU
Glass: ground floor (%)
(21A.37.050.C.1)
40-
70
Glass: upper floors (%)
(21A.37.050.C.2)
Building entrances
(feet) (21A.37.050.D)
X
Blank wall: maximum
length (feet)
(21A.37.050.E)
15
Street facing facade:
maximum length (feet)
(21A.37.050.F)
Upper floor step back
(feet) (21A.37.050.G)
Lighting: exterior
(21A.37.050.H)
X
X
X
Lighting: parking lot
(21A.37.050.I)
X
X
Screening of
mechanical equipment
(21A.37.050.J)
X
Screening of service
areas (21A.37.050.K)
X
Ground floor
residential entrances
(21A.37.050.L)
Parking garages or
structures
(21A.44.060.A.15)
53
SECTION 21. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.38.070. That
Section 21A.38.070 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Nonconforming Uses and
Noncomplying Structures: Legal Conforming Single-Family Detached Dwellings, Two-Family
Dwellings, and Twin Homes) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.38.070: LEGAL CONFORMING SINGLE-FAMILY DETACHED DWELLINGS,
TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS, AND TWIN HOMES:
Any legally existing single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, or twin home
located in a zoning district that does not allow these uses shall be considered legal
conforming. Legal conforming status shall authorize replacement of the single-family
detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, or twin home structure to the extent of the original
footprint.
A. Alterations, Additions or Extensions or Replacement Structures Greater Than the
Original Footprint: In zoning districts other than M-1 and M-2, which do not allow
detached single-family dwelling units, two-family dwelling units or twin homes, any
alterations, extensions/additions or the replacement of the structure may exceed the
original footprint by twenty five percent (25%) of the existing structure subject to the
following standards:
1. Any alterations, extensions/additions or the replacement structure shall not project
into a required yard beyond any encroachment established by the structure being
replaced.
2. Any alterations, additions or extensions beyond the original footprint which are
noncomplying are subject to special exception standards of
Subsection 21A.52.030.A.15 of this title.
3. All replacement structures in nonresidential zones are subject to the provisions of
Section 21A.36.190, “Residential Building Standards for Legal Conforming Single-
Family Detached Dwellings, Two-Family Dwellings and Twin Homes in
Nonresidential Zoning Districts”, of this title.
Any alterations, additions or extensions or replacement structures which exceed
twenty five percent (25%) of the original footprint, or alterations, additions or
extensions or replacement of a single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling
or twin home in an M-1 or M-2 zoning district may be allowed as a conditional use
subject to the provisions of Chapter 21A.54 of this title.
B. Off Street Parking: When replacing a legal conforming single-family detached
dwelling, two-family dwelling or twin home, the number of new parking stalls
54
provided shall be in accordance with the parking spaces required by Section
21A.44.040.
SECTION 22. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.40.065. That
Section 21A.40.065 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Accessory Uses, Buildings and
Structures: Outdoor Dining) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.40.065: OUTDOOR DINING:
“Outdoor dining”, as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title, shall be allowed within the
buildable lot area, in all zoning districts where such uses are allowed, as either a permitted or
conditional use. Outdoor dining in the public way shall be permitted subject to all city
requirements.
Outdoor dining is allowed within the required landscaped yard or buffer area, in commercial
and manufacturing zoning districts where such uses are allowed. Outdoor dining is allowed
in the RB, CN, MU, R-MU, RMU-35 and the RMU-45 zones and for nonconforming
restaurants and similar uses that serve food or drinks through the provisions of the special
exception process (see Chapter 21A.52 of this title). All outdoor dining shall be subject to the
following conditions:
A. All requirements of Chapter 21A.48 and Section 21A.36.020 of this title are met.
B. All required business, health and other regulatory licenses for the outdoor dining have
been secured.
C. A detailed site plan demonstrating the following:
1. All the proposed outdoor dining activities will be conducted on private property
owned or otherwise controlled by the applicant and that none of the activities will
occur on any publicly owned rights-of-way unless separate approval for the use of
any such public rights-of-way has been obtained from the city;
2. The location of any paving, landscaping, planters, fencing, canopies, umbrellas or
other table covers or barriers surrounding the area;
3. The proposed outdoor dining will not impede pedestrian or vehicular traffic; and
4. The main entry has a control point as required by state liquor laws.
D. The proposed outdoor dining complies with all conditions pertaining to any existing
variances, conditional uses or other approvals granted for property.
55
E. Live music will not be performed nor loudspeakers played in the outdoor dining area
unless the decibel level is within conformance with the Salt Lake City noise control
ordinance, Title 9, Chapter 9.28 of this Code.
F. Smoking shall be prohibited within the outdoor dining area and within twenty five feet
(25’) of the outdoor dining area.
G. The proposed outdoor dining complies with the environmental performance standards as
stated in Section 21A.36.180 of this title.
H. Outdoor dining shall be located in areas where such use is likely to have the least adverse
impacts on adjacent properties.
SECTION 23. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Chapter 21A.44. That Chapter
21A.44 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Off Street Parking, Mobility and Loading) shall be,
and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.44.010: Purpose
21A.44.020: Applicability
21A.44.030: Calculation of Parking
21A.44.040: Required Off Street Parking
21A.44.050: Alternatives to Minimum and Maximum Parking Calculations
21A.44.060: Parking Location and Design
21A.44.070: Off Street Loading Areas
21A.44.080: Drive-Through Facilities and Vehicle Stacking Areas
21A.44.090: Modifications to Parking Areas
21A.44.100: Use and Maintenance
21A.44.110: Nonconforming Parking and Loading Facilities
21A.44.010: PURPOSE:
This chapter is intended to require that new development and redevelopment projects
provide off street parking and loading facilities in proportion to the parking, loading,
and transportation demands of the buildings and land uses included in those projects.
This chapter is also intended to help protect the public health, safety, and general
welfare by:
A. Avoiding and mitigating traffic congestion and reducing the financial burden on
taxpayer funded roadways;
B. Providing necessary access for service and emergency vehicles;
56
C. Providing for safe and convenient interaction between vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians;
D. Providing flexible methods of responding to the transportation and access
demands of various land uses in different areas of the city;
E. Reducing storm water runoff, reducing heat island effect from large expanses of
pavement, improving water quality, and minimizing dust pollution;
F. Establishing context-sensitive parking standards to reflect the current and
future built environment of neighborhoods; and
G. Avoiding and mitigating the adverse visual and environmental
impacts oflarge concentrations of exposed parking.
21A.44.020: APPLICABILITY:
A. Amounts of Parking, Loading, and Drive-Through Facilities Required: The
standards of this chapter are intended to establish: minimum and maximum
amounts of vehicle parking; minimum required bicycle parking, minimum required
loading facilities, and minimum capacity of drive-through facilities and shall apply
to projects involving the activities listed below. In some instances, other standards
of this chapter providealternatives for required compliance. Certain exemptions are
intended to encourage utilization of existing structures and preserve desirable
characteristics of locations built prior to parking requirements.
1. New Development: Unless otherwise exempted by Section 21A.44.020.A.4,
the standards in this chapter shall apply to all development and land uses upon
adoption of this ordinance.
2. Expansion of Use or Structure: The number of off street parking and loading spaces
for the expansion of a use or structure shall comply with the requirements of Table
21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“ and the standards of
this chapter when:
a. One or more additional dwelling units is created; or
b. The addition to or expansion of one or more structures or uses that,
when considered together with any other expansions during the
previous two-year period, would increase the total usable floor area of
the structure(s) by more than twenty- five percent (25%); or
c. The addition to or expansion of one (1) or more structures or uses that
requires conditional use permit approval.
3. Change of Use:
57
a. Except when located within an Urban Center or Transit Context, or as
stated in Subsection b below, off street parking shall be provided
pursuant to this chapterfor any change of use that increases the
minimum number of required vehicle parking spaces by:
(1) More than ten (10) parking spaces; or
(2) More than twenty-five percent (25%) of the parking spaces that
currently exist on-site or on permitted off-site locations.
b. For changes in use in buildings built prior to 1944, no additional
parking shall be required beyond what is existing.
4. Exemptions from Parking Requirements: The following shall be exempt
from providing the minimum parking required by Table 21A.44.040-A,
“Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“, but shall comply with
maximum parking allowed and location and design standards in Section
21A.44.060 if parking is provided:
a. Lots created prior to April 12,1995 that are less than five thousand
(5,000) square feet in lot area, except those being used for single-
family, two-family, and twin home dwelling uses;
b. Expansions or enlargements that increase the square footage of usable
floor area of an existing structure or parking requirements for the use by
twenty-five percent (25%) or less, provided that existing off street
parking and loading areas are not removed.
B. Location and Design: Section 21A.44.060, “Parking Location and Design“, shall
apply to all vehicle parking, bicycle parking, loading, and drive-through facilities,
regardless of whether the project is subject to the requirements for additional
parking spaces or other facilities pursuant to Subsection 21A.44.020.A above.
Parking garages are subject to design standards found in Subsection
21A.44.060.A.16 and specific requirements of other zoning districts found in
Subsection 21A.44.060.B.
21A.44.030: CALCULATION OF PARKING:
A. Generally:
1. All parking and loading requirements that are based on square footage shall be
calculated on the basis of usable floor area of the subject use, unless otherwise
specified in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street
Parking“.
2. Parking spaces shall not be counted more than once for required off-site,
shared, and/or alternative parking plans, except where the development
58
complies with off-site, shared, and/or alternative parking standards.
3. Parking spaces designed or designated exclusively for motorcycles, scooters,
and other two wheeled vehicles shall not count toward the number of
minimum required or maximum allowed off street parking spaces.
4. Parking spaces intended for storage of business vehicles, such as fleet
vehicles, delivery vehicles, or vehicles on display associated with sales or
rental shall not count toward the number of minimum required or
maximum allowed off street parking spaces unless otherwise stated in
Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“.
5. Parking spaces designed or designated exclusively for recreational vehicles
shall not count toward the number of minimum required or maximum
allowed off street parking spaces.
6. When calculations of the number of required off street parking spaces for
vehicles or bicycles result in a fractional number, any fraction of 0.5 or larger
shall be rounded up to the next higher whole number. Calculations for more
than one use in a project shall be calculated for each individual use and may be
rounded individually and added, or added then rounded as determined by the
applicant.
7. Lots containing more than one (1) use may provide parking and loading based
on the shared parking calculations in Subsection 21A.44.050.B, “Shared
Parking”.
B. Unlisted Uses: For uses not listed in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and
Maximum Off Street Parking” the planning director is authorized to do any of
the following:
1. Apply the minimum or maximum off street parking space requirement
specified in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street
Parking“, for the listed use that is deemed most similar to the proposed use as
determined by the planning director based on operating characteristics, the
most similar related occupancy classification, or other factors related to
potential parking demand determined by the director.
2. Apply a minimum parking requirement of three (3) spaces per one thousand
(1,000) square feet of usable floor area for the use and a maximum parking
allowance of five (5) spacesper one thousand (1,000) square feet of useable
floor area for the use.
3. Establish the minimum off street parking space and loading requirements based
on a parking study prepared by the applicant according to Subsection
21A.44.050.F.
59
21A.44.040: REQUIRED OFF STREET PARKING:
A. Minimum and Maximum Parking Spaces Required:
1. Unless otherwise provided in this code, each development or land use subject
to thischapter pursuant to Section 21A.44.020 shall provide at least the
minimum number, and shall not provide more than the maximum number, of
off street parking spaces required by Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and
Maximum Off Street Parking“.
2. A parking standard shown in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum
Off Street Parking”, is not an indication of whether the use is allowed or
prohibited in the respective zoning district or context area. See Chapter
21A.33, “Land Use Tables” for allowed and prohibited uses.
3. The maximum parking limit does not apply to parking provided in parking
garages, stacked or racked parking structures, or to off-site parking that
complies with all other requirements of this title.
4. The maximum parking limit does not apply to properties in the M-1, M-2,
BP, or Airport zoning districts that are located west of the centerline of
Redwood Road.
5. If a conditional use is approved by the planning commission in accordance
with Chapter 21A.54, “Conditional Uses”, and the conditional use approval
states a different parking requirement than that required by this Chapter
21A.44, and is determined necessary to mitigate a detrimental impact, then
the parking requirement in the conditional use approval shall apply.
6. All uses with vehicle stacking and/or drive-through facilities shall comply
with Section 21A.44.080, “Drive-Through Facilities and Vehicle
Stacking Areas”, in addition to the requirements of Table 21A.44.040-A,
“Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“.
7. All uses with outdoor sales, display, leasing, and/or auction areas shall also
provide one-half (1/2) parking space and no more than two (2) parking spaces
per one thousand (1,000) sq. ft. of outdoor sales, display, leasing, and/or auction
area. This additional parking shall not count toward the maximum allowed per
Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking”, when a
maximum is specified.
Context Approach:
60
Salt Lake City has a wide variety of development contexts that make any single
approach to minimum and maximum parking requirements ineffective. The
parking demand for a downtown area served by transit will be much lower than a
downtown adjacent neighborhood or suburban shopping center. To ensure that
minimum and maximum parking requirements reflect the built context (and future
built context) of the area, we created four distinct “context areas”, and then tailored
minimum and maximum parking standards to each. The Minimum and Maximum
Off Street Parking Table below lists the specific zoning districts included in each
context area. The following is a brief narrative introducing each context area:
1. General Context: This category includes the city’s zoning districts that tend
to be more auto-dependent and/or suburban in scale and parking needs. This
context applies broadly to all of the zoning districts that are not specifically
listed in the other context areas.
2. Neighborhood Center: This category includes areas with small- or
moderate-scale shopping, gathering, or activity spaces, often within or
adjacent to General Context areas, but that are not necessarily well served by
transit. This category includes zoning districts with pedestrian-scale
development patterns, building forms, and amenities.
3. Urban Center: This category includes zoning districts with dense,
pedestrian-oriented development within more intensely developed urban
centers. The parking demand in this context is higher than in the
Neighborhood Center Context, but lower than areas with good transit service.
4. Transit Context: This category includes those zoning districts that
immediately surround mass-transit facilities and/or are in the downtown core.
These areas have the lowest parking demand and may be exempt from
minimum parking requirements or be required to provide minimal off street
parking.
61
TABLE 21A.44.040-A: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM OFF STREET PARKING:
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking
Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban
Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning
districts not
listed in
another
context area
RB, SNB, CB,
CN, R-MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU,
TSA-T,
CSHBD1.
CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4,
G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-
UN3, FB-SC.
R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See Subsection 21A.44.040.A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See Subsection 21A.44.040.A.7
RESIDENTIAL USES
Household Living
Artists’ loft/studio
1.5 spaces
per DU
1 space
per DU
0.5 spaces
per DU
No Minimum No Maximum
Manufactured home
2 spaces per
DU
1 space per DU
No Minimum
All Contexts:
4 spaces, not
including
recreational
vehicle
parking spaces
Mobile home
Single-family
(attached)
Single-family
(detached)
Single-family cottage
development building
form
1 space per
DU
Twin home 2 spaces per
DU
Two-family
62
Multi-family
Studio and 1
bedrooms: 1
space per DU,
2+ bedrooms
1.25 space per
DU
Studio and 1+
bedrooms: 1
space per DU
Studio: No
Minimum 1
bedroom:
0.5 space
per DU
2+
bedrooms:
1 space per
DU
No Minimum
All Contexts:
Studio & 1
Bedroom: 2
spaces per DU
2+ bedrooms: 3
spaces per DU
Group Living
Assisted living facility
1 space for each 6 infirmary or
nursing home beds;
plus 1 space for each 4 rooming
units;
plus 1 space for each 3 DU
See Table Note A
1 space for
each 8
infirmary or
nursing
home beds;
plus 1 space
for each 6
rooming
units;
plus 1
space for
each 4 DU
See Table
Note A
No Minimum No Maximum
Nursing care facility
Eleemosynary facility 1 space per 4
persons
design
capacity; See
Table Note A
1 space per 6
persons design
capacity;
See Table Note
A
1 space
per 4
persons
design
capacity;
See Table
Note A
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 3
persons
design
capacity;
See Table
Note A
Group home
Residential support
Dormitory, fraternity,
sorority
1 space per 2
persons
design
capacity
1 space per 3
persons design
capacity
1 space
per 4
persons
design
capacity
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 1
persons
design
capacity
Rooming (boarding)
house
1 space per 2
guest rooms
1 space per 3
guest rooms
1 space
per 4
guest
No Minimum No Maximum
63
rooms
Shared housing 0.5 spaces per unit
0.25
spaces
per unit
No Minimum No Maximum
PUBLIC, INSTITUTIONAL, AND CIVIC USES
Community and Cultural Facilities
Art gallery
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
0.5
spaces
per 1,000
sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts: 2
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. Studio, Art
Exhibition hall
Museum
Crematorium
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
No Minimum No Maximum
Daycare center, adult
Daycare center, child
Homeless resource
center
Library
Community
correctional facility, 3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
2.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. Community recreation
center
Jail
Government facility
3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of
office area
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft. of
office
area
No Minimum No Maximum
Social service mission
and charity dining hall
64
Municipal service use,
including city utility use
and police and fire
station
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of
office area, plus 1 space per
service vehicle
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft. of
office
area, plus
1 space
per
service
vehicle
No Minimum No Maximum
Club/lodge
1 space per 6
seats in main
assembly area
1 space per 8
seats in main
assembly area
1 space
per 10
seats in
main
assembly
area
No Minimum
All Contexts: 1
space per 4
seats in main
assembly area Meeting hall of
membership
organization
Convent/monastery
1 space per 4
persons
design
capacity
1 space per 6
persons design
capacity
1 space
per 8
persons
design
capacity
No Minimum No Maximum
Funeral home
1 space per 4
seats in main
assembly area
1 space per 5
seats in main
assembly area
1 space
per 6
seats in
main
assembly
area
No Minimum
Urban Center
and Transit
Center
Context: 2
spaces per 4
seats in main
assembly
areas
Neighborhood
Center and
General
Context: No
maximum
Place of worship All Contexts:
65
1 space per 6
seats or 1
space per 300
sq. ft.,
whichever is
less
1 space per 8
seats or 1
space per 400
sq. ft.,
whichever is
less
1 space
per 10
seats or 1
space per
500 sq.
ft.,
whichever
is less
No Minimum
1 space per
3.5 seats or 1
space per 200
sq. ft.,
whichever is
greater
Fairground See Table Note B No Maximum
Philanthropic use See Table Note B
All Contexts:
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office, plus 1
space per 6
seats in
assembly areas
Zoological park See Table Note B
No Maximum
Ambulance service
Cemetery
No Minimum Plazas
Park
Open space
Educational Facilities
College and
university
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
office,
research, and
library area,
plus 1 space
per 6 seats in
assembly
areas
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
office, research, and library
area, plus 1 space per 10
seats in assembly areas
K - 12 private Elementary or Middle: 1 space per 20 students
66
K - 12 public
design capacity
High Schools: 1 space per 8 students design
capacity
No Minimum
All Contexts: 4
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. Dance/music studio
3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
2.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
Music conservatory
Professional and
vocational
Professional and
vocational (with
outdoor activities)
Seminary and
religious institute
Healthcare Facilities
Clinic (medical,
dental) 4 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts:
6 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft
Blood donation
center 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
Transit and
Urban Center
Context: 3
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft
Neighborhood
Center and
General
Context: 6
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Hospital
1 space per 3 patient beds
design capacity
1 space
per 2
patient
beds
design
capacity
All Contexts:
1 space per 2
patient beds
design
capacity
Hospital, including
accessory lodging
facility
COMMERCIAL USES
67
Agricultural and Animal Uses
Greenhouse
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and
Urban Center
Context: 2
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft
Neighborhood
Center and
Kennel
Pound
Veterinary office
Cremation service,
animal 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
Kennel on lots of 5
acres or larger
Poultry farm or
processing plant
General
Context: No
Maximum
Raising of furbearing
animals
Slaughterhouse
Agricultural use
No Minimum
Community garden
Farmer’s market
Grain elevator
Pet cemetery
Stable
Stockyard
Urban farm
Botanical garden See Table Note B
Recreation and Entertainment
Auditorium 1 space per 4
seats in
assembly
areas
1 space per 6
seats in
1 space
per 8
seats in
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 3
seats in
assembly
Theater, live
performance
68
Theater, movie assembly areas assembly
areas
areas
Amphitheater See Table Note B
Athletic Field
Stadium
Tennis court
(principal use)
2 spaces per court No Minimum Transit and
Urban Center
Bowling 2 spaces per lane
Context: 2
spaces per
court or lane
Neighborhood
Center and
General
Context: No
Maximum
Convention center
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts: 3
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. Swimming pool,
skating rink or
natatorium
Health and fitness
facility
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
All Contexts: 4
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Performing arts
production facility
Reception center
Recreation (indoor) 3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Recreational vehicle
park (minimum 1
acre) 1 space per designated camping or RV spot
No Maximum
Amusement park See Table Note B
Recreation (outdoor) See Table Note B
69
Food and Beverage Services
Brewpub Indoor tasting/seating area: 2
spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.;
Outdoor tasting/seating area: 2
spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Indoor
tasting/
seating
area: 2
spaces per
1,000 sq.
ft.;
Outdoor
tasting/ se
ating area:
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
No Minimum Transit and
Urban Center
Context: 5
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft
indoor
tasting/seating
area
Neighborhood
Center and
General
Context: 7
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
indoor
tasting/seating
area
All Contexts:
Outdoor
tasting/
seating area: 4
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Restaurant
Tavern
Social club
1 space per 6
seats in main
assembly
area, or 1
space per 300
sq. ft.,
whichever is
less
1 space per 8
seats in main
assembly area,
or 1 space per
400 sq. ft.,
whichever is
less
1 space
per 10
seats in
main
assembly
area, or 1
space per
500 sq.
ft.,
whichever
is less
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 4
seats in main
assembly area,
or 1
space per 200
sq. ft.,
whichever is
greater
Office, Business, and Professional Services
Check cashing/payday
loan business
General
Context:
70
Dental laboratory/
research facility
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
No Minimum
4 spaces per
1,000
Neighborhood
Center Context:
3 spaces per
1,000
Urban Center
and Transit
Center
Contexts:
2 spaces per
1,000
Financial institution
Research and
laboratory facilities
Office (excluding
medical and dental
clinic and office)
3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Retail Sales & Services
Photo finishing lab
No Minimum
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and
Urban Center
Contexts: 2
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center and
General
Context: 3
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Electronic repair
shop
Furniture repair shop
Upholstery shop
Radio, television
station
3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
71
Store, Convenience 3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
1.5
spaces
per 1,000
sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and
Urban Center
Contexts: 2
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center: 3
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
General
Context: 5
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Auction, Indoor 2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
1.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Transit
Context: 2
Store, Department
Fashion oriented
development
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Urban Center
and
Neighborhood
Center
Context: 3
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
General
Context: 4
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Flea market (indoor)
Flea market (outdoor)
Store, Mass
merchandising
Store, Pawn shop
Store, Specialty
Retail goods
establishment
Retail service
establishment
Store, Superstore and
hypermarket
Store, Warehouse
club
72
Retail shopping center
over 55,000 sq. ft.
usable floor area
Up to 100,000 sq. ft. : 2. spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft. .
Above 100,000 sq. ft. :
sq. ft. 1.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Up to
100,000
sq. ft. :
1.5
spaces
per 1,000
sq. ft. .
Above
100,000
sq. ft. :
1.25
spaces
per 1,000
sq. ft.
Transit and
Urban Center
Contexts: up to
100,000 sq.
ft.: 2 spaces
per 1,000 sq.
ft., above
100,000 sq.
ft.: 1.75
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center and
General
Context: Up to
100,000 sq.
ft.: 3 spaces
per 1,000 sq.
ft.,
above 100,000
sq.
ft.: 2.5 spaces
per 1,000 sq.
ft.
Plant and garden shop
with outdoor retail sales
area 2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
1.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
Transit and
Urban Center
Contexts: 1.5
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center: 2
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
General
Context: 3
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
73
Lodging Facilities
Bed and breakfast
1 space per guest bedroom
0.5
spaces
per guest
bedroom
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1.25 spaces
per guest
bedroom
Hotel/motel
All Contexts:
1.5 spaces per
guest
bedroom
Vehicles and Equipment
Vehicle Auction
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office
area plus 1 space per service bay
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft. of
office
area plus
1 space
per
service
bay
No Minimum No Maximum
Automobile part
sales
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of
indoor sales/leasing/office area
plus 1 space per service bay
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft. of
indoor
sales/leas
ing/
office
area plus
1 space
per
service
bay
No Minimum
All Contexts:
3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
indoor
sales/leasing/
office area,
plus 1 space
per service
bay
Automobile and truck
repair sales/rental and
service
Boat/recreational
vehicle sales and
service (indoor)
Equipment rental
(indoor and/or
outdoor)
Equipment, heavy
(rental, sales,
service)
74
Manufactured/mobile
home sales and service
Recreational vehicle
(RV) sales and service
Truck repair sales and
rental (large)
Car wash
No Minimum
Transit and
Urban Center
Contexts: 1
space per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center: 2
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
General
Context: 5
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Car wash as accessory
use to gas station or
convenience store that
sells gas
Gas station
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
No
Minimum
General
Context:
5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center Context:
3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Urban Center
Context:
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
Bus line yard and
repair facility
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. , plus 1 space per
commercial fleet vehicle
No Minimum No Maximum
75
Impound lot
Limousine service
Taxicab facility
Tire distribution
retail/wholesale
Adult Entertainment Establishments
Sexually oriented
business 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space
per 1,000
sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts:
5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
TRANSPORTATION USES
Airport Determined by Airport Authority No Maximum
Heliport
Bus line
station/terminal
No Minimum
Urban Center
and Transit
Contexts:
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center and
General
Context: 1
space per 150
average daily
passenger
boardings
Intermodal transit
passenger hub
Railroad, passenger
station
Transportation
terminal, including
bus, rail and trucking
Railroad, repair shop 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. , plus 1 space per
fleet vehicle generally stored on-site
No Minimum No Maximum Truck freight
terminal
Railroad, freight
terminal facility
No Minimum
INDUSTRIAL USES
76
Manufacturing and Processing
Artisan food
production
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of
production area, plus 2 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft. of office/retail
0.5
spaces per
1,000 sq.
ft. of
productio
n area,
plus 1.5
spaces per
1,000 sq.
ft. of
office/ret
ail
No Minimum
Transit and
Urban Center
Contexts: 1
space per 1,000
sq. ft. of
production
area, plus 2
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office/retail
Neighborhood
Center and
General
Context: 2
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
production
area, plus 3
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office/retail
Bakery, commercial
Automobile salvage
and recycling
(outdoor) 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of
office
0.5 space
per 1,000
sq. ft. of
office
No Minimum
All Contexts:
7 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
of office/retail
Processing center
(outdoor)
Automobile salvage
and recycling
(indoor)
Blacksmith shop
Bottling plant
Brewery/Small
Brewery
77
Chemical
manufacturing and/or
storage
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum No Maximum
Commercial food
preparation
Distillery
Drop forge industry
Explosive
manufacturing and
storage
Food processing
Heavy
manufacturing
Incinerator, medical
waste/hazardous waste
Industrial assembly
Jewelry fabrication
Laundry, commercial
Light manufacturing
Manufacturing and
processing, food
Paint manufacturing
Printing plant
Processing center
(indoor)
Recycling
Sign painting/
fabrication
Studio, motion picture
78
Welding shop No Minimum
Winery
Woodworking mill
Collection station
No Minimum
Concrete and/or
asphalt
manufacturing
Extractive industry
Manufacturing,
concrete or asphalt
Refinery, petroleum
products
Storage and Warehousing
Air cargo terminals
and package delivery
facility 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. , plus 1 space per
fleet vehicle generally stored on-site
No Maximum
Building materials
distribution
Flammable liquids or
gases, heating fuel
distribution and
storage
Package delivery
facility
Warehouse
Warehouse, accessory
to retail and wholesale
business (maximum
5,000 square foot floor
plate)
Wholesale
distribution
79
Storage, self
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of
office area, plus 1 space per 30
storage units
2 spaces
per 1,000
sq. ft. of
office
All Contexts:
1 space for
every 15
storage units
Contractor’s
yard/office
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area
All Contexts:
3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
of office area
Rock, sand and gravel
storage and distribution
No Minimum No Maximum
Storage (outdoor)
Storage and display
(outdoor)
Storage, public
(outdoor)
PUBLIC AND SEMI-PUBLIC UTILITY USES
Utility: Building or
structure
No Minimum No Maximum
Antenna,
communication
tower
Antenna,
communication tower,
exceeding the maximum
building
height in the zone
Large wind energy
system
Solar array
Utility: Electric
generation facility
Utility: Sewage
treatment plant
80
Utility: Solid waste
transfer station
Utility: Transmission
wire, line, pipe or pole
Wireless
telecommunications
facility
ACCESSORY USES
Accessory Dwelling
Unit
See Section 21A.40.200: Accessory Dwelling Units
Accessory guest and
servant’s quarter
1 space per DU No Minimum
Living quarter for
caretaker or security
guard
All Contexts:
4 spaces per
DU
Retail, sales and service
accessory use when
located within a
principal building
2 spaces per 1,000
1 space
per 1,000
Transit and
Urban Center
Contexts: 2
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center: 3
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
General
Context: 4
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Retail, sales and service
accessory use when
located within a
principal building and
operated primarily for
the convenience of
employees
No Minimum
Warehouse,
accessory
0.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of
warehouse/wholesale
No Minimum
81
Accessory use, except
those that are otherwise
specifically
regulated elsewhere in
this title
No Minimum No Maximum
Heliport, accessory
Reverse vending machine
Storage, accessory
(outdoor)
TEMPORARY USES
Mobile food business
(operation in public
right-of-way)
No minimum, unless required by temporary use permit or as
determined by the Zoning Administrator
No Maximum
Mobile food business
(operation on private
property)
Mobile food court
Vending cart, private
property
Vending cart, public
property
Farm stand, seasonal
Table Notes:
A. Facilities that are (a) occupied by persons who’s right to live together is protected by the federal
Fair Housing Act, and that (b) occupy a building originally constructed for another residential use
shall have the same parking requirements as the residential use for which the building was
constructed.
B. Parking requirements to be determined by the transportation director based on considerations of
factors such as estimated facility use, vehicle traffic to the facility, transit use to the facility, potential
traffic congestion, and likelihood of overflow parking in surrounding neighborhoods.
B. Electric Vehicle Parking: Each multi-family use shall provide a minimum of one
(1) parking space dedicated to electric vehicles for every twenty five (25) parking
82
spaces provided on-site. Electric vehicle parking spaces shall count toward the
minimum required number of parking spaces. The electric vehicle parking space
shall be:
1. Located in the same lot as the principal use;
2. Located as close to a primary entrance of the principal building as possible;
3. Signed in a clear and conspicuous manner, such as special pavement
marking or signage, indicating exclusive availability to electric vehicles;
and
4. Outfitted with a standard electric vehicle charging station.
C. Accessible Parking:
1. The number and design of accessible (ADA) parking spaces shall be
pursuant to the standards provided in the Salt Lake City Off Street
Parking Standards Manual.
2. Parking areas with four (4) or fewer vehicle parking spaces are not required
to identify an accessible parking space; however, if parking is provided, a
minimum of one (1) parking space shall comply with the ADA standard
dimensions.
3. The number of required accessible spaces shall be based on the total
number of vehicle spaces provided to serve the principal uses, as shown
below in Table 21A.44.040-B, “Accessible Parking Required“.
TABLE 21A.44.040-B: ACCESSIBLE PARKING REQUIRED:
Off Street Parking Spaces Provided Minimum Required Accessible Spaces
1 to 100 1 per 25 parking spaces
101 to 500 1 per 50 parking spaces
501 to 1,000 2 percent of total number of parking spaces
1,001 and more 20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces over
1,000
83
D. Bicycle Parking:
1. Applicability: The following regulations apply to all uses except for single-
family, two-family, and twin home residential uses and nonresidential uses
having less than one thousand square feet (1,000 sq. ft.) of usable floor area.
2. Calculation of Minimum Required Bicycle Parking Spaces: The number of required
bicycle spaces shall be based on the use within the defined parking contexts as shown
in Table 21A.44.040-C, “Minimum Bicycle Parking Requirements”, unless another
city standard requires a different number of bicycle parking spaces for a specific use,
in which case the use-specific bicycle parking standard shall apply.
TABLE 21A.44.040-C: MINIMUM BICYCLE PARKING REQUIREMENTS*:
(Calculation of Bicycle Parking Spaces to be Provided per Residential Unit or Based on
Usable Floor Area)
Use
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban
Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning
districts not
listed in
another
context area
RB, SNB, CB,
CN, R-MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU,
TSA-T,
CSHBD1,
CSHBD2
D-1, D-3, D-4,
G-MU, TSA-
C, UI, FB-UN2,
FB- UN3, FB-
SC, R-MU
Residential
Uses 1 per 5 units 1 per 4 units 1 per 3 units 1 per 2 units
Public,
Institutional,
and Civic Uses
1 per 10,000
sq. ft.
1 per 5,000 sq. ft. 1 per 5,000
sq. ft.
1 per 3,000 sq.
ft.
Commercial
Uses 1 per 20,000
sq. ft.
1 per 5,000 sq. ft 1 per 4,000
sq. ft.
1 per 2,000 sq.
ft.
Industrial Uses No
requirement
No requirement No
requirement
No
Requirement
*For all uses: In determining the minimum number of bicycle parking spaces required,
fractional spaces are rounded to the nearest whole number, with one-half counted as an
additional space
3. Building Expansions or Changes of Use: Building expansions or changes of
use that require additional vehicle parking spaces pursuant to Section
84
21A.44.020 and Section 21A.44.040 shall provide additional bicycle parking
spaces based on the calculations in Table 21A.44.040-C, “Minimum Bicycle
Parking Requirements”, for the entire use.
4. Secure/Enclosed Bicycle Parking: Each one (1) bicycle parking space that is
within a secure/enclosed bicycle parking facility may be used to satisfy the
requirement of two (2) required bicycle parking spaces.
5. Existing Public Bicycle Parking Facilities: Permanent public bicycle racks or bike
corrals located within fifty feet (50’) of the primary entrance to the principal building
may be used to satisfy up to two (2) required bicycle parking spaces.
6. Accessory and Temporary Uses: No bicycle parking spaces are required for accessory
or temporary uses.
21A.44.050: ALTERNATIVES TO MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM PARKING
CALCULATIONS:
The amount of off street vehicle parking required pursuant to Table 21A.44.040-A,
“Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking”, may be adjusted by the factors listed in
this section. These adjustments may be applied as part of the calculation of parking
requirements and do not require discretionary approval by the City.
A. Limitations on Adjustments to Minimum Required Parking: The adjustments listed
in Subsections 21A.44.050.B through 21A.44.050.G may be used in any
combination, but shall not be combined to reduce the minimum required parking
established in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“,
by more than forty percent (40%).
B. Shared Parking:
1. Shared Parking for Two or More Uses:
a. Where two (2) or more uses listed in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum
and Maximum Off Street Parking”, share a parking garage or parking lot
that is located on one of the properties that is sharing parking, or is
located within the maximum permitted distance of all of the properties
sharing parking shown in Table 21A.44.060-B, “Maximum Distances for
Off-Site Parking”, the total minimum off street parking requirement for
those uses may be reduced by the factors shown in Table 21A.44.050-A,
“Shared Parking Reduction Factors“.
b. The minimum number of off street parking spaces shall be the sum of
the parking requirements for the uses divided by the factor shown in
Table 21A.44.050-A, “Shared Parking Reduction Factors”, for that
combination of uses.
85
Example: If a 5,000 square foot art gallery shared a parking lot with a
5,000 square foot retail goods establishment, and a 100 unit multi-family
residential use in the Urban Center Context, the minimum off street
parking required would be calculated as follows:
Use 1: Art Gallery
0.5 per 1,000 sq. ft. x (5,000 sq. ft.) = 3 parking spaces
Use 2: Retail Goods Establishment
1 per 1,000 sq. ft. x (5,000 sq. ft.) = 5 parking spaces
Use 3: Multi-Family Residential
0 per studio unit x (20 studio units) = 0 parking spaces
0.5 per 1 bedroom unit x (36 1 bedroom units) = 18 parking spaces
1 per 2+ bedroom units x (44 2+ bedroom units) = 44 parking spaces
0+18+44 = 62 parking spaces
Sum of two largest minimum parking requirements:
5 (retail goods establishment)+ 62 (multi-family) = 67 parking spaces
Reduction Factor (two largest minimums):
67 ÷ 1.2 reduction factor = 55.8 or 56 parking spaces
Add Remaining Minimum(s):
56 (retail & multi-family) + 3 (art gallery) = 59 parking spaces required
TABLE 21A.44.050-A: SHARED PARKING REDUCTION FACTORS:
Property Use
Multi-Family
Residential
Public,
Institutional,
or Civic
Food and
Beverage,
Recreation and
Entertainment,
or Lodging
Retail
Sales
Other Non-
Residential
Multi-Family Residential
[1]
Public, Institutional and
Civic
1.1
Food and Beverage,
Recreation and
Entertainment, or 1.1
1.2
86
Lodging
Retail Sales 1.2 1.3 1.3
Other Non-Residential 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.2
[1] Applies to multi-family residential, assisted living facility (large), group home (large), and
residential support (large) uses
2. Documentation Required:
a. The owners of record involved in the joint use of shared parking
shall submit written documentation of the continued availability of
the shared parking arrangement to the Transportation Director for
review.
b. The Director shall approve the shared parking arrangement if the Director
determines that the documentation demonstrates the continued
availability of the shared parking facility for a reasonable period of time.
No zoning or use approval shall be issued until the Director has approved
the shared parking documentation.
c. If the shared parking arrangement is later terminated or modified and the
Director determines that the termination or modification has resulted in
traffic congestion, overflow parking in residential neighborhoods, or
threats to pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicle safety, the property owners
involved in the shared parking arrangement may be held in violation of
this chapter.
C. Proximity to Fixed-Rail Transit: Required parking for a development located
within one-quarter mile (when measured radially in a straight line from the subject
property line) of a fixed-rail transit station platform in the General Context,
Neighborhood Center Context, and Urban Center Context areas may be reduced by
up to twenty-five percent (25%). This shall not apply to single or two-family uses
including: single-family (attached or detached), twin homes, or two-family.
D. Affordable and Senior Housing (Multi-Family Structures): The minimum number
of required off street parking spaces for multi-family residential developments with
at least ten (10) dwelling units may be reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) if the
multi-family development has:
1. A minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the dwelling units are restricted to
residents with no greater than sixty percent (60%) area median income (AMI)
87
for leased units; or
2. A minimum of thirty-five percent (35%) of the dwelling units are restricted to
residents with no greater than eighty percent (80%) AMI for sale units; or
3. A minimum of seventy-five percent (75%) of the dwelling units are restricted
to persons sixty-five (65) years of age or older.
For a development that meets any of the scenarios above, an additional reduction
of up to fifteen percent (15%) may be allowed when the development is located
within one-quarter mile (when measured radially in a straight line from the
subject property line) of a bus stop that is serviced by the same route at least
every fifteen (15) minutes during daytime hours, Monday - Saturday.
E. Car Pool and Carshare Parking:
1. For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces, each off
street parking space designated and signed for the exclusive use of a shared
car pool vehicle shall count as three (3) spaces toward the satisfaction of
minimum off street vehicle parking requirements.
2. For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces, each off street
parking space designated and signed for the exclusive use of a shared vanpool
vehicle shall count as seven (7) spaces toward the satisfaction of minimum off
street vehicle parking requirements.
3. For parking lots of any size, each off street parking space designated and
signed for the exclusive use of a carshare vehicle shall count as four (4)
spaces toward the satisfaction of minimum off street vehicle parking
requirements.
F. Valet Parking Services: Modifications to minimum on site parking spaces may
occur on a one-to-one basis if off site valet parking is provided and:
1. The design of the valet parking does not cause customers who do not use the
valet services to park off the premises or cause queuing in the right-of-way;
2. The availability of valet parking service is clearly posted outside the
establishment and near the main entrance; and
3. The applicant provides adequate written assurances for the continued operation
of the valet parking, and a written agreement to notify future owners and
tenants of the property of the duty to continue to provide off-site valet parking.
G. Parking Study Demonstrating Different Parking Needs:
88
1. The transportation director, in consultation with the planning director, may
authorize a change in the amount of off street parking spaces. The
authorization shall be based onthe applicant submitting a parking study that
demonstrates a different off street parking demand for the proposed
development, use, or combination of uses than calculated from Table
21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking“, and subject to
the overall limits on parking adjustments in Subsection 21A.44.050.A above.
2. The transportation director and planning director shall determine whether the
information and assumptions used in the study are reasonable and whether the
study accurately reflects anticipated off street parking demand for the proposed
development, use, or combination of uses.
3. Considerations for an alternative parking requirement (parking provided below
the minimum required or exceeding the maximum allowed) shall be granted
only if the following findings are determined:
a. That the proposed parking plan will satisfy the anticipated parking demand
for the use;
b. That the proposed parking plan will be at least as effective in maintaining
traffic circulation patterns, reducing the visibility of parking areas and
facilities as would strict compliance with the otherwise applicable off
street parking standards;
c. That the proposed parking plan does not have a materially adverse
impact on adjacent or neighboring properties;
d. That the proposed parking plan includes mitigation strategies for any
potential impact on adjacent or neighboring properties; and
e. That the proposed alternative parking plan is consistent with applicable
cityplans and policies.
21A.44.060: PARKING LOCATION AND DESIGN:
All required parking areas shall be located and designed in accordance with the
standards in this Chapter 21A.44: Off Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading and the
standards in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual. Modifications to the standards
of this Section 21A.44.060 may be granted through the design review process, subject
to conformance with the standards and procedures of Chapter 21A.59: Design Review.
A. Generally:
1. Parking Located on Same Lot as Use or Building Served: All parking
spaces required to serve buildings or uses erected or established after the
89
effective date of this ordinance shall be located on the same lot as the
building or use served, unless otherwise allowed pursuant to Subsection
21A.44.060.A.4, “Off-Site Parking Permitted”.
2. Biodetention and Landscape Islands in General and Neighborhood Center
Contexts: For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces in the
General Context and Neighborhood Center Context areas, parking lot islands or
biodetention areas shall be provided on the interior of the parking lot to help
direct traffic flow and to provide landscaped areas within such lots.
3. Parking Location and Setbacks: All parking shall comply with the parking
restrictions within yards pursuant to Table 21A.44.060-A, “Parking
Location and Setback Requirements”.
TABLE 21A.44.060-A: PARKING LOCATION AND SETBACK REQUIREMENTS:
N = parking prohibited between lot line and front line of the principal building
Zoning District Front
Lot Line
Corner Side
Lot Line
Interior Side
Lot Line
Rear
Lot Line
GENERAL CONTEXT
Residential (FR Districts, RB, RMF, RO)
FR N
Parking in driveways that comply with
all applicable city standards is exempt
from this restriction.
6 ft.
0 ft.
R-1, R-2, SR-1,
SR-2
0 ft.
RMF-30
N
0 ft.; or 10 ft.
when abutting
any 1-2 family
residential
district
RMF-35, RMF-
45, RMF-75,
RO
0 ft.; or 10 ft.
when abutting
any 1-2 family
residential
district. Limited
to 1 side yard
except for single-
family attached
lots.
90
Commercial and Manufacturing (CC, CS, CG, M-1, M-2, SNB)
CC
15 ft.
0 ft.; or 7 ft. when abutting any
residential district
CS 0 ft.; or 15 ft. when abutting any
residential districtCG 10 ft.
M-1
15 ft.M-2 0 ft.; or 50 ft. when abutting any
residential district
Special Purpose Districts
A 0 ft.
0 ft.AG, AG-2, AG-
5,
AG-20
N
BP 8 ft.; or 30 ft. when abutting any
residential district
EI 10 ft. 30 ft. 30 ft. 20 ft.
FP
20 ft.
6 ft. 0 ft.
I 0 ft.; or 15 ft. when abutting any
residential district
MH 0 ft.
OS 30 ft. 10 ft.
PL 0 ft.; or 10 ft. when abutting any
residential district PL-2 20 ft.
RP 30 ft. 8 ft.; or 30 ft. when abutting any
residential district
NEIGHBORHOOD CENTER CONTEXT
CB , CN, SNB N 0 ft.; or 7 ft. when abutting any
1-2 family residential district
91
R-MU-35, R-
MU-45
Surface Parking: N
Parking Structures: 45’ or located
behind principal building
Limited to 1 side
yard, 0 ft.; or
10 ft. when
abutting any 1-2
family residential
district
0 ft.; or 10 ft.
when
abutting any
1-2 family
residential
district
RB, SR-3, FB-
UN1,
FB-SE
N
0 ft.
URBAN CENTER CONTEXT
CSHBD1
N
0 ft.; or 7 ft. when abutting any
residential district
CSHBD2 0 ft.; or 7 ft. when abutting any
1-2 family residential district
D-2 Surface Parking: 20 ft.
Parking Structures: N
0 ft.
MU
Surface Parking: 25 ft. or located
behind principal structure
Parking Structures: 45 ft. or located
behind principal structure
0 ft.; limited to 1
side yard 0 ft.
TSA-T See Subsection 21A.44.060.B.2 0 ft.
TRANSIT CONTEXT
D-1 See Subsection 21A.44.060.B.1
D-3
D-4 See Subsection 21A.44.060.B.1
0 ft.
G-MU
FB-UN2, FB-
UN3, FB-SC
N
TSA-C See Subsection 21A.44.060.B.2
92
R-MU
Surface Parking: 30 ft.
Parking Structures: 45 ft. or located
behind principal structure
0 ft.; or 10 ft.
when abutting
any 1-2 family
residential
district
Surface parking
at least 30 ft.
from front lot
line.
0 ft.; or 10 ft.
when
abutting any
1-2 family
residential
district
UI 0 ft; Hospitals: 30 ft.
0 ft.; or 15 ft.
when abutting
any 1-2 family
residential
district;
Hospitals: 10 ft.
0 ft.; or 15 ft.
when
abutting any
1-2 family
residential
district;
Hospitals: 10
ft.
4. Off-Site Parking Permitted: When allowed as either a permitted or conditional
use per Chapter 21A.33, “Land Use Tables”, off-site parking facilities may be
used to satisfy the requirements of this chapter and shall comply with the
following standards:
a. Maximum Distance of Off-Site Parking: Off-site parking shall be located
according to the distance established in Table 21A.44.060-B, “Maximum
Distances for Off-Site Parking” (measured in a straight line from the
property boundary of the principal use for which the parking serves to the
closest point of the parking area).
Table 21A.44.060-B: Maximum Distances for Off-Site Parking:
Context Maximum Distance to Off-Site
Parking
Neighborhood Center
600 ft. General
Legal Nonconforming Use in Residential District
Urban Center 1,200 ft.
93
Transit 1,000 ft.
b. Documentation Required:
(1) The owners of record involved in an off-site parking arrangement shall
submit written documentation of the continued availability of the off-site
parking arrangement to the planning director for review.
(2) The planning director shall approve the off-site parking arrangement if the
director determines the location meets the standards of this section. No
zoning or use approval shall be issued until the director has approved the
off-site parking arrangement and the documentation has been recorded in
the office of the Salt Lake County Recorder.
(3) If the off-site parking arrangement is later terminated or modified and the
planning director determines that the termination or modification has
resulted in traffic congestion, overflow parking in residential
neighborhoods, orthreats to pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicle safety, the
property owners of the uses for which the off-site parking was provided
may be held in violation of this chapter.
5. Circulation Plan Required: Any application for a building permit shall include a site
plan, drawn to scale, and fully dimensioned, showing any off street parking or loading
facilities to be provided in compliance with this title. A tabulation of the number of
off street vehicle and bicycle parking, loading, and stacking spaces required by this
chapter shall appear in a conspicuous place on the plan.
6. Driveways and Access:
a. Compliance with Other Adopted Regulations:
(1) Parking lots shall be designed in compliance with applicable city codes,
ordinances, and standards, including but not limited to Title 12 of this code:
Vehicles and Traffic and the Off Street Parking Standards Manual to the
maximum degree practicable, with respect to:
(a) Minimum distances between curb cuts;
(b) Proximity of curb cuts to intersections;
(c) Provisions for shared driveways;
(d) Location, quantity and design of landscaped islands; and
(e) Design of parking lot interior circulation system.
94
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21A.44.060.A.6.a(1) above,
relocation of a driveway for a single-family, two-family, or twin home
residence in any zoning district shall only be required when the residence is
replaced, and shall not be required when the residence is expanded or
renovated in compliance with the city code.
b. Access Standards: Access to all parking facilities shall comply with the following
standards:
(1) To the maximum extent practicable, all off street parking facilities shall be
designed with vehicular access to a street or alley that will least interfere with
automobile, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic movement.
(2) Parking facilities in excess of five (5) spaces that access a public street shall
be designed to allow vehicles to enter and exit the lot in a forward direction.
(3) Parking facilities on lots with less than one hundred feet (100’) of street
frontage shall have only one (1) curb cut, and lots with one hundred feet
(100’) of street frontage or more shall be limited to two (2) curb cuts, unless
the transportation director determines that additional curb cuts are necessary to
ensure pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicle safety or to comply with the fire code.
Public safety uses shall be exempt from limitations on curb cuts.
(4) All vehicular access roads/driveways shall be surfaced as required in
accordance with Subsection 21A.44.060.A.8, “Surface Materials”.
c. Driveway Standards: All driveways shall comply with the following standards:
(1) Driveway Location in Residential Zoning Districts: With the exception of
legal shared driveways, driveways shall be at least twenty feet (20’) from
street corner property lines and five feet (5’) from any public utility
infrastructure such as power poles, fire hydrants, and water meters. Except for
entrance and exit driveways leading to approved parking areas, no curb cuts or
driveways are permitted.
(2) Driveway Widths: All driveways serving residential uses shall be a minimum
eight feet wide and shall comply with the standards for maximum driveway
widths listed in Table 21A.44.060-C, “Minimum and Maximum Driveway
Width”.
TABLE 21A.44.060-C: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM DRIVEWAY WIDTH:
Zoning District
Minimum Driveway Width
(in front and corner side
yard)
Maximum Driveway
Width*
(in front and corner side
95
yard)
SR-1, SR-2 and SR-3 8 ft. 22 ft.
MH 8 ft. 16 ft.
Other Residential Zoning Districts 8 ft. 30 ft.
M-1 and M-2 12 ft. single lane and 24 ft.
for two-way
50 ft.
Other Non-Residential Zoning
Districts
12 ft. single lane and 24 ft.
for two-way
30 ft.
* Maximum width is for all driveways combined when more than one driveway is provided
(3) Shared Driveways: Shared driveways, where two (2) or more properties share
one (1) driveway access, may be permitted if the transportation director
determines that the design and location of the shared driveway access will not
create adverse impacts on traffic congestion or public safety.
(4) Driveway Surface: All driveways providing access to parking facilities shall
be improved and maintained pursuant to the standards in the Off Street
Parking Standards Manual.
7. Minimum Dimensional Standards: All parking spaces shall comply with the
dimensional standards in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
8. Surface Materials: All parking spaces shall comply with the standards for surfacing of
access, driving, and parking surfacing in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
9. Grading and Stormwater Management: All surface parking areas shall comply with
city grading and stormwater management standards and shall be reviewed for best
management practices by Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities. Refer to the
Salt Lake City Stormwater Master Plan, Storm Drainage Manual, and Green
Infrastructure Toolbox for additional information.
10. Sight Distance Triangles: All driveways and intersections shall comply with the sight
distance triangle standards as defined in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
11. Landscaping and Screening: All parking areas and facilities shall comply with the
landscaping and screening standards in Chapter 21A.48, “Landscaping and Buffers”.
96
12. Lighting: Where a parking area or parking lot is illuminated, the light source shall be
shielded so that the light source is not directly visible from any abutting property or
abutting private or public street.
13. Signs: All signs in parking areas or related to parking facilities shall comply with
Chapter 21A.46, “Signs”, and applicable provisions of the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
14. Pedestrian Walkways:
a. Surface parking lots with between twenty-five (25) and one hundred (100) parking
spaces shall provide a pedestrian walkway or sidewalk through the parking lot to
the primary entrance of the principal building. Pedestrian walkways shall be
identified by a change in color, material, surface texture, or grade elevation from
surrounding driving surfaces.
b. Parking lots with more than one hundred (100) parking spaces shall provide:
(1) One (1) or more grade-separated pedestrian walkway(s), at least five feet (5’)
in width, and located in an area that is not a driving surface, leading from the
farthest row of parking spaces to the primary entrance of the principal
building.
(2) Vehicles shall not overhang the pedestrian walkway(s).
(3) Where the walkway(s) crosses a drive aisle, pedestrian walkway(s) shall be
identified by a change in color, material, surface texture, or grade elevation
from surrounding driving surfaces.
(4) One (1) pedestrian walkway meeting these standards shall be provided for
each one hundred (100) parking spaces provided on site or part thereof, after
the first one hundred (100) parking spaces.
15. Parking Garages: The following standards shall apply to all above-ground parking
garages except those located in the FB zones subject to Subsection 21A.27.030.C.4,
whether freestanding or incorporated into a building:
a. Each façade or a parking garage adjacent to a public street or public space shall
have an external skin designed to conceal the view of all parked cars. Examples
include heavy gauge metal screen, precast concrete panels, live green or
landscaped walls, laminated or safety glass, or decorative photovoltaic panels.
b. No horizontal length of the parking garage façade shall extend longer than 40 feet
without the inclusion of architectural elements such as decorative grillwork,
louvers, translucent screens, alternating building materials, and other external
features to avoid visual monotony. Facade elements shall align with parking
97
levels.
c. Internal circulation shall allow parking surfaces to be level (without any slope)
along each parking garage facade adjacent to a public street or public space. All
ramps between levels shall be located along building facades that are notadjacent
to a public street or public space, or shall be located internally so that they are not
visible from adjacent public streets or public spaces.
d. The location of elevators and stairs shall be highlighted through the use of
architectural features or changes in façade colors, textures, or materials so that
visitors can easily identify these entry points.
e. Interior parking garage lighting shall not produce glaring sources toward adjacent
properties while providing safe and adequate lighting levels. The use of sensor
dimmable LEDs and white stained ceilings are recommended to control light
levels on-site while improving energy efficiency.
f. In the Urban Center Context and Transit Context areas, the street-level facades of
all parking garages shall be designed to meet applicable building code standards
for habitable space to allow at least one (1) permitted or conditional use, other
than parking, to be located where the parking garage is located.
g. Vent and fan locations shall not be located on parking garage facades facing
public streets or public spaces, or adjacent to residential uses, to the greatest
extent practicable.
16. Tandem Parking: Where more than one (1) parking space is required to be provided
for a residential dwelling unit, the parking spaces may be designed as tandem parking
spaces, provided that:
a. No more than two (2) required spaces may be included in the tandem parking
layout; and
b. Each set of two (2) tandem parking spaces shall be designated for a specific
residential unit.
17. Cross-Access between Adjacent Uses: The transportation director may require that
access to one or more lots be through shared access points or cross-access through
adjacent parcels when the transportation director determines that individual access to
abutting parcels or limited distance between access points will create traffic safety
hazards due to traffic levels on adjacent streets or nearby intersections. Such a
determination shall be consistent with requirements of state law regarding property
access from public streets. Required cross- access agreements shall be recorded with
the Salt Lake County Recorder’s Office.
B. Zone Specific Location and Design Standards:
98
1. D-1, D-3, D-4, and G-MU Zoning Districts: The following regulations shall apply to
surface or above-ground parking facilities. No special design and setback restrictions
shall apply to below-ground parking facilities.
a. Block Corner Areas:
(1) Within the D-1 zoning district, above-ground parking facilities located within
the block corner areas and on Main Street, shall be located behind principal
buildings and:
a. All above-ground parking facilities that front a street shall contain uses
other than parking along the entire length of the building façade and along
all stories or levels of the building.
b. Vehicle access to parking shall be located to the side of the building or as
far from the street corner as possible unless further restricted by this title.
(2) Within the D-3, D-4, or G-MU zoning districts, above-ground parking
facilities shall be located behind principal buildings, or at least seventy-five
feet (75’) from front and corner side lot lines, and shall be landscaped to
minimize visual impacts.
b. Mid-Block Areas:
(1) Within the D-1 zoning district, above-ground parking facilities shall be
located behind the front line of principal buildings or shall be located at least
seventy- five feet (75’) from front and corner side lot lines. Parking lots
proposed as a principal use to facilitate a building demolition are prohibited.
(2) Within the D-3, D-4, or G-MU zoning districts, parking facilities shall be
located behind principal buildings, or at least thirty feet (30’) from front and
corner side lot lines.
(3) Parking garages shall meet the following:
a. Retail goods/service establishments, offices and/or restaurants shall be
provided on the first floor adjacent to the front or corner side lot line. The
facades of such first floors shall be compatible and consistent with the
associated retail or office portion of thebuilding and other retail uses in
the area.
b. Levels of parking above the first level facing the front or corner side lot
line shall have floors and/or facades that are horizontal, not sloped.
c. Landscape Requirements: Surface parking lots, where allowed shall have a
99
minimum landscaped setback of fifteen feet (15’) and shall meet interior
parking lot landscaping requirements as outlined in Chapter 21A.48,
“Landscaping and Buffers”.
2. TSA Transit Station Area District: New uses and development or redevelopment
within the TSA Transit Station Area District shall comply with the following
standards.
a. Surface Parking on Corner Properties: On corner properties, surface parking lots
shall be located behind principal buildings or at least sixty feet (60’) from the
intersection of the front and corner side lot lines.
b. Surface Parking in the Core Area: Surface parking lots in the core area are
required to be located behind or to the side of the principal building.
(1) When located to the side of a building, the parking lot shall be:
(a) Set back a minimum of thirty feet (30’) from a property line adjacent to a
public street. The area between the parking lot and the property line
adjacent to a public street shall be landscaped or activated with outdoor
dining, plazas, or similar features;
(b) Screened with a landscaped hedge or wall that is at least thirty-six inches
(36”) above grade and no taller than forty-two inches (42”) above grade.
Landscaping berms are not permitted; and
(c) No wider than what is required for two (2) rows of parking and one (1)
drive aisle as provided in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
(2) Unless a second driveway is necessary to comply with the fire code, a
maximum of one (1) driveway and drive aisle shall be permitted per street
frontage. The access point shall be located a minimum of one hundred feet
(100’) from the intersection of the front and corner side lot lines. If the front
or corner side lot line is less than one hundred feet (100’) in length, then the
edge of the drive approach shall be located within twenty feet (20’) of the side
or rear property line.
c. Surface Parking In the Transition Area:
(1) Surface parking lots in the transition area are required to be located behind the
principal building or to the side of a principal building.
(2) When located to the side of a principal building, the parking lot shall be:
(a) Set back so that no portion of the parking area (other than the driveway)
shall be closer to the street than the front wall setback of the building. In
cases where the front wall of the building is located within five feet (5’)of
100
a property line adjacent to a street, the parking lot shall be set back a
minimum of eight feet (8’). The space between the parking lot and the
property line adjacent to a street shall be landscaped or activated with
outdoor dining, plazas, or similar features; and
(b) Screened with a landscaped hedge or wall that is at least thirty-six inches
(36”) above grade and no taller than forty-two inches (42”) above grade.
Landscaped berms are not permitted.
C. Recreational Vehicle Parking:
1. Generally:
a. Recreational vehicle parking spaces shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of,
required off street vehicle parking spaces.
b. Recreational vehicles shall not be used for storage of goods, materials, or
equipment other than those that are customarily associated with the recreational
vehicle.
c. All recreational vehicles shall be stored in a safe and secure manner. Any tie
downs, tarpaulins, or ropes shall be secured from flapping in windy conditions.
d. Recreational vehicles shall not be occupied as a dwelling while parked on the
property.
e. Recreational vehicle parking is permitted in any enclosed structure conforming to
building code and zoning requirements for the zoning district in which it is
located.
f. Recreational vehicle parking outside of an approved enclosed structure shall be
permitted for each residence and shall be limited to one motor home or travel
trailer and a total of two (2) recreational vehicles of any type.
g. Recreational vehicle parking outside of an enclosed structure shall comply with
the standards in this section.
2. Front Yard Parking: Recreational vehicle parking is prohibited in any required or
provided front yard.
3. Rear Yard Parking: Recreational vehicles may be parked in the rear yard when they
are on a hard surfaced pad compliant with surfacing standards in the Off Street
Parking Standards Manual and with access provided by either a hard surfaced
driveway, hard surfaced drive strips or an access drive constructed of turf block
materials with an irrigation system.
101
4. Side Yard Parking: Recreational vehicle parking in side yards shall be allowed only
when topographical factors, the existence of mature trees, or the existence of properly
permitted and constructed structures prohibit access to the rear yard. The existence of
a fence or other structure that is not part of a building shall not constitute a lack of
rear yard access. Any recreational vehicle parking area in a side yard shall:
a. Be on a hard surface compliant with the Off Street Parking StandardsManual;
b. Be accessed via a driveway compliant with driveway standards of this chapter;
c. Not obstruct access to other required parking for the use.
21A.44.070: OFF STREET LOADING AREAS:
A. Number and Size of Loading Areas Required:
1. Unless otherwise specified, a required off street loading berth shall be at least ten feet
(10’) in width by at least thirty-five feet (35’) in length for short berths, and twelve
feet (12’) in width by at least fifty feet (50’) in length for long berths, exclusive of
aisle and maneuvering space. Maneuvering aprons of appropriate width and
orientation shall be provided and shall be subject to approval by the transportation
director.
2. All loading areas shall have a vertical clearance of at least fourteen feet (14’).
3. Off street loading facilities for new developments or for expansion of an existing
development shall be provided at the rate specified for a particular use, or if multiple
uses, at the rate of the uses combined, in Table 21A.44.070-A, “Off Street Loading
Requirements”. Regardless of the combination of uses, all buildings with a gross floor
area over 50,000 square feet shall have a minimum of 1 short berth.
TABLE 21A.44.070-A: OFF STREET LOADING REQUIREMENTS:
Use Gross Floor Area
(Square Feet)
Number and
Size of Berths
Hotels, Institutions, and
Institutional Living
50,000 - 100,000 1 short
Each additional 100,000 1 short
50,000 - 100,000 1 short
102
Office/Commercial
Each additional 100,000 up to
500,000
1 short
Retail 50,000 - 100,000 1 long
Each additional 100,000 1 long
Industrial
25,001 - 50,000 1 long
50,001 - 100,000 2 long
Each additional 100,000 1 long
Multi- Family Residential
# of Dwelling Units
(Per Building)
Number and
Size of Berths
40-150 1 short
151-300 2 short
Greater than 300 1 additional short
per 200 units
B. Location and Design of Loading Areas:
1. All required loading berths shall be located on the same development site as the use(s)
served.
2. No loading berth shall be located within thirty feet (30’) of the nearest point of
intersection of any two (2) streets.
3. No loading berth shall be located in a required front yard.
4. Each required loading berth shall be located and designed to:
a. Allow all required vehicle maneuvering and backing movements on-site;
b. Minimize conflicts with pedestrian, bicycle, and traffic movement or
encroachments into any pedestrian walkway, bicycle lane, public right-of-way,
and fire lane; and
c. Avoid the need to back into a public street while leaving the site to the maximum
extent practicable, as determined by the planning director and the transportation
director.
103
5. Landscaping and screening of all loading berths shall be provided to comply with the
requirements of Chapter 21A.48, “Landscaping and Buffers”.
6. Where a loading berth is illuminated, the light source shall be shielded so that the
light source is not directly visible from any abutting property or abutting private or
publicstreet.
7. All signs in loading areas shall comply with Chapter 21A.46, “Signs”, and applicable
provisions of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
8. All required loading berths shall comply with the surfacing standards of the OffStreet
Parking Standards Manual.
21A.44.080: DRIVE-THROUGH FACILITIES AND VEHICLE STACKING AREAS:
A. Number of Stacking Spaces Required: The following standards apply for all uses with
vehicle stacking and/or drive-through facilities.
1. All uses with drive-through facilities shall provide the minimum number of on-site
stacking spaces indicated in Table 21A.44.080-A, “Required Vehicle Stacking
Spaces”.
TABLE 21A.44.080-A: REQUIRED VEHICLE STACKING SPACES:
Use
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center
Context
Urban
Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning
districts not
listed in
another
context area
RB, SNB, CB,
CN, R-MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-
3, FB-UN1,
FB- SE
D-2, MU,
TSA-T,
CSHBD1,
CSHBD2
D-1, D-3, D-4,
G-MU, TSA-
C, UI, FB-
UN2, FB-
UN3, FB-SC,
R-MU
Car Wash, Self-Service 3 spaces per bay or stall 2 spaces per bay or stall
Car Wash, Automated 4 spaces per lane or stall 3 spaces per lane or stall
Food and Beverage Service Uses 5 spaces per service lane 4 spaces per service lane
Other Uses 3 spaces per service lane 3 spaces per service lane
104
B. Location and Design of Drive-Through Facilities:
1. In zoning districts where uses with drive-through facilities are allowed and
where no front or corner side yard setback is required, the drive-through lanes
shall not be located between the front or corner side lot line and any walls of the
principal building.
2. Drive-through lanes shall be arranged to avoid conflicts with site access points,
access to parking or loading spaces, and internal circulation routes, to the
maximum extent practicable.
3. In the General Context zoning districts, a by-pass lane, driveway, or other
circulation area around a drive-through facility stacking lane shall be
provided for all uses other than automated car washes. financial institutions
and restaurant/retail uses.
4. All required stacking spaces shall measure nine (9) feet by twenty (20)
feet and shall be counted from the point of service, or final service
window.
5. Air quality: Drive through facilities shall post idle-free signs pursuant to
Chapter 12.58 of this code.
6. When a drive through use adjoins any residential use or any residential
zoning district, a minimum six foot (6’) high masonry wall shall be erected
and maintained along such property line.
7. Drive through facility will not result in adverse impacts upon the vicinity after
giving consideration to the hours of operation, noise and light generation,
traffic circulation, and the site plan.
21A.44.090: MODIFICATIONS TO PARKING AREAS:
Applicants requesting development permits or approvals may request adjustments to
the standards and requirements in this Chapter 21A.44, “Off Street Parking,
Mobility, and Loading“, and the city may approve adjustments to those standards, as
described below.
A. Administrative Modifications: The planning director or transportation director may
approve the following types of modifications without requiring approval of a
special exception, provided that the director determines that the adjustment will not
create adverse impacts on pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicle safety and that the
adjustment is required to accommodate an unusual site feature (such as shape,
topography, utilities, or access point constraints) and that the need for the
adjustment has not been created by the actions of the applicant.
105
1. Modification to dimensions or geometries of parking, loading, or stacking
space, aisles, or maneuvering areas otherwise required by this chapter, other
city regulations, or the Off Street Parking Standards Manual; provided that
those modifications are consistent with federal and state laws regarding
persons with disabilities, including but not limited to the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
2. Modifications to bicycle parking or loading berth location or design standards.
B. Special Exceptions: The following types of exceptions may be approved through
the Special Exception process in Section 21A.52.040, provided that the
application meets the criteria for approval of a Special Exception in Section
21A.52.060 in addition to the standards provided in this section.
1. Exceptions Permitted:
a. Front Yard Parking Exception: For any zoning district, if front yard
parking is prohibited in Table 21A.44.060-A, “Parking Location and
Setback Requirements”, it may be allowed if all of the following
conditions are met:
(1) The rear or side yards cannot be reasonably accessed by vehicles, specifically:
(a) Clearance for a driveway could not be provided in the side yard on
either side of the building that is free from obstructions that cannot
reasonably be avoided, such as utilities, window-wells, a specimen
tree, a direct elevation change of three feet (3’) or greater, or
retaining walls three feet (3’) high or greater; and
(b) There is not a right-of-way or alley adjacent to the
property with established rights for access, where:
a. The travel distance to the property line is less than one hundred
feet (100’) from an improved street and the right-of-way or alley
has at least a minimum twelve foot (12’) clearance that is, or
could be paved; or
b. The travel distance to the property line is more than one
hundred feet (100’) from an improved street and the right-of-
way or alley has an existing minimum twelve foot (12’) wide
paved surface.
(2) It is not feasible to build an attached garage that conforms to yard
area and setback requirements;
(3) Parking is limited to an area that is surfaced in compliance with the Off
106
Street Parking Standards Manual;
(4) The parking area is limited to nine feet (9’) wide by twenty feet (20’)deep;
(5) Vehicles using the parking area will not project across any sidewalk or
into the public right-of-way; and
(6) Parking is restricted to passenger vehicles only.
b. Vehicle and Equipment Storage Surfacing Exception: Vehicle and
equipment storage without hard surfacing may be permitted in the CG, M-
1, M-2 and EI zoning districts provided that:
(1) The lot is used for long-term vehicle storage, not for regular parking
and/or maneuvering;
(2) The vehicles or equipment stored are large and/or are built on tracks
that could destroy normal hard surfacing;
(3) The parking surface is compacted with six inches (6”) of road base
and other semi-hard material with long lasting dust control chemical
applied annually;
(4) A hard-surfaced cleaning station is installed to prevent tracking of
mud and sand onto the public right-of-way; and
(5) Any vehicles or equipment that contain oil are stored with pans,
drains, or other means to ensure that any leaking oil will not enter
the soil.
21A.44.100: USE AND MAINTENANCE:
A. Use of Parking Areas: Except as otherwise provided in this section, required off street
parking facilities provided for uses listed in Table 21A.44.040-A, “Minimum and
Maximum Off Street Parking” shall be solely for the parking of automobiles or
authorized temporary uses.
B. Maintenance:
1. Space allocated to any off street loading berth or related access or maneuvering
area shallnot be used to satisfy the parking space requirements for any off street
parking.
2. Except in the M-1, M-2, CG, and D districts, no cleaning or maintenance of
loading areas using motorized equipment may be performed between ten
107
o’clock (10:00) P.M. andseven o’clock (7:00) A.M. each day, except for
snow removal.
21A.44.110: NONCONFORMING PARKING AND LOADING FACILITIES:
Nonconforming parking and loading facilities shall be subject to the standards
established in Chapter 21A.38, “Nonconforming Uses and Noncomplying Structures”,
and the criteria established in this section.
A. Continuation of Nonconforming Parking and Loading Facilities: Any parking
spaces, loading facilities, or access to public rights-of-way that were lawfully
existing or created prior to the effective date of this ordinance, but that have since
become nonconforming with the provisions of this chapter through the actions of
the city or any governmental entity, shall be allowed to continue, but any
expansion of the use or structure, or change of use, after the adoption date of this
ordinance shall comply with the provisions of this Chapter 21A.44, “Off Street
Parking, Mobility, and Loading“.
B. Nonconformity Due to Governmental Acquisition: Where a lot, tract, or parcel is
occupied by a lawful structure or use, and where the acquisition of right-of-way by
eminent domain, dedication, or purchase by a city, county, state, or federal agency
creates noncompliance of the parking, loading, or drive-through facilities with any
requirement of this chapter, the parking, loading, or drive-through facility shall be
deemed lawful and conforming. This designation shall apply only to
noncompliance resulting directly from the acquisition of right-of-way.
C. Damage or Destruction: Reconstruction, reestablishment, or repair of any
nonconforming parking, loading, or drive- through area involuntarily damaged or
destroyed by fire, collapse, explosion or other natural cause is not required to
comply with the standards of this chapter. The parking and loading facilities may
be restored or continued as they existed prior to the damage or destruction, or in a
manner that reduces any nonconformity that existed prior to the damage or
destruction.
D. Legalization of Garages Converted to Residential Use: Garages attached to
single-family and two-family residential structures converted to residential
uses before April 12, 1995, and any associated front yard parking, may be
legalized by complying with the following requirements:
1. The property owner shall obtain a building permit for all building
modifications associated with converting the garage to residential use and the
city shall inspect the conversion for substantial compliance with adopted life
safety regulations.
2. The driveway leading to the converted garage shall not be removed without
108
replacing the same number of parking spaces (up to the minimum required
by this chapter) in alocation authorized by this chapter.
3. Parking on the driveway in the front yard is restricted to passenger vehicles only.
SECTION 24. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.52.030. That
Section 21A.52.030 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Special Exceptions: Special Exceptions
Authorized) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.52.030: SPECIAL EXCEPTIONS AUTHORIZED:
A. In addition to any other special exceptions authorized elsewhere in this title, the
following special exceptions are authorized under the provisions of this title:
1. Accessory building height, including wall height, in excess of the permitted height
provided:
a. The extra height is for architectural purposes only, such as a steep roof to match
existing primary structure or neighborhood character.
b. The extra height is to be used for storage of household goods or truss webbing
and not to create a second level.
c. No windows are located in the roof or on the second level unless it is a design
feature only.
d. No commercial use is made of the structure or residential use unless it complies
with the accessory dwelling unit regulations in this title.
2. Accessory structures in the front yard of double frontage lots, which do not have any
rear yard provided:
a. The required sight visibility triangle shall be maintained at all times.
b. The structure meets all other size and height limits governed by the zoning
ordinance.
3. Additional height for fences, walls or similar structures may be granted to exceed the
height limits established for fences and walls in Chapter 21A.40 of this title if it is
determined that there will be no negative impacts upon the established character of
the affected neighborhood and streetscape, maintenance of public and private views,
and matters of public safety. Approval of fences, walls and other similar structures
109
may be granted under the following circumstances subject to compliance with other
applicable requirements:
a. Exceeding the allowable height limits; provided, that the fence, wall or structure
is constructed of wrought iron, tubular steel or other similar material, and that the
open, spatial and nonstructural area of the fence, wall or other similar structure
constitutes at least eighty percent (80%) of its total area;
b. Exceeding the allowable height limits on any corner lot; unless the city’s traffic
engineer determines that permitting the additional height would cause an unsafe
traffic condition;
c. Incorporation of ornamental features or architectural embellishments which
extend above the allowable height limits;
d. Exceeding the allowable height limits, when erected around schools and approved
recreational uses which require special height considerations;
e. Exceeding the allowable height limits, in cases where it is determined that a
negative impact occurs because of levels of noise, pollution, light or other
encroachments on the rights to privacy, safety, security and aesthetics;
f. Keeping within the character of the neighborhood and urban design of the city;
g. Avoiding a walled-in effect in the front yard of any property in a residential
district where the clear character of the neighborhood in front yard areas is one of
open spaces from property to property; or
h. Posing a safety hazard when there is a driveway on the petitioner’s property or
neighbor’s property adjacent to the proposed fence, wall or similar structure.
4. Additional building height in commercial districts are subject to the standards in
Chapter 21A.26 of this title.
5. Additional foothills building height, including wall height, shall comply with the
standards in Chapter 21A.24 of this title.
6. Additional residential building height, including wall height, in the R-1 districts, R-2
districts and SR districts shall comply with the standards in Chapter 21A.24 of this
title.
7. Barbed wire fences may be approved subject to the regulations of Chapter 21A.40 of
this title.
8. Conditional home occupations subject to the regulations and conditions of Chapter
21A.36 of this title.
110
9. Dividing existing lots containing two (2) or more separate residential structures into
separate lots that would not meet lot size, frontage width or setbacks provided:
a. The residential structures for the proposed lot split already exist and were
constructed legally.
b. The planning director agrees and is willing to approve a subdivision application.
c. Required parking equal to the parking requirement that existed at the time that
each dwelling unit was constructed.
10. Use of the front yard for required parking when the rear or side yards cannot be
accessed and it is not feasible to build an attached garage that conforms to yard area
and setback requirements, subject to the standards found in Chapter 21A.44 of this
title.
11. Grade changes and retaining walls are subject to the regulations and standards of
Chapter 21A.36 of this title.
12. Ground mounted central air conditioning compressors or systems, heating,
ventilating, pool and filtering equipment located in required side and rear yards
within four feet (4’) of the property line. The mechanical equipment shall comply
with applicable Salt Lake County Health Department noise standards.
13. Hobby shop, art studio, exercise room or a dressing room adjacent to a swimming
pool, or other similar uses in an accessory structure, subject to the following
conditions:
a. The height of the accessory structure shall not exceed the height limit established
by the underlying zoning district unless a special exception allowing additional
height is allowed.
b. If an accessory building is located within ten feet (10’) of a property line, no
windows shall be allowed in the walls adjacent to the property lines.
c. If the accessory building is detached, it must be located in the rear yard.
d. The total covered area for an accessory building shall not exceed fifty percent
(50%) of the building footprint of the principal structure, subject to all accessory
building size limitations.
14. In line additions to existing residential or commercial buildings, which are
noncomplying as to yard area or height regulations provided:
a. The addition follows the existing building line and does not create any new
noncompliance.
111
b. No additional dwelling units are added to the structure.
c. The addition is a legitimate architectural addition with rooflines and exterior
materials designed to be compatible with the original structure.
15. Operation of registered home daycare or registered home preschool facility in
residential districts subject to the standards of Chapter 21A.36 of this title.
16. Outdoor dining in required front, rear and side yards subject to the regulations and
standards of Chapter 21A.40 of this title.
17. Razor wire fencing may be approved subject to the regulations and standards in
Chapter 21A.40 of this title.
18. Replacement or reconstruction of any existing noncomplying segment of a residential
or commercial structure or full replacement of a noncomplying accessory structure
provided:
a. The owner documents that the new construction does not encroach farther into
any required rear yard than the structure being replaced.
b. The addition or replacement is compatible in design, size and architectural style
with the remaining or previous structure.
19. Underground building encroachments into the front, side, rear and corner side yard
setbacks provided the addition is totally underground and there is no visual evidence
that such an encroachment exists.
20. Window mounted refrigerated air conditioner and evaporative swamp coolers located
in required front, corner, side and rear yards within two feet (2’) of a property line
shall comply with applicable Salt Lake County Health Department noise standards.
21. Vehicle and equipment storage without hard surfacing in the CG, M-1, M-2 or EI
districts, subject to the standards in Chapter 21A.44 of this title.
22. Ground mounted utility boxes may be approved subject to the regulations and
standards of Section 21A.40.160 of this title.
23. Legalization of excess dwelling units may be granted subject to the following
requirements and standards:
a. Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to implement the existing Salt Lake
City community housing plan. This plan emphasizes maintaining existing housing
stock in a safe manner that contributes to the vitality and sustainability of
neighborhoods within the city. This subsection provides a process that gives
owners of property with one or more excess dwelling units not recognized by the
112
city an opportunity to legalize such units based on the standards set forth in this
subsection.
b. Review Standards: A dwelling unit that is proposed to be legalized pursuant to
this subsection shall comply with the following standards.
(1) The dwelling unit existed prior to April 12, 1995. In order to determine
whether a dwelling unit was in existence prior to April 12, 1995, the unit
owner shall provide documentation thereof which may include any of the
following:
(A) Copies of lease or rental agreements, lease or rent payments, or other
similar documentation showing a transaction between the unit owner and
tenants;
(B) Evidence indicating that prior to April 12, 1995, the city issued a building
permit, business license, zoning certificate, or other permit relating to the
dwelling unit in question;
(C) Utility records indicating existence of a dwelling unit;
(D) Historic surveys recognized by the planning director as being performed
by a trained professional in historic preservation;
(E) Notarized affidavits from a previous owner, tenant, or neighbor;
(F) Polk, Cole, or phone directories that indicate existence of the dwelling unit
(but not necessarily that the unit was occupied); and
(G) Any other documentation that the owner is willing to place into a public
record which indicates the existence of the excess unit prior to April 12,
1995.
(2) The excess unit has been maintained as a separate dwelling unit since April
12, 1995. In order to determine if a unit has been maintained as a separate
dwelling unit, the following may be considered:
(A) Evidence listed in Subsection A.24.b(1) of this section indicates that the
unit has been occupied at least once every five (5) calendar years;
(B) Evidence that the unit was marketed for occupancy if the unit was
unoccupied for more than five (5) consecutive years;
(C) If evidence of maintaining a separate dwelling unit as required by
Subsections A.24.b(2)(A) and A.24.b(2)(B) of this section cannot be
established, documentation of construction upgrades may be provided in
lieu thereof.
113
(D) Any documentation that the owner is willing to place into a public record
which provides evidence that the unit was referenced as a separate
dwelling unit at least once every five (5) years.
(3) The property where the dwelling unit is located:
(A) Can accommodate on site parking as required by this title, or
(B) Is located within a one-fourth (
1/4) mile radius of a fixed rail transit stop or
bus stop in service at the time of legalization.
(4) Any active zoning violations occurring on the property must be resolved
except for those related to excess units.
c. Conditions of Approval: Any approved unit legalization shall be subject to the
following conditions:
(1) The unit owner shall apply for a business license, when required, within
fourteen (14) days of special exception approval.
(2) The unit owner shall allow the city’s building official or designee to inspect
the dwelling unit to determine whether the unit substantially complies with
basic life safety requirements as provided in Title 18, Chapter 18.50, “Existing
Residential Housing”, of this code. Such inspection shall occur within ninety
(90) days of special exception approval or as mutually agreed by the unit
owner and the city.
(3) All required corrections indicated during the inspection process must be
completed within one year unless granted an extension by the zoning
administrator.
d. Application: In addition to the application requirements in this chapter, an
applicant shall submit documentation showing compliance with the standards set
forth in Subsection A.24.b of this section.
24. Designation, modification, relocation, or reinstatement of a vintage sign as per
Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
25. Additional height for sports related light poles such as light poles for ballparks,
stadiums, soccer fields, golf driving ranges and sport fields or where sports lights are
located closer than thirty feet (30’) from adjacent residential structures.
114
SECTION 25. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.60.020. That Section
21A.60.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: List of Terms: List of Defined Terms), shall be and
hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.60.020: LIST OF DEFINED TERMS:
A-frame sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Abutting.
Access taper.
Accessory building or structure.
Accessory lot.
Accessory structure.
Accessory use.
Accessory use (on accessory lot).
Adaptive reuse of a landmark building.
Administrative decision.
Agricultural use.
Air circulation system. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Airport. See also Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Airport elevation. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Airport hazard. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Airport master plan. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Airport reference point. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Alcohol, bar establishment.
Alcohol, bar establishment (indoor).
Alcohol, bar establishment (more than 2,500 square feet in floor area). See Alcohol, bar
establishment.
Alcohol, bar establishment (outdoor).
Alcohol, bar establishment (2,500 square feet or less in floor area). See Alcohol, bar
establishment.
Alcohol, brewpub.
Alcohol, brewpub (indoor).
Alcohol, brewpub (more than 2,500 square feet in floor area). See Alcohol, brewpub.
Alcohol, brewpub (outdoor).
Alcohol, brewpub (2,500 square feet or less in floor area). See Alcohol, brewpub.
Alcohol, distillery.
Alcohol, liquor store.
Alcohol related establishment.
Alcohol, tavern.
Alcohol, tavern (indoor).
Alcohol, tavern (more than 2,500 square feet in floor area). See Alcohol, tavern.
Alcohol, tavern (outdoor).
Alcohol, tavern (2,500 square feet or less in floor area). See Alcohol, tavern.
Alcohol, winery.
115
Alley.
Alteration.
Alteration, sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Alternative parking property.
Ambulance service.
Ambulance service (indoor).
Ambulance service (outdoor).
Amphitheater, formal.
Amphitheater, informal.
Amusement park.
Ancillary mechanical equipment.
Animal, cremation service.
Animal, kennel.
Animal, kennel on lots of five acres or larger.
Animal, pet cemetery.
Animal, pound.
Animal, raising of furbearing animals.
Animal rendering.
Animal, stable (private).
Animal, stable (public).
Animal, stockyard.
Animal, veterinary office.
Animated sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Antenna.
Antenna, communication tower.
Antenna, communication tower, exceeding the maximum building height in the zone. See
Antenna, communication tower.
Antenna, low power radio service.
Antenna, low power radio service - monopole with antennas and antenna support structures
greater than two feet in width.
Antenna, low power radio service - monopole with antennas and antenna support structures
less than two feet in width.
Antenna, roof mounted.
Antenna, satellite dish.
Antenna, stealth.
Antenna, TV.
Antenna, wall mounted.
Antenna, whip.
Apartment.
Appeals Hearing Officer.
Aquatic resource.
Arcade.
Architecturally incompatible.
Art gallery.
Artisan food production.
Artists’ loft/studio.
116
Auction (indoor).
Auction (outdoor).
Auditorium.
Automatic amusement device.
Automobile.
Awning. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Awning sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
BMP.
Backflow preventer.
Backlit awning sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Bakery, commercial.
Balloon. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Banner, public event. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Banner, secured. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Banner, unsecured. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Base zoning district.
Basement.
Bed and breakfast.
Bed and breakfast inn.
Bed and breakfast manor.
Bench sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Best Management Practice (BMP) (applies only to Chapter 21A.48 of this title).
Billboard. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Billboard bank. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Billboard credit. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Billboard (outdoor advertising sign). See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Billboard owner. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Biodetention.
Blacksmith shop.
Block.
Block corner.
Block face.
Blood donation center.
Boarding house.
Botanical garden.
Bottling plant.
Brewery.
Buffer yard.
Buildable area.
Building.
Building, accessory.
Building connection.
Building coverage.
Building face. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Building, front line of.
117
Building height - in the FR-1, FR-2, FR-3, FP, R-1/5,000, R-1/7,000, R-1/12,000, R-2, SR-1
and SR-3 Districts.
Building height - outside FR, FP, R-1, R-2 and SR Districts.
Building line.
Building materials distribution.
Building official.
Building or house numbers sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Building plaque sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Building, principal.
Building, public.
Building security sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Building sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Bulk.
Bulk material storage.
Bus line station/terminal.
Bus line yard and repair facility.
Business.
Business, mobile.
Business park.
Caliper. See Subsection 21A.48.135.D of this title.
Canopy. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Canopy, drive-through. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Canopy, drive-through, sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Canopy sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Car pool.
Carshare.
Car wash.
Car wash as accessory use to gas station or convenience store that sells gas.
Carpet cleaning.
Carport.
Cemetery.
Certificate of appropriateness.
Certificate of occupancy.
Certificate, zoning.
Change of use.
Character Conservation District feasibility study.
Character defining features.
Charity dining hall.
Check cashing/payday loan business.
Chemical manufacturing and storage.
City Council.
City Forester.
Clearance (of a sign). See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Clinic (medical/dental).
Cold frame.
Commercial Districts.
118
Commercial food preparation.
Commercial service establishment.
Commercial vehicle.
Commercial video arcade.
Common areas, space and facilities.
Communication tower.
Community correctional facility.
Community correctional facility, large.
Community correctional facility, small.
Community garden.
Community recreation center.
Compatibility.
Compatible design.
Compatible land use.
Complete demolition.
Composting.
Concept development plan.
Concrete and/or asphalt manufacturing.
Conditional use.
Condominium - condominium project and condominium unit.
Condominium Ownership Act of 1975. See title 20, cChapter 20.56 of this Code.
Condominium Ownership Act of 1975 or Act.
Condominium unit.
Consensus.
Construction period.
Construction sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Contractor’s yard/office.
Convent/monastery.
Convention center.
Conversion.
Corner building.
Corner lot.
Corner side yard.
Crematorium.
Critical root zone.
dbh. See Subsection 21A.48.135.D of this title.
Daycare.
Daycare center, adult.
Daycare center, child.
Daycare, nonregistered home.
Daycare, registered home daycare or preschool.
Decibel.
Dental laboratory/research facility.
Design capacity.
Design review.
Development.
119
Development entry sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Development pattern.
Diameter at breast height. See Subsection 21A.48.135.D of this title.
Directional or informational sign (private). See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Directory sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Disabled.
District plan and design standards.
Dormer.
Drive-through facility.
Drop forge industry.
Dwell time. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Dwelling.
Dwelling, accessory guest and servants’ quarters.
Dwelling, accessory unit.
Dwelling, assisted living facility (large).
Dwelling, assisted living facility (limited capacity).
Dwelling, assisted living facility (small).
Dwelling, fraternity, sorority.
Dwelling, group home (large).
Dwelling, group home (small).
Dwelling, group home (small), when located above or below first story office, retail, or
commercial use, or on the first story where the unit is not located adjacent to street
frontage. See Dwelling, group home (small).
Dwelling, living quarters for caretaker or security guard.
Dwelling, living quarters for caretaker or security guard, limited to uses on lots one acre in
size or larger and accessory to a principal use allowed by the zoning district. See
Dwelling, living quarters for caretaker or security guard.
Dwelling, manufactured home.
Dwelling, mobile home.
Dwelling, modular home.
Dwelling, multi-family.
Dwelling, residential support (large).
Dwelling, residential support (small).
Dwelling, rooming (boarding) house.
Dwelling, single-family.
Dwelling, single-family attached.
Dwelling, single room occupancy.
Dwelling, twin home and two-family.
Dwelling, two-family.
Dwelling unit.
ET or ETo.
ETAF.
Ecological restoration project.
Electronic billboard. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Electronic changeable copy sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Electronic sign. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
120
Eleemosynary facility.
Elevation area.
Elevation area, first floor.
Emergency medical service facility.
End of life care.
Equipment rental (indoor and/or outdoor).
Equipment rental, sales, and service, heavy.
Evapotranspiration (ET) rate.
Evergreen.
Excess dwelling units.
Exhibition hall.
Existing billboard. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Existing/established subdivision.
Explosive manufacturing and storage.
Externally illuminated sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Extractive industry.
FAA. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Fairground.
Family.
Farmers’ market.
Fee schedule.
Fence.
Fence, electric security.
Fence, opaque or solid.
Fence, open.
Financial institution.
Financial institution, with drive-through facility.
Fixed dimensional standards.
Flag, corporate. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Flag lot.
Flag, official. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Flag, pennant. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Flammable liquids or gases, heating fuel distribution and storage.
Flat sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Flea market (indoor).
Flea market (outdoor).
Floor.
Floor area, gross.
Floor area, usable.
Food processing.
Foot-candle. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Freestanding sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Front yard. See Yard, front.
Fuel center.
Fugitive dust.
Funeral home or mortuary.
121
Garage.
Garage, attached.
Garage/yard sale sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Gas price sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Gas pump sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Gas station.
Gateway. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
General Plan.
Golf course.
Government facility requiring special design features for security purposes.
Government office.
Government sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Governmental facility.
Grade, established.
Grade, finished.
Grade, natural.
Grain elevator.
Greenhouse.
Gross floor area.
Ground cover.
Guest.
Hard surfaced.
Hazardous waste processing or storage.
Health and fitness facility.
Health hazard.
Heavy manufacturing.
Height. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Height, exterior wall.
Height (of a sign). See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Height, sign face. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Heliport.
Heliport, accessory. See Heliport.
Historic buildings or sites.
Historic Landmark Commission.
Historic site.
Historical marker. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Home occupation.
Homeless resource center.
Homeless shelter.
Hoop house.
Hospice.
Hospital, including accessory lodging facility.
Hotel/motel.
House museum in landmark site.
Hunting club, duck.
Hydrozones.
122
Illegal sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Illuminance. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Impact mitigation report.
Impact statement.
Impound lot.
Incinerator, medical waste/hazardous waste.
Incompatible use. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Industrial assembly.
Infill.
Inland port.
Inland port land use application.
Inland port use.
Institution.
Interior side yard.
Interior sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Intermodal transit passenger hub.
Internally illuminated sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Interpretation.
Interpretation, use.
Irrigation audit.
Jail.
Jewelry fabrication.
Kiosk. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Laboratory, medical, dental, optical.
Laboratory, testing.
Land use.
Land Use Appeal Authority.
Land use applicant.
Land use application.
Land Use Authority.
Land use type (similar land use type).
Landfill.
Landfill, commercial.
Landfill, construction debris.
Landfill, end use plan.
Landfill, Municipal.
Landmark site.
Landscape area.
Landscape BMPs manual.
Landscape buffer.
Landscape plan.
Landscape yard.
Landscaping.
Lattice tower.
Laundry, commercial.
Legal conforming.
123
Letter sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Library.
Light manufacturing.
Limousine service.
Limousine service (large).
Limousine service (small).
Locally grown.
Lodging house.
Logo. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Lot.
Lot area.
Lot area, net.
Lot assemblage.
Lot, corner.
Lot depth.
Lot, flag.
Lot, interior.
Lot line, corner side.
Lot line, front.
Lot line, interior side.
Lot line, rear.
Lot width.
Low volume irrigation.
Major streets.
Manufactured home.
Manufactured/mobile home sales and service.
Manufacturing, heavy.
Manufacturing, light.
Marquee. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Marquee sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Master plan.
Maximum extent practicable. See Subsection 21A.48.135.D of this title.
Meeting hall of membership organization.
Memorial sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Mid block area.
Mixed use development.
Mobile food business.
Mobile food court.
Mobile food trailer.
Mobile food truck.
Monument sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Motel/hotel.
Motion. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Mulch.
Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations.
Museum.
124
Nameplate sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Natural open space.
Natural resource.
Neighborhood identification sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Neon public parking sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
New billboard. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
New construction.
New development sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Noncomplying lot.
Noncomplying structure.
Nonconforming billboard. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Nonconforming sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Nonconforming use. See also Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Nonconformity.
Nonprecision instrument runway. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Nursing care facility.
Oasis.
Obstruction.
Off premises sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Off-site.
Off street parking.
Office.
Office, accessory use supporting an institutional use.
Office and/or reception center in landmark site.
Office, excluding medical and dental clinic and office.
Office, publishing company.
Office, research related.
Office, single practitioner medical, dental, and health.
On premises sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Open air mall. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Open space.
Open space area.
Open space on lots less than four acres in size.
Outdoor advertising sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Outdoor dining.
Outdoor television monitor.
Overlay district.
Overspray.
Owner occupant.
Package delivery facility.
Paint manufacturing.
Parcel.
Park.
Park and ride lot.
Park banner sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Park strip.
125
Park strip landscaping.
Parking, commercial.
Parking facility, shared.
Parking garage.
Parking garage, automated.
Parking, intensified reuse.
Parking, leased.
Parking, leased - alternative parking.
Parking lot.
Parking, off-site.
Parking, shared.
Parking space.
Parking study.
Parking study - alternative parking.
Parking, tandem.
Parking, unbundled.
Patio.
Pedestrian connection.
Perennial.
Performance standards.
Performing arts production facility.
Person. See also Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Persons with disabilities.
Philanthropic use.
Pitched roof.
Place of worship.
Place of worship on lot less than four acres in size.
Planned development.
Planning commission.
Planning director.
Planting season.
Plaza.
Pole sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Political sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Portable sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Poultry farm or processing plant.
Precision instrument runway. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Premises. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Prepared food, takeout.
Primary entrance.
Primary surface. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Printing plant.
Projecting building sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Projecting business storefront sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Projecting parking entry sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Public safety sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
126
Public transportation, employer sponsored.
Quality of life.
Radio, television station.
Railroad, freight terminal facility.
Railroad, passenger station.
Railroad, repair shop.
Rainwater harvesting.
Real estate sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Rear yard.
Reception center.
Record of survey map.
Recreation (indoor).
Recreation (outdoor).
Recreation vehicle park.
Recreational (playground) equipment.
Recycling collection station.
Recycling container.
Recycling processing center (indoor).
Recycling processing center (outdoor).
Refinery, petroleum products.
Relocatable office building.
Research and development facility.
Research facility, medical.
Research facility, medical/dental.
Residential districts.
Residential structure.
Restaurant.
Restaurant, with drive-through facility.
Restaurant, with or without drive-through facility.
Retail goods establishment.
Retail goods establishment, plant and garden shop with outdoor retail sales area.
Retail goods establishment, with drive-through facility.
Retail goods establishment, with or without drive-through facility.
Retail, sales and service accessory use when located within a principal building.
Retail, sales and service accessory use when located within a principal building and operated
primarily for the convenience of employees.
Retail service establishment.
Retail service establishment, electronic repair shop.
Retail service establishment, furniture repair shop.
Retail service establishment, upholstery shop.
Retail service establishment, with drive-through facility.
Retaining wall.
Reuse water.
Reverse vending machine.
Rock, sand and gravel storage and distribution.
Roof sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
127
Runway. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Sales and display (outdoor).
Salt Lake City landscape BMPs for water resource efficiency and protection.
Salt Lake City plant list and hydrozone schedule.
School, college or university.
School, K - 12 private.
School, K - 12 public.
School, medical/nursing.
School, music conservatory.
School, professional and vocational.
School, professional and vocational (with outdoor activities).
School, professional and vocational (without outdoor activities).
School, seminary and religious institute.
Schools, public or private.
Seasonal farm stand.
Seasonal item sales.
Setback.
Sexually oriented business.
Shopping center.
Shopping center identification sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Shopping center pad site.
Side yard.
Sight distance triangle.
Sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Sign face. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Sign face area. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Sign graphics. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Sign maintenance. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Sign master plan agreement. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Sign painting/fabrication.
Sign painting/fabrication (indoor).
Sign structure or support. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Single-family dwelling.
Site development permit.
Site plan.
Sketch plan review.
Slaughterhouse.
Sludge.
Small brewery.
Smoke or smoking.
Snipe sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Snow cone and shaved ice hut.
Social service mission.
Social service mission and charity dining hall.
Soil amendment.
Solar array.
128
Solar energy collection system, small.
Sound attenuation. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Special event sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Special gateway. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Special purpose districts.
Specimen tree. See Subsection 21A.48.135.D of this title.
Spot zoning.
Stabilizing.
Stable.
Stadium. See also Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Storage, accessory (outdoor).
Storage and display (outdoor).
Storage (outdoor).
Storage, public (outdoor).
Storage, self.
Store, convenience.
Store, conventional department.
Store, fashion oriented department.
Store, mass merchandising.
Store, pawnshop.
Store, specialty.
Store, specialty fashion department.
Store, superstore and hypermarket.
Store, warehouse club.
Storefront. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Story (floor).
Story, half.
Street.
Street frontage.
Street trees.
Streetscape.
Structural alteration.
Structural soil.
Structure. See also Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Structure, accessory.
Studio, art.
Studio, motion picture.
Subdivision.
TV antenna.
Taxicab facility.
Temporarily irrigated area.
Temporary embellishment. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Temporary sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Temporary use.
Theater, live performance.
Theater, live performance or movie.
129
Theater, movie.
Tier 2 water target.
Tire distribution retail/wholesale.
Transportation terminal, including bus, rail and trucking.
Treasured landscape.
Tree. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Tree protection fencing. See Subsection 21A.48.135.D of this title.
Tree protection zone. See Subsection 21A.48.135.D of this title.
Trellis.
Truck freight terminal.
Truck stop.
Trucking, repair, storage, etc., associated with extractive industries.
Turf.
Twirl time. See Subsection 21A.46.160.B of this title.
Two-family dwelling.
Undevelopable area.
Unique residential population.
Unit.
Unit legalization, implied permit.
Unit legalization permit.
Unit legalization, substantial compliance with Life and Safety Codes.
Urban agriculture.
Urban farm.
Use, principal.
Use, unique nonresidential.
Used or occupied.
Utility, building or structure.
Utility, electric generation facility.
Utility runway. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Utility, sewage treatment plant.
Utility, solid waste transfer station.
Utility, transmission wire, line, pipe or pole.
Vacant lot.
Vanpool.
Vanpool, employer sponsored.
Variance.
Vegetation.
Vehicle.
Vehicle, auction.
Vehicle, automobile and truck repair.
Vehicle, automobile and truck sales and rental (including large truck).
Vehicle, automobile part sales.
Vehicle, automobile rental agency.
Vehicle, automobile repair, major.
Vehicle, automobile repair, minor.
Vehicle, automobile sales/rental and service.
130
Vehicle, automobile sales/rental and service (indoor).
Vehicle, automobile salvage and recycling (indoor).
Vehicle, automobile salvage and recycling (outdoor).
Vehicle, boat/recreational vehicle sales and service.
Vehicle, boat/recreational vehicle sales and service (indoor).
Vehicle, electric.
Vehicle, recreational.
Vehicle, recreational vehicle (RV) sales and service.
Vehicle, truck repair (large).
Vehicle, truck sales and rental (large).
Vehicular sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Vending cart.
Vending machine sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Vertical clearance.
Vintage sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Visible. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Visual runway. See Section 21A.34.040 of this title.
Wall sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Warehouse.
Warehouse, accessory.
Warehouse, accessory to retail and wholesale business (maximum 5,000 square foot floor
plate).
Water body/waterway.
Water budget.
Water feature.
Welding shop.
Wholesale distribution.
Wind energy system, large.
Wind energy system, small.
Window sign. See Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
Wireless telecommunications facility.
Woodworking mill.
Yard.
Yard, corner side.
Yard, front.
Yard, interior side.
Yard, rear.
Yard, side.
Zoning Administrator.
Zoning districts.
Zoning lot.
Zoning map.
Zoological park.
131
SECTION 26. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.62.040. That Section
21A.62.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Definitions: Definitions of Terms), shall be and
hereby is amended as follows:
a. Amending the definition of “Automobile.” That the definition of “Automobile” shall
be amended to read as follows:
AUTOMOBILE: A self-propelled vehicle with wheels that can legally operate within
a public right-of-way. The term includes but is not limited to passenger cars, light
trucks, and recreational vehicles.
b. Amending the definition of “Alternative parking property.” That the definition of
“Alternative parking property” shall be amended to read as follows:
ALTERNATIVE PARKING PROPERTY: The property for which an alternative
parking requirement is proposed, pursuant to Section 21A.44.050 of this title.
c. Amending the definition of “Biodetention.” That the definition of “Biodetention”
shall be amended to read as follows:
BIODETENTION: A low impact development term also sometimes called a rain
garden, biofilter or porous landscape detention that achieves on-site retention of
stormwater through the use of vegetated depressions engineered to collect, store, and
facilitate runoff infiltration.
d. Amending the definition of “Car pool.” That the definition of “Car pool” shall be
amended to read as follows:
CAR POOL: A group of two or more commuters, including the driver, who share the
ride to and from work or other destination on a regularly scheduled basis.
e. Adding the definition of “Carshare.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be amended to
add the definition of “Carshare”, which shall read as follows:
CARSHARE: A membership-based model of car use where people rent or borrow
cars for short periods of time, often by the hour. Vehicles may be made available
132
through private individuals, a property owner/manager, or commercial companies, but
are managed through a facilitator.
f. Amending the definition of “Change of use.” That the definition of “Change of use”
shall be amended to read as follows:
CHANGE OF USE: The replacement of an existing use by a new use, or a change in
the nature of an existing. A change of ownership, tenancy, name or management, or a
change in product or service within the same use classification where the previous
nature of the use, line of business, or other function is substantially unchanged is not
a change of use. The conversion of existing residential units to condominiums is not a
change of use.
g. Amending the definition of “Commercial vehicle.” That the definition of
“Commercial vehicle” shall be amended to read as follows:
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE: A vehicle associated with a business that exceeds one
(1) ton capacity. This includes but is not limited to buses, dump trucks, stake body
trucks, step vans, tow trucks and tractor trailers. Taxis and limousines shall also be
considered commercial vehicles.
h. Adding the definition of “Design capacity.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be
amended to add the definition of “Design capacity”, which shall read as follows:
DESIGN CAPACITY: The maximum occupancy of a building or structure based on
the fire and/or building code, whichever allows occupancy by a larger group of
people.
i. Amending the definition of “Development.” That the definition of “Development”
shall be amended to read as follows:
DEVELOPMENT:
A. The carrying out of any building activity, the making of any material change in
the use or appearance of any structure or land, or the dividing of land into parcels
by any person. The following activities or uses shall be taken for the purposes of
these regulations to involve “development”:
1. The construction of any principal building or structure;
133
2. Increase in the intensity of use of land, such as an increase in the number of
dwelling units or an increase in nonresidential use intensity that requires
additional parking;
3. Alteration of a shore or bank of a pond, river, stream, lake or other waterway;
4. Commencement of drilling (except to obtain soil samples), the driving of
piles, or excavation on a parcel of land;
5. Demolition of a structure;
6. Clearing of land as an adjunct of construction, including clearing or removal
of vegetation and including any significant disturbance of vegetation or soil
manipulation; and
7. Deposit of refuse, solid or liquid waste, or fill on a parcel of land.
B. The following operations or uses shall not be taken for the purpose of these
regulations to involve “development”:
1. Work by a highway or road agency or railroad company for the maintenance
of a road or railroad track, if the work is carried out on land within the
boundaries of the right-of-way;
2. Utility installations as stated in sSubsection 21A.02.050.B of this title;
3. Landscaping for residential uses; and
4. Work involving the maintenance of existing landscaped areas and existing
rights-of-way such as setbacks and other planting areas.
j. Amending the definition of “Floor area, gross.” That the definition of “Floor area,
gross” shall be amended to read as follows:
FLOOR AREA, GROSS:
A. For determining size of establishment, the sum of the gross horizontal area of all
floors of the building measured from the exterior face of the exterior walls or
from the centerline of walls separating two (2) buildings. The floor area of a
building shall include basement floor area, penthouses, attic space having
headroom of seven feet (7’) or more, interior balconies and mezzanines, enclosed
porches, and floor area devoted to accessory uses. Space devoted to open air off
street parking or loading shall not be included in floor area.
134
B. The floor area of structures devoted to bulk storage of materials including, but not
limited to, grain elevators and petroleum storage tanks, shall be determined on the
basis of height in feet (i.e., 10 feet in height shall equal 1 floor).
k. Amending the definition of “Floor area, usable.” That the definition of “Floor area,
usable” shall be amended to read as follows:
FLOOR AREA, USABLE: For determining off street parking and loading
requirements, the sum of the gross horizontal areas of all floors of the building, as
measured from the outside of the exterior walls, devoted to the principal use,
including accessory storage areas located within selling or working space such as
counters, racks, or closets, and any floor area devoted to retailing activities, to the
production or processing of goods or to business or professional offices. Floor area
for the purposes of measurement for off street parking spaces shall not include:
A. Floor area devoted primarily to mechanical equipment or unfinished storage
areas;
B. Floor area devoted to off street parking or loading facilities, including aisles,
ramps, and maneuvering space.
l. Amending the definition of “Garage.” That the definition of “Garage” shall be
amended to read as follows:
GARAGE: An accessory building or portion of a building designed or used for the
storage of vehicles used by the occupants of the principle building.
m. Amending the definition of “Garage, attached.” That the definition of “Garage,
attached” shall be amended to read as follows:
GARAGE, ATTACHED: A garage that has a roof or wall of which fifty percent
(50%) or more is attached to and in common with a principal building. An attached
garage shall be considered part of the principal building and shall be subject to all
yard requirements of the principal building.
n. Amending the definition of “Hard surfaced.” That the definition of “Hard surfaced”
shall be amended to read as follows:
135
HARD SURFACED: A concrete, asphalt, brick, stone turf block, or other surface
approved by the city engineer that is suitable for vehicle traffic.
o. Amending the definition of “Off site.” That the definition of “Off site” shall be
amended to read as follows:
OFF-SITE: A lot that is separate from the lot on which the principal use is located.
p. Amending the definition of “Off street parking.” That the definition of “Off street
parking” shall be amended to read as follows:
OFF STREET PARKING: A site or portion of a site devoted to the parking of
automobiles in an area that is not a public or private street or other public right-of-
way, including parking spaces, aisles, driveways, and associated landscaped areas.
q. Amending the definition of “Outdoor dining.” That the definition of “Outdoor dining”
shall be amended to read as follows:
OUTDOOR DINING: A dining area with seats and/or table(s) located outdoors of a
restaurant, brewpub, bar establishment, tavern, market, deli, or other retail sales
establishment that sells food and/or drinks, and which is either: a) located entirely
outside the walls of the building of the subject business, or b) enclosed on two (2)
sides or less by the walls of the building with or without a solid roof cover, or c)
enclosed on three (3) sides by the walls of the building without a solid roof cover.
r. Adding the definition of “Park and ride lot.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be
amended to add the definition of “Park and ride lot”, which shall read as follows:
PARK AND RIDE LOT: An area or structure intended to accommodate parked
vehicles for the general public, where commuters park their vehicles and continue
travel to another destination via public transit, carpool, vanpool, or bicycle. Parking
lot may be shared with other uses or stand alone.
s. Adding the definition of “Parking garage.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be
amended to add the definition of “Parking garage”, which shall read as follows:
136
PARKING GARAGE: A structure or part of a structure used primarily for the
housing, parking, or storage of automobiles.
t. Amending the definition of “Parking, intensified reuse.” That the definition of
“Parking, intensified reuse” shall be amended to read as follows:
PARKING, INTENSIFIED REUSE: “Intensified reuse parking” means the change of
the use of a building or structure, the past or present use of which may or may not be
legally nonconforming as to parking, to a use which would require a greater number
of parking stalls available on site which would otherwise be required pursuant to
Section 21A.44.040 of this title. Intensified parking reuse shall not include residential
uses in residential zoning districts other than single room occupancy residential uses
and unique residential populations.
u. Amending the definition of “Parking, intensified reuse.” That the definition of
“Parking, intensified reuse” shall be amended to read as follows:
PARKING LOT: An area on the surface of the land used for the parking of more than
four (4) automobiles. Areas designated for the display of new and used vehicles for
sale are not included in this definition.
v. Amending the definition of “Parking, off site” That the definition of “Parking, off
site” shall be amended to read as follows:
PARKING, OFF-SITE: An off-street parking area intended to serve one or more uses
and that is located on a different parcel or lot than the use(s) it is intended to serve.
w. Deleting the definition of “Parking, off site (to support nonconforming uses in a
residential zone or uses in the CN or CB zones).” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be
amended to delete the definition of “Parking, off site (to support nonconforming uses
in a residential zone or uses in the CN or CB zones)”.
x. Deleting the definition of “Parking, park and ride lot.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall
be amended to delete the definition of “Parking, park and ride lot”.
137
y. Deleting the definition of “Parking, park and ride lot shared with existing use.” That
Section 21A.62.040 shall be amended to delete the definition of “Parking, park and
ride lot shared with existing use”.
z. Amending the definition of “Parking, shared” That the definition of “Parking, shared”
shall be amended to read as follows:
PARKING, SHARED: Joint use of a parking lot or area for more than one principal
use.
aa. Amending the definition of “Parking space” That the definition of “Parking space”
shall be amended to read as follows:
PARKING SPACE: Space within a parking area of certain dimensions as defined in
Chapter 21A.44 of this title, exclusive of access drives, aisles, ramps, columns, for
the storage of one vehicle.
bb. Amending the definition of “Parking study” That the definition of “Parking study”
shall be amended to read as follows:
PARKING STUDY: A study prepared by a licensed professional traffic engineer
specifically addressing the parking demand generated by a use and which provides
information necessary to determine whether proposed parking will have a material
negative impact to adjacent or neighboring properties.
cc. Amending the definition of “Parking, tandem” That the definition of “Parking,
tandem” shall be amended to read as follows:
PARKING, TANDEM: The in-line parking of one vehicle behind another in such a
way that one parking space can only be accessed through another parking space.
dd. Adding the definition of “Planning director.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be
amended to add the definition of “Planning director”, which shall read as follows:
138
PLANNING DIRECTOR: The director of the Salt Lake City Planning Division, or
his/her designee.
ee. Deleting the definition of “Planning official.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be
amended to delete the definition of “Planning official”.
ff. Adding the definition of “Primary entrance.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be
amended to add the definition of “Primary entrance”, which shall read as follows:
PRIMARY ENTRANCE: The entrance to a building, parcel, or development most
used by the public for day-to-day ingress and egress.
gg. Amending the definition of “Street” That the definition of “Street” shall be amended
to read as follows:
STREET: A vehicular way which may also serve for all or part of its width as a way
for pedestrian traffic, whether called street, highway, thoroughfare, parkway,
throughway, road, avenue, boulevard, lane, place, alley, mall or otherwise designated.
hh. Amending the definition of “Vanpool” That the definition of “Vanpool” shall be
amended to read as follows:
VANPOOL: A group of seven (7) to fifteen (15) commuters, including the
driver, who share the ride to and from work or other destination on a regularly
scheduled basis.
ii. Adding the definition of “Vehicle.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be amended to add
the definition of “Vehicle”, which shall read as follows:
VEHICLE: A device by which any person or property may be transported upon a
public highway except devices used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks or
exclusively moved by human power.
139
jj. Amending the definition of “Vehicle, electric” That the definition of “Vehicle,
electric” shall be amended to read as follows:
VEHICLE, ELECTRIC: A device which is considered a vehicle that uses
electricity as its primary source of power, such as a plug-in electric vehicle or a
plug-in hybrid electric vehicle. An electric vehicle does not include devices that
are moved by human power.
kk. Adding the definition of “Vehicle, recreational.” That Section 21A.62.040 shall be
amended to add the definition of “Vehicle, recreational”, which shall read as follows:
VEHICLE, RECREATIONAL: Any motorized vehicle and/or associated non-
motorized equipment used for camping, traveling, boating, or other leisure activities
including, but not limited to campers, boats, travel trailers, motor homes, snow
mobiles, wave runners, and other vehicles designed for traveling on water (motorized
and non-motorized). Trailers used for transporting this type of vehicle are also
included within this definition.
SECTION 27. Replacing Illustration I in Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.62.050. That
Section 21A.62.050 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Definitions: Illustrations of Selected
Definitions) shall be, and hereby is amended to replace Illustration I as follows:
ILLUSTRATION I
SIGHT DISTANCE TRIANGLE
140
SECTION 28. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
202_.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
141
Mayor’s Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 202_.
Published: ______________.
Ordinance amending parking regulations (final)
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
August 31, 2020
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
3. PLANNING COMMISSION
A) AGENDA NOTICE
B) STAFF REPORT
C) AGENDA AND MINUTES
D) STAFF PRESENTATION SLIDES
E) ADDITIONAL PUBLIC COMMENTS RECEIVED
4. ORIGINAL PETITION
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
PARKING CHAPTER PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition: PLNPCM2017-00753 21A.44- Off Street Parking, Mobility and Loading Zoning Text
Amendments
May 2017 Planning staff developed and released a Request for Proposal to re-write
Chapter 21A.44, Off Street Parking, Mobility and Loading Chapter of the
zoning ordinance
Clarion Associates submitted the lone response to the request
June 2017 Selection committee awarded contract to Clarion Associates. Committee
represented the following divisions/departments: Planning, Transportation,
Redevelopment Authority, and Housing and Neighborhood Development
July 2017 Contract finalized, and project kickoff meeting held with Clarion
Associates to discuss issues and goals
September 2017 Mayor initiates the petition PLNPCM2017-00753 regarding Chapter
21A.44 amendment
Public Engagement Team conducts meeting with Clarion
Associates and identified business and developer stakeholders to gather
initial comments
Collected comments from Bicycle Advisory Board at monthly meeting
Internal meetings with the following divisions: Planning, Building
Services, and Transportation divisions
October 2017 Planning Commission briefing
Business Advisory Board briefing
November 2017 Public survey conducted online with results given to Clarion Associates
for consideration
December 2017 Public open house held at Liberty Senior Center
February 2018 Draft chapter received from Clarion Associates
March April 2018 Draft chapter circulated to city departments for review and comment
Department comments sent to Clarion for incorporation into a public draft
May 2018 Clarion provided first public draft and met with external steering group
June Dec 2018 Project on hold due to changes in Planning staff, new project manager
Jan June 2019 Planning staff re-started work on the project and began public outreach
with The Downtown Alliance and community council presentations
June July 2019
public contacts for review
Planning staff conducted six public open houses to acquire public input
- Main library (2)
- Glendale library
- Partners in the Park evening event
- Sugar House fire station (2)
September 2019 Planning staff held two work sessions with the Planning Commission
(September 11 and September 25)
January 2020 Public Hearing and Planning Commission recommendation for adoption
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL
HEARING
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2017-00753 Off Street
Parking, Mobility, and Loading Ordinance - A request by former Mayor Jackie
Biskupski to modify Zoning Ordinance Chapter 21A.44 Off-Street Parking, Mobility, and
Loading. The overall goal of the project is to make the parking chapter more user
friendly while still accomplishing related citywide goals related to economic
development, sustainability, and land use. The proposed text amendments to the Off
Street Parking Ordinance include:
1. Updated parking requirements to better reflect current market demand in the
City based on community feedback and previous parking studies commissioned
by the City and RDA;
2. Simplify confusing parking regulations that are difficult for property owners to
understand and use significant staff resource to interpret and administer;
3. Address technical issues that have been identified through the day to day
administration of the parking chapter; and
4. Establish a framework that allows for a parking ordinance that can be responsive
to the lopment patterns.
The amendment will affect chapter 21A.44 of the zoning ordinance. Related parking
provisions of Title 21A.44 may also be amended as part of this petition.
As part of their study, the City Council is holding two advertised public hearings to
receive comments regarding the petition. During these hearings, anyone desiring to
address the City Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The
Council may consider adopting the ordinance on the same night of the second public
hearing. The hearing will be held electronically:
DATE: Date #1 and Date #2
TIME: 7:00 p.m.
PLACE: **This meeting will not have a physical location.
**This will be an electronic meeting pursuant to the Salt Lake City Emergency
Proclamation. If you are interested in participating in the Public Hearing, please
visit our website at https://www.slc.gov/council/ to learn how you can share your
comments during the meeting. Comments may also be provided by calling the 24-
Hour comment line at (801)535-7654 or sending an email to
council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are
shared with the Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please
call Eric Daems at 801-535-7236 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.,
Monday through Friday or via e-mail at eric.daems@slcgov.com
People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation no later than 48
hours in advance in order to participate in this hearing. Please make requests at least two
business days in advance. To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at
council.comments@slcgov.com , 801-535-7600, or relay service 711.
3. PLANNING COMMISSION
A. Original Notice and Postmark
December 30, 2019
3. PLANNING COMMISSION
B. Staff Report
January 8, 2020
PLANNING DIVISION
COMMUNITY & NEIGHBORHOODS
Staff Report
TO:Salt Lake City Planning Commission
FROM: Eric Daems, AICP, Principal Planner
DATE: January 8th, 2020
RE: PLNPCM2017-00753- Off-Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading Ordinance
Amendment
ZONING TEXT AMENDMENT
PROPERTY ADDRESS: City-Wide
MASTER PLAN: Plan Salt Lake
ZONING DISTRICTS: All
REQUEST:
A request by Mayor Jackie Biskupski to review and modify Zoning Ordinance Chapter 21A.44 Off-
Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading. The overall goal of the project is to make the parking
chapter more user friendly while still accomplishing related citywide goals related to economic
development, sustainability, and land use. The proposed text amendments to the Off-Street
Parking Ordinance include:
1. Updated parking requirements to better reflect current market demand in the City based
on community feedback and previous parking studies commissioned by the City and
RDA;
2. Simplify confusing parking regulations that are difficult for property owners to
understand and use significant staff resource to interpret and administer;
3. Address technical issues that have been identified through the day to day administration
of the parking chapter; and
4. Establish a framework that allows for a parking ordinance that can be responsive to the
changing dynamics of Salt Lake City’s development patterns.
RECOMMENDATION:
Based on the information in this staff report and the factors to consider for zoning text amendments,
Planning Staff recommends that the Planning Commission forward a positive recommendation to the
City Council to adopt the proposed zoning ordinance text amendments with the following condition:
1. Ordinance language be amended as necessary to ensure consistency with other code sections
and references in the zoning ordinance.
ATTACHMENTS:
A. Petition Initiation
B. Proposed Parking Ordinance
Page 1
C. Off-Street Parking Manual
D. Parking Context Map
E. Analysis of Standards
F. Master Plan Compatibility
G. Public Process Timeline
H. Public Comments
I. City Department Comments
BACKGROUND:
As transportation and land uses change over time, the demand for parking changes. Cities
frequently struggle to strike a balance between too much parking and inadequate parking. Parking
requirements that are too high can waste land, increase development costs, lead to demolition of
structures to meet parking requirements, increase stormwater runoff, compromise water quality,
and discourage pedestrian activity. Parking requirements that are too low may lead to increased
traffic congestion, difficulty leasing or selling property, and spillover parking onto adjacent
residential streets.
In June 2017, the Planning Division hired consulting firm Clarion and Associates to perform a
comprehensive review and update of Chapter 21A.44 Off-Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading
of the zoning ordinance. The provisions of this chapter determine the parking regulations in all
areas of the City, but do not include regulations for on-street parking. The process included
internal meetings with City divisions most closely involved with the parking chapter and a
thorough public engagement plan that is outlined in Attachment G of this report. Following the
completion of the work of the consultant, Planning Staff worked to address commentary received,
finish the public engagement efforts, and to produce a fully revised parking ordinance. The proposed
revisions are primarily located within Chapter 21A.44, but other sections of the zoning code related to
parking are also proposed to be amended.
Project Scope:
This project updates the City’s regulations for off-street parking including:
Minimum and maximum number of parking stalls required/allowed
Permitted alternatives to off-street parking requirements
Parking lot design, access, and dimensional standards
Purpose:
Implement citywide goals related to economic development, sustainability, and land use including:
Create parking regulations that reflect current market demand in the City
Reinforce Salt Lake City as a place for people, not cars
Eliminate barriers to economic growth and affordable/sustainable housing
Allow for flexibility
Reduce auto dependency – encourage safe and efficient alternatives
Protect neighborhoods
Minimize visual impacts of parking (surface and structured)
Minimize pedestrian conflicts with vehicles
Be environmentally friendly (emissions, water quality, heat island)
Page 2
PROPOSED AMENDMENTS:
General Comments
The following sections introduce the proposed chapter 21A.44 and highlight significant changes.
These changes are based on the cumulative feedback of the community and stakeholders, internal
staff discussions, feedback from the Planning Commission, objectives identified in Salt Lake City’s
various master plans, recommendations from project consultant Clarion & Associates, and
industry best practices. The proposed ordinance is included in Attachment B. A version of the
proposed ordinance which includes comprehensive footnotes documenting each proposed
revision is available upon request from the Salt Lake City Planning department.
21A.44.010: Purpose
This section outlines the objectives of the off-street parking chapter. The language has been
updated from the previous ordinance to include the stated purpose of:
A.Avoiding and mitigating traffic congestion and reducing the financial burden on
taxpayer funded roadways;
B.Providing necessary access for service and emergency vehicles;
C.Providing for safe and convenient interaction between vehicles, bicycles, and
pedestrians;
D.Providing flexible methods of responding to the transportation and access demands of
various land uses in different areas of the city;
E.Reducing storm water runoff, reducing heat island effect from large expanses of
pavement, improving water quality, and minimizing dust pollution;
F.Establishing context-sensitive parking standards to reflect the current and future built
environment of neighborhoods; and
G.Avoiding and mitigating the adverse visual and environmental impacts of large
concentrations of exposed parking.
21A.44.020: Applicability
This section establishes the thresholds and requirements for when developments are required to
comply with the parking regulations. All new development is required to comply.
Expansions
The current standards require compliance with the parking regulations for any expansions – large
or small. A low threshold tends to discourage small expansion projects as the cost to improve
and/or expand the parking facilities may outweigh the benefits of expanding the building or use.
The proposed expansion threshold would require expansions (and cumulative expansions over a
two-year period) that are larger than 25 percent of usable floor area to come into compliance with
the parking regulations. Expansions less than 25 percent would not be required to comply with
the proposed provisions. Developments would also be required to comply with the addition of one
or more dwelling units, and the addition to or expansion of one or more structures that require
conditional use permit approval.
Change of Use
This section proposes significant changes to the applicability thresholds for when a property
changes from one type of land use to another. The current zoning code exempts development in
the D-1, D-2, and D-3 zoning districts from needing to provide additional parking as a result of a
change of use. To allow for broader flexibility and to encourage infill development and
redevelopment, this exemption has been expanded to include all developments within the Urban
Center Context and Transit Context areas.
Page 3
Any change of use outside of the Urban Center Context area or Transit Center Context area that
would require an increase in the minimum number of off-street parking spaces by 10 or more
spaces or by 25 percent or more spaces, would be required to provide additional parking in
compliance with the parking regulations.
Older buildings (built prior to 1944) would not require additional parking to be provided for
changes in use. This provision is intended to encourage adaptive reuse of older buildings.
Exemptions from Parking Requirements
This section also introduces changes to which developments are exempt from parking
requirements all-together. The current zoning code exempts nonresidential uses in buildings
smaller than 1,000 square feet within commercial districts and the D-2 and D-3 zoning districts
from having to provide parking. This exemption is now expanded to apply city-wide to all uses on
lots (other than single-family or two-family dwellings) created prior to April 12, 1995 that are
smaller than 5,000 square feet. This adds another level of flexibility and relief for small property
and business owners that would otherwise not be able to use or develop the lot due to parking
constraints.
Any development that is exempt from providing parking, but that elects to provide parking, will
be required to comply with all location and design standards adopted by the City.
21A.44.030: Calculation of Parking
This section explains how parking and loading requirements are calculated in the proposed
parking chapter as well as identifies which types of parking spaces do not count toward minimum
and maximum parking space requirements. This section has been mostly carried forward from
the current code, with grammatical and formatting edits. All parking and loading requirements
based on square footage are calculated using “usable floor area” as is current practice in Salt Lake
City. Usable floor area includes all areas of a building with the exception of areas devoted to
mechanical equipment and unfinished storage.
The section includes a proposed procedure for how parking and loading requirements are
determined for a land use that is not listed in the table of Minimum and Maximum Off-street
Parking requirements. The current zoning ordinance assigns a “catch-all” minimum parking
requirement of three (3) spaces per 1,000 square feet for “all other uses.” The proposed section
retains that minimum and adds a maximum parking allowed requirement of five (5) spaces per
1,000 square feet. Two additional means have also been introduced by which parking
requirements can be assigned to an unlisted use. The Planning Director now has the authority to
assign a minimum or maximum number of off-street parking spaces required for an unlisted use
based on a listed use with similar operating characteristics, occupancy classification or other
factors. The Director can also determine the parking and loading requirements for any use based
on a parking study submitted by the applicant that demonstrates the anticipated demand for the
proposed development.
21A.44.040: Required Off-street Parking
Context Areas
The current parking ordinance largely treats minimum parking required and maximum parking
allowed based solely on the use of the property. Yet, Salt Lake City has a wide variety of
development contexts that make any single approach to minimum and maximum parking
requirements ineffective. The parking demand for a downtown area served by transit will be lower
Page 4
than a downtown adjacent neighborhood or suburban shopping center. To ensure that minimum
and maximum parking requirements reflect the built context (and future built context) of the area,
the proposed parking ordinance includes four distinct “context areas” with minimum and
maximum parking standards tailored to each. The Minimum and Maximum Off-street Parking
Table lists the specific zoning districts included in each context area. The following is a brief
narrative introducing each context area:
General Context: This context includes the City’s zoning districts that tend to be more
auto dependent and/or suburban in scale and parking needs. This context applies broadly
to all zoning districts that are not specifically listed in the other context areas. Areas that
fall into this category are the 300 West commercial corridor, the Redwood Road
commercial corridor, and other developments that are in zoning districts not identified in
a specific context area in the Minimum and Maximum Off-Street Parking Table.
Neighborhood Center: This context includes areas with small- or moderate-scale
shopping, gathering, or activity spaces, often within or adjacent to General Context areas,
but that are not necessarily well served by transit. This category includes zoning districts
with pedestrian-scale development patterns, building forms, and amenities. Areas that fall
into this category are the 9th and 9th commercial node, the 15th and 15th commercial
node, and other moderate scale commercial and mixed-use developments that are within
the zoning districts identified in the Minimum and Maximum Off-Street Parking Table.
Image 1: Typical Development Patterns within General Context
Image 2: Areas such as 9th and 9th are included as part of the Neighborhood Center
Context
Page 5
Urban Center: This context includes zoning districts with dense, pedestrian-oriented
development within more intensely developed urban centers. The parking demand in this
context is higher than in the Transit Center Context, but lower than areas in the
Neighborhood Center Context. Areas that fall into this category are the Sugar House
Business District, areas adjacent to Downtown, and other developments that are within
the zoning districts identified in the Minimum and Maximum Off-Street Parking Table.
Transit Context: This context includes those zoning districts that immediately surround
mass-transit facilities and/or are in the downtown core. These areas have the lowest
parking demand and may be exempt from minimum parking requirements or be required
to provide minimal off-street parking. Areas that fall into this category are the Central
Business District, Central Ninth, the North Temple/400 South transit corridor, and other
developments that are within the zoning districts identified in the Minimum and
Maximum Off-Street Parking Table.
Image 3: Areas such as Sugar House are included as part of the Urban Center Context
Image 4: Areas well serviced by mass-transit are included as part of the Transit Context
Page 6
Required Parking Table
This section replaces and consolidates the current tables in Section 21A.44.030.G(1): Schedule of
Minimum Off-street Parking Requirements; Section 21A.44.030.G(2): Table of District Specific
Minimum Off-street Parking Requirements; and Section 21A44.030.H(2): Table of District
Specific Maximum Parking Allowance. This table includes all of the use types listed in current
Section 21A.33: Land Use Tables, making it clear how much parking is required for each land use
allowed in the City. To make the table more user-friendly, similar use types have been grouped
into categories and subcategories. All land uses have been included in the table. The inclusion of
a land use within the parking table does not authorize the use within a zone or context. Section
21A.33 will still be used to authorize land uses within a zoning district.
Parking Minimums
All minimum parking standards have been reviewed against those used in other large but
relatively low-density cities, and numerous changes have been made. In many cases the minimum
requirements have been reduced or eliminated altogether (Transit/Urban Center contexts), but
in a few cases (notably retail and restaurant uses) the exceptionally low standards in the current
ordinance have been increased in order to reduce overflow parking in neighborhoods. The
concerns of “spill-over” parking within neighborhoods was a major concern brought to light by
the public and within the neighborhood master plans.
Parking Maximums
In effort to limit excess parking on a lot, the current parking chapter limits the amount of parking
that can be provide on a property to 125% of the minimum parking amount. The current 125
percent maximum parking standard has been replaced with tailored maximums, by context, and
targeted at the limited number of land uses where excessive parking significantly undermines
planning goals aimed at walkability and urbanism. Land uses that are not typically associated with
over-parking, such as day cares, parks, warehouses, and several industrial uses, do not have
maximum parking requirements in the revised chapter. The maximum parking standards column
in the table of Minimum and Maximum Off-Street Parking clarifies whether the maximum
standard applies to only one context area, a combination of context areas, or to all context areas.
Parking provided in structures such as parking garages is proposed to include maximum parking
allowed. Well located and planned parking garages can provide shared parking solutions for
multiple properties. The placement and design of parking garages is already governed by the
parking chapter and design standards of the zoning code. The intent of this provision is to
encourage and facilitate parking solutions that serve multiple properties. Discussions with
Downtown Alliance also revealed that national employers may insist on certain parking counts
being provided for their employees. In this sense, parking garages can be a tool to incentivize
employers to relocate downtown.
Electric Vehicle Parking
These standards were carried forward with minor grammatical and formatting edits. No
substantive changes are proposed. Although not included as part of the proposed ordinance,
Planning Staff worked closely with Salt Lake City’s Sustainability department on new language
and standards for Electric Vehicle Readiness. The intent will be to propose requirements that
multi-family developments provide a certain percentage of Electric Vehicle Ready parking stalls
at the time of development. The language should be anticipated as part of a future ordinance
revision and could be included in the design section of the parking ordinance.
Page 7
Accessible Parking
These standards were carried forward and simplified with minor grammatical and formatting
edits. A proposed standard clarifies that parking areas with four (4) or fewer vehicle parking
spaces are not required to identify an accessible space with signs or striping, but that a minimum
of one (1) space needs to comply with ADA standard dimensions. The table of Accessible Parking
Required was simplified.
Bicycle Parking
This section has been thoroughly revised as existing standards were not meeting the goals and
objectives listed in the various City master plans. The existing bicycle parking standards are based
on a percentage of vehicle parking provided. This meant that the less parking a development
provided, whether through reductions or otherwise, the less bicycle parking that was required to
be provided. That logic does not match the City’s goals to be more bikeable and less dependent on
automobiles. The proposed standards are based on use and are categorized by context. They have
been compared with cities of similar size and dynamic. When a development provides
secure/enclosed bicycle parking, the requirement is reduced by half.
21A.44.050: Alternatives to Minimum and Maximum Parking Calculations
To increase flexibility, this section is proposed to include new tools allowing by-right adjustments
to parking requirements as well as authorizing the Planning Director to modify parking
requirements based on an approved parking study. The adjustments allowed under this section
can be used in any combination to reduce the minimum number of required parking spaces
identified in the Minimum and Maximum Off-street Parking table by up to 40 percent.
Certain alternatives are proposed to be removed from the current ordinance based on community
feedback and internal observation. It was found that certain provisions were not reducing overall
parking demand and that the burden was shifting from developers to neighboring properties,
including along the public right-of-way. For example, the provision to allow on-street parking
proved hard to administer and created a sense of ownership or entitlement to parking that should
have been public. Removing the standard would allow for future flexibility within the public right-
of-way. Those alternatives that are proposed to be eliminated include: credit for on-street parking,
pedestrian friendly amenities, off-site parking (as a reduction tool), and use of excess parking in
a park and ride lot.
Many of the items currently listed as Transportation Demand Management (TDM) strategies are
now included in other sections of the proposed parking chapter and are not listed in this section.
Shared Parking
These standards explain how much parking is required when two (2) or more uses share a parking
area. A new system for calculating parking reductions is introduced that establishes reduction
factors based on the land uses rather than the hours of operation (which is difficult to enforce and
administer). The current maximum distance allowed for shared parking areas of 500 feet has been
increased between 600-1,200 feet, based on parking context and to reflect national trends and
Salt Lake City’s large block sizes. This proposed approach allows mixed-use development the
opportunity to reduce the minimum number of required parking spaces to better reflect the
parking demands of a mixed-use development. For reference, example calculations have been
provided in the text to help users navigate the proposed methods for determining parking
requirements. Standards for required documentation for shared parking facilities are introduced
and are intended to simplify administration and avoid continued monitoring of cooperation
agreements over time.
Page 8
Proximity to Fixed-Rail Transit
This standard is proposed to allow all multi-family or commercial properties (not just new
development) within one-quarter (1/4) mile of a fixed transit station to reduce the number of
minimum required parking spaces by 25 percent (down from 50%). The measurement technique
is changed from “based on walking distance” to “measured radially in a straight line.” The
reduction is available for all contexts except Transit, as the minimums in that context are already
based on their proximity to transit.
Affordable and Senior Housing
These standards would allow for a reduction to the number of minimum parking spaces required
if the development provides income restricted and/or age restricted units. The current reduction
of 50 percent has been decreased to 25 percent to reflect the already reduced parking
requirements and tailored minimums in the Minimum and Maximum Off-street Parking table.
Eligibility requirements and thresholds are also clarified.
New to this chapter is that qualifying affordable or senior housing projects could reduce their
parking by an additional 15 percent when they are located within one-quarter mile of a bus stop
that is serviced by a high-frequency bus route.
Car Pool and Carshare Parking
These proposed standards would allow developments with 100 or more parking spaces to count
every dedicated van pool space towards seven of the minimum parking spaces required, and every
car pool space to count towards three of the minimum parking spaces required. Working with the
City Sustainability department, the section is proposed to include a provision to allow for parking
lots of any size to count four spaces towards each designated carshare vehicle space.
Valet Parking Services
These provisions would allow for parking stalls be replaced on a one-to-one basis for each valet
stall provided. The section clarifies qualifying standards but is largely carried over from the
current code.
Parking Study Demonstrating Different Parking Needs
This standard is proposed to allow an applicant to submit a parking study to the Planning Director
justifying adjustments to the minimum or maximum required parking standards. This provides a
“relief valve” for unique projects that justify alternative parking requirements.
21A.44.060: Parking and Loading Location and Design
The current parking and loading location and design standards are found throughout chapter
21A.44 and other parts of the zoning ordinance. This section proposes to consolidate those
standards and update them to reflect the proposed context area approach. Notably, the table for
parking setbacks has been reorganized into parking contexts and relocated to this section. Specific
design standards for the D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, TSA, and parking garages have been relocated to
this chapter with minor grammatical modifications. The provisions for recreational vehicle
parking have been clarified and are located at the end of this section. Some standards were
simplified and/or removed because they were no longer necessary as a result of other edits within
the parking chapter. Technical standards were largely moved to the proposed Parking Standards
Manual.
21A.44.070: Off-street Loading Areas
This section includes the proposed standards for how many off-street loading areas are required
for developments. These standards were revised to reflect current trends toward more frequent
Page 9
deliveries by smaller trucks that do not require large spaces to load or unload without blocking
traffic or parking areas. The standards were also clarified to include mixed-use buildings.
21A.44.080: Drive-Through Facilities and Vehicle Stacking Areas
This section includes the standards regulating drive-through facilities and vehicle stacking areas.
Standards were largely carried over from the existing code, however drive-through stacking
spaces were organized by parking context. As part of this revision, redundant provisions for drive-
through facilities found in chapter 21.A.40.060 have been proposed to be eliminated.
21A.44.090: Modifications to Parking Areas
Administrative Adjustments
This tool is largely carried over from the existing ordinance and would grant the Planning or
Transportation Director the authority to make minor modifications to the standards in the
parking chapter based on certain criteria. Examples include modifications to dimensions or
geometries of parking, loading, or maneuvering areas.
Special Exceptions
The revised ordinance would eliminate the parking “catch-all” exception (#7), currently found in
the Special Exceptions chapter 21A.52, as more specific standards have been incorporated into
the provisions throughout. The two special exceptions that would continue to be authorized are
for front yard parking and surfacing materials for vehicle and equipment storage.
21A.44.100: Use and Maintenance
This section proposes standards for how parking areas can be used as well as the maintenance
requirements. These standards were largely carried forward as-is with minimal edits.
21A.44.110: Nonconforming Parking and Loading Facilities
This section includes the proposed standards addressing nonconforming parking and loading
facilities. Chapter 21A.38: Nonconforming Uses and Noncomplying Structures, lays the
foundation for how nonconformities are addressed in the zoning ordinance; however, there is
some overlap with the standards provided in chapter 21A.44 specific to parking and loading
facilities. The current 21A.38.070.B is proposed to be deleted as this content is now addressed in
the proposed parking chapter. The ordinance includes proposed tools that will provide a level of
flexibility that should address any concerns related to the reconstruction of parking and loading
areas on challenging sites. It also introduces a standard that allows a site made nonconforming as
a result of an acquisition of property by eminent domain for a right-of-way to be deemed lawful
and conforming. This provides an outlet for a site that is made non-conforming when land area
or setbacks are reduced by circumstances outside of their control.
Parking Standards Manual
City staff has elected to create a new Parking Standards Manual (Attachment C) in conjunction
with this effort to relocate technical/engineering material from chapter 21A.44 into a technical
design manual. This approach would simplify the zoning ordinance and remove details from the
code that are of little/no interest to the general public. Including design and engineering minutia
in the zoning code makes it more difficult for citizens to navigate and find what they are looking
for.
This approach would also allow the City to update minor technical/engineering standards without
going through the zoning ordinance amendment procedure. It is important for the City to
continue updating its technical standards as research and best practices emerge.
Page 10
Grammar and Minor Corrections
The proposed ordinance includes updated grammar and formatting throughout. Spelling errors,
typos, or grammatical errors from the current regulations have been corrected.
Definitions
The revised chapter includes proposed parking-related definitions that were not previously
included in chapter 21A.62: Definitions.
KEY CONSIDERATIONS:
The following key considerations have been identified for the Planning Commission’s review and
potential discussion.
1. Align with the goals of Plan Salt Lake and the various neighborhood master plans
2. Encourage infill development and redevelopment
3. Simplify tobe more user-friendly and easier to implement
4. Modernize to reflect best practices and current market trends for parking
5. Reconsider the current “one-size fits all” approach in favor of “context based” parking
6. Required parking minimums for multi-family developments in General Context
7. Parking Reductions for Developments Adjacent to High-Frequency Bus Stops
Consideration 1: Align with the goals of Plan Salt Lake and the various neighborhood
master plans
The various City master plans contain the collective goals and
objectives of Salt Lake City. Many of these goals and adopted
policies relate to how the City grows and how to provide balanced
transportation networks that reduce automobile dependency
while supporting economic growth and affordability. Goals of the
City also focus on neighborhood vitality, providing transportation
choices, and enhancing the public realm through design,
architecture, and development that is context sensitive.
Throughout the revision process, Staff sought to implement as
many objectives within the master plans as possible. A
comprehensive analysis of those standards and the proposed
changes can be found in Attachment F of this report.
Consideration2: Encourage infill development and redevelopment
Infill development and the redevelopment of under-utilized properties are important components for
economic growth within an established community like Salt Lake City. The proposed ordinance
encourages these types of developments by:
Establishing context-based parking standards that are responsive to the unique characteristics
of Salt Lake City’s neighborhoods and development patterns
Providingalternative methods to modify minimum and maximum parking
Allowingparking reductions for affordable/senior housing
Relaxing parking requirements for change or expansion of use
Image 5: Master Plans such as Plan Salt Lake
helped frame the proposed ordinance
Page 11
Consideration 3: Simplify to be more user-friendly and easier to implement
Improved ordinance usability was a focus of the revised parking chapter. The goal was to create a
chapter that was clear for the public and developers to use but was also simpler to administer for City
Staff. The proposed ordinance has been modified to include:
Improved ordinance usability through the use of tables and the consolidation of parking
standards that were previously scattered throughout the code
New parking requirement tables with uses organized by category and context
Simplified processes for adjustments to minor technical matters
Clarified layout and language throughout
Consideration 4: Modernize to reflect best practices and current market trends for
parking
The current parking ordinance for Salt Lake City has not evolved with modern planning practices.
Many of the parking count figures are based on outdated models and have not considered the built
context or alternative options to traditional parking. The proposed ordinance seeks to implement the
latest planning practices and allow for more flexibility based on current market demands for parking.
Specifically, the proposed ordinance includes:
Tailored standards based on four parking contexts
Market driven minimum and maximums, particularly where mass transit is available
Adjusted standards for drive-through & loading areas based on best practices
Revised method of calculating bicycle parking standards to match development activity
New options for car/van-pool, car share, and shared parking
Lowered overall required parking in effort to reduce surface area heat gain and water
contamination from parking lots and to encourage alternative means of transportation to lower
emissions
Consideration 5: Reconsider the current “one-size fits all” approach in favor of “context
based” parking
The existing ordinance contains parking minimums and maximums that are largely based only on a
proposed land use. In some cases, there were some minor modifications based on the underlying
zoning designation, but it was still largely a one-size fits all approach. The idea of standards that were
adaptive to their setting or context was a key consideration presented throughout the various master
plans of the City and was a common theme throughout the public engagement process. To this end,
the revised parking ordinance has been organized to include four parking contexts: Transit Center,
Urban Center, Neighborhood Center, and General. These contexts will help the parking standards to
be more responsive to the unique circumstances of the various neighborhoods within Salt Lake City.
The proposed ordinance also establishes a frame work that would allow for additional parking contexts
in the future if needed.
Page 12
Consideration 6: Required parking minimums for multi-family developments in
General Context
Throughout the public engagement process, the minimum parking requirements for multi-family uses
was listed at 2 stalls per dwelling unit, regardless of bedroom type. The public was generally supportive
of this standard in each of the engagement events held. However, during the work sessions with the
Planning Commission, most felt that this number was too high. Staff has now proposed 1 stall per unit
for studio and 1-bedroom apartments and 1.25 stalls per unit for units with more than 1 bedroom. Staff
felt this would provide some additional parking for residents that have more than 1 vehicle or for guest
parking. Furthermore, these would only be the minimums. A development may choose to include
surface parking for up to 2 spaces per dwelling unit for studio ad 1-bedroom units, or 3 stalls per unit
for larger apartments. Typical multi-family developments in the general context are averaging about
1.6 stalls per unit. The proposed standards would still allow for that amount of parking to be provided
but would not dictate that it had to be installed if the market demand was for less.
Consideration 7: Parking Reductions for Developments Adjacent to High-Frequency
Bus Stops
This particular consideration has produced a split opinion throughout the revision process. Most
residents felt that parking reductions should not be granted alone for proximity to high-frequency bus
stops. The reasons cited included that they felt the stops lacked permanency and they feared the service
was not reliable enough to be counted on for users other than commuters. This was discussed
considerably in the work-sessions with the Planning Commission. Some commissioners agreed with
public sentiment, while others felt it would be a lost opportunity considering the amount of investment
Salt Lake City has made in these routes, particularly when the other goals of the City, such as improved
air quality and providing affordable housing, are considered.
Image 6: Proposed parking for Multi-family in General Context
Page 13
Given these viewpoints, Staff has recommended to tie the reduction specifically to the goal for more
affordable housing by allowing for an additional parking reduction of up to 15% for qualifying
affordable housing developments located within one-quarter mile of a bus stop that is serviced by high-
frequency routes (proposed 21A.44.050.D). Currently, this would include routes 2,9,21, and 200 (see
map and chart below). As additional routes improve frequency, including for nights and weekends,
they would also qualify for this provision.
Bus Service Frequency
Rte. Street Weekday Sat.Sun.After 7PM
2 200 S 15 min 15 min 30 min 30 min
9 900 S 15 min 15 min 30 min 30 min
21 21
st
S 15 min 15 min 30 min 30 min
200 State St. North 15 min 15 min 30 min 30 wk/60 Sat
205 500 E 15 min 30 min 60 min 60 min
209 900 E 15 min 30 min 60 min 60 min
217 Redwood Rd.15 min 30 min 60 min 60 min
220 Highland/1300 E 15 min 30 min 60 min 30 wk./60 Sat
Images 7 (map) & 8 (table): Existing and proposed high-frequency bus routes
Page 14
NEXT STEPS:
The City Council has the final authority to make changes to the text of the Zoning Ordinance. The
recommendation of the Planning Commission for this petition will be forwarded to the City Council
for their review and decision.
Page 15
ATTACHMENT A: PETITION INITIATION
Page 16
Page 17
Page 18
ATTACHMENT B: PROPOSED PARKING ORDINANCE
The proposed ordinance revision is largely comprised of a re-written chapter 21A.44- Off-Street
Parking, Loading, and Mobility. However, the following related sections of code are also
proposed to be altered:
Parking design elements from the D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, and TSA zoning chapters have
been relocated to the proposed parking chapter with minor grammatical or other errors
corrected
Special Exception #7 (21A.52) is proposed to be eliminated
Parking garage design standards (21A.37.050.M) has been relocated to the proposed
parking chapter with minor grammatical or other errors corrected
Some of the drive-through standards found in 21A.40.060 have been relocated to the
proposed parking chapter and redundancies have been eliminated
Page 19
Chapter 21A.44:Off Street Parking,
Mobility, and Loading
December 2019
(Document format provided for convenience of Planning Commission. Adopted
format will be consistent with standard ordinance formatting)
Page 20
Table of Contents
Off Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading ............................. 1
21A.44.010 Purpose......................................................................................................................1
21A.44.020 Applicability ..............................................................................................................1
A. Amounts of Parking, Loading, and Drive-Through Facilities Required .............................................................................1
B. Location and Design...............................................................................................................................................................................2
21A.44.030 Calculation of Parking..............................................................................................2
A. Generally......................................................................................................................................................................................................2
B. Unlisted Uses..............................................................................................................................................................................................3
21A.44.040 Required Off Street Parking ....................................................................................3
A. Minimum and Maximum Parking Spaces Required ..................................................................................................................3
B. Electric Vehicle Parking.......................................................................................................................................................................18
C. Accessible Parking ................................................................................................................................................................................19
D. Bicycle Parking........................................................................................................................................................................................19
21A.44.050 Alternatives to Minimum and Maximum Parking Calculations.........................20
A. Limitations on Adjustments to Minimum Required Parking............................................................................................... 20
B. Shared Parking....................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
C. Proximity to Fixed-Rail Transit......................................................................................................................................................... 22
D. Affordable and Senior Housing (Multi-family Structures) ................................................................................................... 22
E. Car Pool and Carshare Parking........................................................................................................................................................ 22
F. Valet Parking Services......................................................................................................................................................................... 23
G. Parking Study Demonstrating Different Parking Needs....................................................................................................... 23
21A.44.060 Parking Location and Design.................................................................................24
A. Generally...................................................................................................................................................................................................24
B. Zone Specific Location and Design Standards..........................................................................................................................31
C. Recreational Vehicle Parking............................................................................................................................................................ 33
21A.44.070 Off Street Loading Areas........................................................................................34
A. Number and Size of Loading Areas Required...........................................................................................................................34
B. Location and Design of Loading Areas........................................................................................................................................34
21A.44.080 Drive-Through Facilities and Vehicle Stacking Areas..........................................35
A. Number of Stacking Spaces Required..........................................................................................................................................35
B. Location and Design of Drive-Through Facilities.....................................................................................................................35
21A.44.090 Modifications to Parking Areas.............................................................................36
A. Administrative Modifications........................................................................................................................................................... 36
B. Special Exceptions.................................................................................................................................................................................36
21A.44.100 Use and Maintenance.............................................................................................37
A. Use of Parking Areas............................................................................................................................................................................ 37
B. Maintenance............................................................................................................................................................................................ 38
21A.44.110 Nonconforming Parking and Loading Facilities..................................................38
A. Continuation of Nonconforming Parking and Loading Facilities ..................................................................................... 38
B. Nonconformity Due to Governmental Acquisition.................................................................................................................38
C. Damage or Destruction...................................................................................................................................................................... 38
D. Legalization of Garages Converted to Residential Use.........................................................................................................38
Definitions 1
Page 21
Off Street Parking, Mobility, and
Loading
21A.44.010 Purpose
This chapter is intended to require that new development and redevelopment projects provide off street
parking and loading facilities in proportion to the parking, loading, and transportation demands of the
buildings and land uses included in those projects. This chapter is also intended to help protect the public
health, safety, and general welfare by:
A.Avoiding and mitigating traffic congestion and reducing the financial burden on taxpayer
funded roadways;
B.Providing necessary access for service and emergency vehicles;
C.Providing for safe and convenient interaction between vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians;
D.Providing flexible methods of responding to the transportation and access demands of various
land uses in different areas of the city;
E.Reducing storm water runoff, reducing heat island effect from large expanses of pavement,
improving water quality, and minimizing dust pollution;
F.Establishing context-sensitive parking standards to reflect the current and future built
environment of neighborhoods; and
G.Avoiding and mitigating the adverse visual and environmental impacts of large concentrations
of exposed parking.
21A.44.020 Applicability
A.Amounts of Parking, Loading, and Drive-Through Facilities Required
The standards of this chapter are intended to establish: minimum and maximum amounts of vehicle
parking; minimum required bicycle parking, minimum required loading facilities, and minimum
capacity of drive-through facilities and shall apply to projects involving the activities listed below. In
some instances, other standards of this chapter provide alternatives for required compliance. Certain
exemptions are intended to encourage utilization of existing structures and preserve desirable
characteristics of locations built prior to parking requirements.
1. New Development
Unless otherwise exempted by Section 21A.44.020A.4, the standards in this chapter shall apply to
all development and land uses upon adoption of this ordinance.
2. Expansion of Use or Structure
The number of off street parking and loading spaces for the expansion of a use or structure shall
comply with the requirements of Table 21A.44.040-A:Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
and the standards of this chapter when:
a. One or more additional dwelling units is created; or
b. The addition to or expansion of one or more structures or uses that, when considered
together with any other expansions during the previous two-year period, would increase
the total usable floor area of the structure(s) by more than twenty-five percent (25%); or
Page 22
c. The addition to or expansion of one (1) or more structures or uses that requires conditional
use permit approval.
3. Change of Use
a. Except when located within an Urban Center or Transit Context, or as stated in subsection b
below, off street parking shall be provided pursuant to this chapter for any change of use
that increases the minimum number of required vehicle parking spaces by:
(1) More than ten (10) parking spaces; or
(2) More than twenty-five percent (25%) of the parking spaces that currently exist on-site
or on permitted off-site locations.
b. For changes in use in buildings built prior to 1944, no additional parking shall be required
beyond what is existing.
4. Exemptions from Parking Requirements
The following shall be exempt from providing the minimum parking required by Table
21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking, but shall comply with maximum
parking allowed and location and design standards in Section 21A.44.060 if parking is provided:
a. Lots created prior to April 12,1995 that are less than five thousand (5,000) square feet in lot
area, except those being used for single-family, two-family, and twin home dwelling uses;
b. Expansions or enlargements that increase the square footage of usable floor area of an
existing structure or parking requirements for the use by twenty-five percent (25%) or less,
provided that existing off street parking and loading areas are not removed.
B.Location and Design
Section 21A.44.060: Parking Location and Design, shall apply to all vehicle parking, bicycle parking,
loading, and drive-through facilities, regardless of whether the project is subject to the requirements
for additional parking spaces or other facilities pursuant to Section 21A.44.020A above. Parking
garages are subject to design standards found in 21A.44.060.A.16 and specific requirements of other
zoning districts found in 21A.44.060.B.
21A.44.030 Calculation of Parking
A.Generally
1.All parking and loading requirements that are based on square footage shall be calculated on the
basis of usable floor area of the subject use, unless otherwise specified in Table 21A.44.040-A:
Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking.
2.Parking spaces shall not be counted more than once for required off-site, shared, and/or alternative
parking plans, except where the development complies with off-site, shared, and/or alternative
parking standards.
3.Parking spaces designed or designated exclusively for motorcycles, scooters, and other two wheeled
vehicles shall not count toward the number of minimum required or maximum allowed off street
parking spaces.
Page 23
4.Parking spaces intended for storage of business vehicles, such as fleet vehicles, delivery vehicles, or
vehicles on display associated with sales or rental shall not count toward the number of minimum
required or maximum allowed off street parking spaces unless otherwise stated in Table
21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking.
5.Parking spaces designed or designated exclusively for recreational vehicles shall not count toward the
number of minimum required or maximum allowed off street parking spaces.
6.When calculations of the number of required off street parking spaces for vehicles or bicycles result in
a fractional number, any fraction of 0.5 or larger shall be rounded up to the next higher whole
number. Calculations for more than one use in a project shall be calculated for each individual use
and may be rounded individually and added, or added then rounded as determined by the applicant.
7.Lots containing more than one (1) use may provide parking and loading based on the shared parking
calculations in section 21A.44.050BB: Shared Parking.
B.Unlisted Uses
For uses not listed in Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking the Planning
Director is authorized to do any of the following:
1.Apply the minimum or maximum off street parking space requirement specified in Table
21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking, for the listed use that is deemed most
similar to the proposed use as determined by the Planning Director based on operating
characteristics, the most similar related occupancy classification, or other factors related to potential
parking demand determined by the Director.
2.Apply a minimum parking requirement of three (3) spaces per one thousand (1,000) square feet of
usable floor area for the use and a maximum parking allowance of five (5) spaces per one thousand
(1,000) square feet of useable floor area for the use.
3.Establish the minimum off street parking space and loading requirements based on a parking study
prepared by the applicant according to Section 21A.44.050F.
21A.44.040 Required Off Street Parking
A.Minimum and Maximum Parking Spaces Required
1.Unless otherwise provided in this Code, each development or land use subject to this chapter
pursuant to Section 21A.44.020 shall provide at least the minimum number, and shall not provide
more than the maximum number, of off street parking spaces required by Table 21A.44.040-A:
Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking.
2.A parking standard shown in Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking, is not an
indication of whether the use is allowed or prohibited in the respective zoning district or context area.
See Chapter 21A.33: Land Use Tables for allowed and prohibited uses.
3.The maximum parking limit does not apply to parking provided in parking garages, stacked or racked
parking structures, or to off-site parking that complies with all other requirements of this title.
4.The maximum parking limit does not apply to properties in the M-1, M-2, BP, or Airport zoning
districts that are located west of the centerline of Redwood Road.
Page 24
5.If a conditional use is approved by the Planning Commission in accordance with Chapter 21A.54:
Conditional Uses, and the conditional use approval states a different parking requirement than that
required by this Chapter 21A.44, and is determined necessary to mitigate a detrimental impact, then
the parking requirement in the conditional use approval shall apply.
6.All uses with vehicle stacking and/or drive-through facilities shall comply with Section 21A.44.080:
Drive-Through Facilities and Vehicle Stacking Areas, in addition to the requirements of Table
21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking.
7.All uses with outdoor sales, display, leasing, and/or auction areas shall also provide one-half (1/2)
parking space and no more than two (2) parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) sq. ft. of outdoor
sales, display, leasing, and/or auction area. This additional parking shall not count toward the
maximum allowed per Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking, when a
maximum is specified.
Context Approach
Salt Lake City has a wide variety of development contexts that make any single approach to minimum and maximum
parking requirements ineffective. The parking demand for a downtown area served by transit will be much lower than
a downtown adjacent neighborhood or suburban shopping center. To ensure that minimum and maximum parking
req context areas ,
and then tailored minimum and maximum parking standards to each. The Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
Table below lists the specific zoning districts included in each context area. The following is a brief narrative
introducing each context area:
1. General Context: -dependent and/or
suburban in scale and parking needs. This context applies broadly to all of the zoning districts that are not
specifically listed in the other context areas.
2. Neighborhood Center: This category includes areas with small- or moderate-scale shopping, gathering, or
activity spaces, often within or adjacent to General Context areas, but that are not necessarily well served by
transit. This category includes zoning districts with pedestrian-scale development patterns, building forms, and
amenities.
3. Urban Center: This category includes zoning districts with dense, pedestrian-oriented development within more
intensely developed urban centers. The parking demand in this context is higher than in the Neighborhood
Center Context, but lower than areas with good transit service.
4. Transit Context: This category includes those zoning districts that immediately surround mass-transit facilities
and/or are in the downtown core. These areas have the lowest parking demand and may be exempt from
minimum parking requirements or be required to provide minimal off street parking.
Page 25
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Residential Uses
Household Living
Artists' loft/studio 1.5 spaces
per DU
1 space
per DU
0.5 spaces
per DU No Minimum No Maximum
Manufactured home
2 spaces per DU
1 space per DU No Minimum
All Contexts:
4 spaces, not
including
recreational vehicle
parking spaces
Mobile home
Single-family (attached)
Single-family (detached)
Single-family cottage
development building form 1 space per DU
Twin home 2 spaces per DU Two-family
Multi-family
Studio and 1
bedrooms: 1 space
per DU, 2+ bedrooms
1.25 space per DU
Studio and 1+
bedrooms: 1 space
per DU
Studio: No
Minimum
1 bedroom: 0.5
space per DU
2+ bedrooms: 1
space per DU
No Minimum
All Contexts:
Studio & 1 Bedroom:
2 spaces per DU
2+ bedrooms: 3
spaces per DU
Group Living
Assisted living facility 1 space for each 6 infirmary or nursing
home beds;
plus 1 space for each 4 rooming units;
plus 1 space for each 3 DU
See Table Note A
1 space for each 8
infirmary or
nursing home
beds;
plus 1 space for
each 6 rooming
units;
plus 1 space for
each 4 DU
See Table Note A
No Minimum No Maximum
Nursing care facility
Eleemosynary facility
1 space per 4
persons design
capacity;
See Table Note A
1 space per 6
persons design
capacity;
See Table Note A
1 space per 4
persons design
capacity;
See Table Note
A
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 3
persons design
capacity;
See Table Note A
Group home
Residential support
Dormitory, fraternity, sorority
1 space per 2
persons design
capacity
1 space per 3
persons design
capacity
1 space per 4
persons design
capacity
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 1
persons design
capacity
Page 26
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Rooming (boarding) house 1 space per 2 guest
rooms
1 space per 3
guest rooms
1 space per 4
guest rooms No Minimum No Maximum
Single room occupancy 0.5 spaces per unit 0.25 spaces per
unit No Minimum No Maximum
Public, Institutional, and Civic Uses
Community and Cultural Facilities
Art gallery
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. 0.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. No Minimum
All Contexts:
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Studio, Art
Exhibition hall
Museum
Crematorium
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. No Minimum No Maximum
Daycare center, adult
Daycare center, child
Homeless resource center
Library
Community correctional
facility, 3 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
2.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. Community recreation center
Jail
Government facility
3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area
1 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office area
No Minimum No Maximum Social service mission and
charity dining hall
Municipal service use,
including city utility use and
police and fire station
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area,
plus 1 space per service vehicle
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office area, plus
1 space per
service vehicle
No Minimum No Maximum
Club/lodge 1 space per 6 seats
in main assembly
area
1 space per 8
seats in main
assembly area
1 space per 10
seats in main
assembly area
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 4 seats
in main assembly
area
Meeting hall of membership
organization
Convent/monastery
1 space per 4
persons design
capacity
1 space per 6
persons design
capacity
1 space per 8
persons design
capacity
No Minimum No Maximum
Page 27
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Funeral home
1 space per 4 seats
in main assembly
area
1 space per 5
seats in main
assembly area
1 space per 6
seats in main
assembly area
No Minimum
Urban Center and
Transit Center
Context: 2 spaces
per 4 seats in main
assembly areas
Neighborhood
Center and General
Context: No
maximum
Place of worship 1 space per 6 seats
or 1 space per 300
sq. ft., whichever is
less
1 space per 8
seats or 1 space
per 400 sq. ft.,
whichever is less
1 space per 10
seats or 1 space
per 500 sq. ft.,
whichever is
less
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 3.5
seats or 1 space per
200 sq. ft.,
whichever is
greater
Fairground See Table Note B No Maximum
Philanthropic use See Table Note B
All Contexts:
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft. of office, plus
1 space per 6 seats
in assembly areas
Zoological park See Table Note B
No Maximum
Ambulance service
Cemetery
No Minimum Plazas
Park
Open space
Educational Facilities
College and university
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft. office,
research, and
library area, plus 1
space per 6 seats in
assembly areas
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. office,
research, and library area, plus 1
space per 10 seats in assembly areas
No Minimum All Contexts:
4 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
K - 12 private Elementary or Middle: 1 space per 20 students design
capacity
High Schools: 1 space per 8 students design capacity K - 12 public
Dance/music studio
3 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
2.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft. Music conservatory
Professional and vocational
Page 28
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Professional and vocational
(with outdoor activities)
Seminary and religious
institute
Healthcare Facilities
Clinic (medical, dental) 4 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. 1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts: 6
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft
Blood donation center 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. 1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
Transit and Urban
Center Context: 3
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft
Neighborhood
Center and General
Context: 6 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft.
Hospital 1 space per 3 patient beds design
capacity
1 space per 2
patient beds
design capacity
All Contexts:
1 space per 2
patient beds design
capacity
Hospital, including accessory
lodging facility
Commercial Uses
Agricultural and Animal Uses
Greenhouse
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. 1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum Transit and Urban
Center Context: 2
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft
Neighborhood
Center and General
Context: No
Maximum
Kennel
Pound
Veterinary office
Cremation service, animal
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
Kennel on lots of 5 acres or
larger
Poultry farm or processing
plant
Raising of furbearing animals
Slaughterhouse
Agricultural use
No Minimum
Community garden
Farmer's market
Grain elevator
Pet cemetery
Page 29
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Stable
Stockyard
Urban farm
Botanical garden See Table Note B
Recreation and Entertainment
Auditorium
1 space per 4 seats
in assembly areas
1 space per 6
seats in assembly
areas
1 space per 8
seats in
assembly areas
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 3 seats
in assembly areas
Theater, live performance
Theater, movie
Amphitheater
See Table Note B
Athletic Field
Stadium
Tennis court (principal use) 2 spaces per court
No Minimum
Transit and Urban
Center Context: 2
spaces per court or
lane
Neighborhood
Center and General
Context: No
Maximum
Bowling 2 spaces per lane
Convention center
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts:
3 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft. Swimming pool, skating rink or
natatorium
Health and fitness facility
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. 1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
All Contexts:
4 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Performing arts production
facility
Reception center
Recreation (indoor) 3 spaces per 1,000 sq.
ft.
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Recreational vehicle park
(minimum 1 acre) 1 space per designated camping or RV spot
No Maximum Amusement park See Table Note B
Recreation (outdoor) See Table Note B
Food and Beverage Services
Brewpub
Indoor tasting/seating area: 2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.;
Outdoor tasting/seating area:
Indoor
tasting/seating No Minimum
Transit and Urban
Center Context: 5
spaces per 1,000
Page 30
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Restaurant
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. area: 2 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft.;
Outdoor
tasting/seating
area:
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
sq. ft indoor
tasting/seating area
Neighborhood
Center and General
Context: 7 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft.
indoor
tasting/seating area
All Contexts:
Outdoor tasting/
seating area:
4 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Tavern
Social club
1 space per 6 seats
in main assembly
area, or 1 space per
300 sq. ft.,
whichever is less
1 space per 8
seats in main
assembly area, or
1 space per 400
sq. ft., whichever
is less
1 space per 10
seats in main
assembly area,
or 1 space per
500 sq. ft.,
whichever is
less
No Minimum
All Contexts:
1 space per 4 seats
in main assembly
area, or 1 space per
200 sq. ft.,
whichever is
greater
Office, Business, and Professional
Services
Check cashing/payday loan
business
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft. No Minimum
General Context:
4 spaces per 1,000
Neighborhood
Center Context:
3 spaces per 1,000
Urban Center and
Transit Center
Contexts:
2 spaces per 1,000
Dental laboratory/ research
facility
Financial institution
Research and laboratory
facilities
Office (excluding medical and
dental clinic and office)
3 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Retail Sales & Services
Photo finishing lab
No Minimum 1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and Urban
Center Contexts: 2
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Electronic repair shop
Furniture repair shop
Upholstery shop
Page 31
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Radio, television station 3 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center and General
Context: 3 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft.
Store, Convenience 3 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
1.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and Urban
Center Contexts: 2
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center: 3 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft.
General Context: 5
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Auction, Indoor
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
1.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
Transit Context: 2
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Urban Center and
Neighborhood
Center Context: 3
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
General Context: 4
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Store, Department
Fashion oriented development
Flea market (indoor)
Flea market (outdoor)
Store, Mass merchandising
Store, Pawn shop
Store, Specialty
Retail goods establishment
Retail service establishment
Store, Superstore and
hypermarket
Store, Warehouse club
Page 32
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Retail shopping center over
55,000 sq. ft. usable floor area
Up to 100,000 sq. ft. : 2. spaces per 1,000
sq. ft. .
Above 100,000 sq. ft. :
sq. ft. 1.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Up to 100,000
sq. ft. : 1.5
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. .
Above 100,000
sq. ft. :
1.25 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Transit and Urban
Center Contexts: up
to 100,000 sq. ft.: 2
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft., above
100,000 sq. ft.: 1.75
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center and General
Context: Up to
100,000 sq. ft.: 3
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.,
above 100,000 sq.
ft.: 2.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Plant and garden shop with
outdoor retail sales area
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
1.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft.
Transit and Urban
Center Contexts:
1.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center: 2 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft.
General Context: 3
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Lodging Facilities
Bed and breakfast
1 space per guest bedroom 0.5 spaces per
guest bedroom No Minimum
All Contexts:
1.25 spaces per
guest bedroom
Hotel/motel
All Contexts:
1.5 spaces per
guest bedroom
Vehicles and Equipment
Vehicle Auction 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area
plus 1 space per service bay
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office area plus
1 space per
service bay
No Minimum No Maximum
Automobile part sales No Minimum All Contexts:
Page 33
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Automobile and truck repair
sales/rental and service
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of indoor
sales/leasing/office area plus 1 space per
service bay
1 space per
1,000 sq. ft. of
indoor
sales/leasing/
office area plus
1 space per
service bay
3 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft. of indoor
sales/leasing/ office
area, plus 1 space
per service bay
Boat/recreational vehicle sales
and service (indoor)
Equipment rental (indoor
and/or outdoor)
Equipment, heavy (rental,
sales, service)
Manufactured/mobile home
sales and service
Recreational vehicle (RV) sales
and service
Truck repair sales and rental
(large)
Car wash
No Minimum
Transit and Urban
Center Contexts: 1
space per 1,000 sq.
ft.
Neighborhood
Center: 2 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft.
General Context: 5
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Car wash as accessory use to
gas station or convenience
store that sells gas
Gas station 2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft. No Minimum
General Context:
5 spaces per 1,000 sq.
ft.
Neighborhood Center
Context:
3 spaces per 1,000 sq.
ft.
Urban Center
Context:
1 space per 1,000 sq.
ft.
Bus line yard and repair
facility
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. , plus 1 space per commercial fleet
vehicle No Minimum No Maximum Impound lot
Limousine service
Taxicab facility
Page 34
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Tire distribution
retail/wholesale
Adult Entertainment Establishments
Sexually oriented business 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. 1 space per
1,000 sq. ft. No Minimum
All Contexts:
5 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Transportation Uses
Airport Determined by Airport Authority No Maximum Heliport
Bus line station/terminal
No Minimum
Urban Center and
Transit Contexts:
2 spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center and General
Context: 1 space
per 150 average
daily passenger
boardings
Intermodal transit passenger
hub
Railroad, passenger station
Transportation terminal,
including bus, rail and
trucking
Railroad, repair shop 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. , plus 1 space per fleet vehicle
generally stored on-site No Minimum
No Maximum Truck freight terminal
Railroad, freight terminal
facility No Minimum
Industrial Uses
Manufacturing and
Processing
Artisan food production
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of production
area, plus 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of
office/retail
0.5 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
production
area, plus 1.5
spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office/retail
No Minimum
Transit and Urban
Center Contexts: 1
space per 1,000 sq.
ft. of production
area, plus 2 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft. of
office/retail
Page 35
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Bakery, commercial
Neighborhood
Center and General
Context: 2 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft. of
production area,
plus 3 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office/retail
Automobile salvage and
recycling (outdoor) 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of office
0.5 space per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office
No Minimum
All Contexts: 7
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft. of
office/retail Processing center (outdoor)
Automobile salvage and
recycling (indoor)
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
No Maximum
Blacksmith shop
Bottling plant
Brewery/Small Brewery
Chemical manufacturing
and/or storage
Commercial food preparation
Distillery
Drop forge industry
Explosive manufacturing and
storage
Food processing
Heavy manufacturing
Incinerator, medical
waste/hazardous waste
Industrial assembly
Jewelry fabrication
Laundry, commercial
Light manufacturing
Manufacturing and processing,
food
Paint manufacturing No Minimum Printing plant
Page 36
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Processing center (indoor)
Recycling
Sign painting/ fabrication
Studio, motion picture
Welding shop
Winery
Woodworking mill
Collection station
No Minimum
Concrete and/or asphalt
manufacturing
Extractive industry
Manufacturing, concrete or
asphalt
Refinery, petroleum products
Storage and Warehousing
Air cargo terminals and
package delivery facility
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. , plus 1 space per fleet vehicle
generally stored on-site
No Maximum
Building materials
distribution
Flammable liquids or gases,
heating fuel distribution and
storage
Package delivery facility
Warehouse
Warehouse, accessory to retail
and wholesale business
(maximum 5,000 square foot
floor plate)
Wholesale distribution
Storage, self 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area,
plus 1 space per 30 storage units
2 spaces per
1,000 sq. ft. of
office
All Contexts: 1
space for every 15
storage units
Contractor's yard/office 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area
All Contexts: 3
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft. of office area
Rock, sand and gravel storage
and distribution No Minimum No Maximum
Storage (outdoor)
Page 37
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Storage and display
(outdoor)
Storage, public (outdoor)
Public and Semi-Public Utility Uses
Utility: Building or structure
No Minimum No Maximum
Antenna, communication
tower
Antenna, communication
tower, exceeding the
maximum building height in
the zone
Large wind energy system
Solar array
Utility: Electric generation
facility
Utility: Sewage treatment
plant
Utility: Solid waste transfer
station
Utility: Transmission wire, line,
pipe or pole
Wireless telecommunications
facility
Accessory Uses
Accessory Dwelling Unit See Section 21A.40.200: Accessory Dwelling Units
Accessory guest and servant's
quarter 1 space per DU
No Minimum
All Contexts: 4
spaces per DU Living quarter for caretaker or
security guard
Retail, sales and service
accessory use when located
within a principal building
2 spaces per 1,000 1 space per
1,000
Transit and Urban
Center Contexts: 2
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Neighborhood
Center: 3 spaces
per 1,000 sq. ft.
General Context: 4
spaces per 1,000
sq. ft.
Retail, sales and service
accessory use when located
within a principal building and
operated primarily for the
convenience of employees
No Minimum
Page 38
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking
DU = dwelling unit sq. ft. = square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum
Parking Allowed
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts not
listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN, R-
MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1. CSHBD2
D-1, D-3 D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI,
FB-UN2, FB-UN3, FB-
SC. R-MU
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See 21A.44.040A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See 21A.44.040A.7
Warehouse, accessory 0.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of warehouse/wholesale No Minimum
No Maximum
Accessory use, except those
that are otherwise specifically
regulated elsewhere in this
title No Minimum Heliport, accessory
Reverse vending machine
Storage, accessory (outdoor)
Temporary Uses
Mobile food business
(operation in public right-of-
way)
No minimum, unless required by temporary use permit or as determined by the
Zoning Administrator No Maximum
Mobile food business
(operation on private
property)
Mobile food court
Vending cart, private
property
Vending cart, public property
Farm stand, seasonal
Table Notes:
A. Facilities that are (a)
occupy a building originally constructed for another residential use shall have the same parking requirements as the residential
use for which the building was constructed.
B. Parking requirements to be determined by Transportation Director based on considerations of factors such as estimated facility
use, vehicle traffic to the facility, transit use to the facility, potential traffic congestion, and likelihood of overflow parking in
surrounding neighborhoods.
B.Electric Vehicle Parking
Each multi-family use shall provide a minimum of one (1) parking space dedicated to electric vehicles
for every twenty five (25) parking spaces provided on-site. Electric vehicle parking spaces shall count
toward the minimum required number of parking spaces. The electric vehicle parking space shall be:
1.Located in the same lot as the principal use;
2.Located as close to a primary entrance of the principal building as possible;
3.Signed in a clear and conspicuous manner, such as special pavement marking or signage, indicating
exclusive availability to electric vehicles; and
Page 39
4.Outfitted with a standard electric vehicle charging station.
C.Accessible Parking
1.The number and design of accessible (ADA) parking spaces shall be pursuant to the standards
provided in the Salt Lake City Off-Street Parking Standards Manual.
2.Parking areas with four (4) or fewer vehicle parking spaces are not required to identify an accessible
parking space; however, if parking is provided, a minimum of one (1) parking space shall comply with
the ADA standard dimensions.
3.The number of required accessible spaces shall be based on the total number of vehicle spaces
provided to serve the principal uses, as shown below in Table 21A.44.040-B: Accessible Parking
Required
Table 21A.44.040-B: Accessible Parking Required
Off Street Parking Spaces Provided Minimum Required Accessible Spaces
1 to 100 1 per 25 parking spaces
101 to 500 1 per 50 parking spaces
501 to 1,000 2 percent of total number of parking spaces
1,001 and more 20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces over 1,000
D.Bicycle Parking
1. Applicability
The following regulations apply to all uses except for single-family, two-family, and twin home
residential uses and nonresidential uses having less than one thousand square feet (1,000 sq. ft.)
of usable floor area.
2. Calculation of Mimimum Required Bicycle Parking Spaces31
The number of required bicycle spaces shall be based on the use within the defined parking
contexts as shown in Table 21A.44.040-C: Minimum Bicycle Parking Requirements , unless another
City standard requires a different number of bicycle parking spaces for a specific use, in which
case the use-specific bicycle parking standard shall apply.
Table 21A.44.040-C: Minimum Bicycle Parking Requirements*
(Calculation of Bicyle Parking Spaces to be Provided per Residential Unit or Based on
Usable Floor Area)
Use
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts
not listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN,
CSHBD2, R-MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, D-3, MU,
TSA-T, CSHBD1
D-1, D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI, FB-UN2,
FB-SC, R-MU
Residential Uses 1 per 5 units 1 per 4 units 1 per 3 units 1 per 2 units
Page 40
Table 21A.44.040-C: Minimum Bicycle Parking Requirements*
(Calculation of Bicyle Parking Spaces to be Provided per Residential Unit or Based on
Usable Floor Area)
Use
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts
not listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN,
CSHBD2, R-MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, D-3, MU,
TSA-T, CSHBD1
D-1, D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI, FB-UN2,
FB-SC, R-MU
Public, Institutional,
and Civic Uses 1 per 10,000 sq. ft. 1 per 5,000 sq. ft. 1 per 5,000 sq. ft. 1 per 3,000 sq. ft.
Commercial Uses 1 per 20,000 sq. ft. 1 per 5,000 sq. ft 1 per 4,000 sq. ft. 1 per 2,000 sq. ft.
Industrial Uses No requirement No requirement No requirement No Requirement
*For all uses: In determining the minimum number of bicycle parking spaces required, fractional spaces are rounded to
the nearest whole number, with one-half counted as an additional space
3. Building Expansions or Changes of Use
Building expansions or changes of use that require additional vehicle parking spaces pursuant to
section 21A.44.020 and section 21A.44.040 shall provide additional bicycle parking spaces based
on the calculations in Table 21A.44.040-C: Minimum Bicycle Parking Requirements for the entire
use.
4. Secure/Enclosed Bicycle Parking
Each one (1) bicycle parking space that is within a secure/enclosed bicycle parking facility may be
used to satisfy the requirement of two (2) required bicycle parking spaces.
5. Existing Public Bicycle Parking Facilities
Permanent public bicycle racks or bike corrals located within fifty feet (50') of the primary
entrance to the principal building may be used to satisfy up to two (2) required bicycle parking
spaces.
6. Accessory and Temporary Uses
No bicycle parking spaces are required for accessory or temporary uses.
21A.44.050 Alternatives to Minimum and Maximum Parking
Calculations
The amount of off street vehicle parking required pursuant to Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and
Maximum Off Street Parking, may be adjusted by the factors listed in this section. These adjustments may
be applied as part of the calculation of parking requirements and do not require discretionary approval by
the City.
A.Limitations on Adjustments to Minimum Required Parking
The adjustments listed in sections 21A.44.050B.B through 21A.44.050F.H may be used in any
combination, but shall not be combined to reduce the minimum required parking established in
Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking by more than forty percent (40%).
Page 41
B.Shared Parking
1. Shared Parking for Two or More Uses
a. Where two (2) or more uses listed in Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off
Street Parking share a parking garage or parking lot that is located on one of the properties
that is sharing parking, or is located within the maximum permitted distance of all of the
properties sharing parking shown in Table 21A.44.060-B: Maximum Distances for Off-Site
Parking, the total minimum off street parking requirement for those uses may be reduced
by the factors shown in Table 21A.44.050-A: Shared Parking Reduction Factors.
b. The minimum number of off street parking spaces shall be the sum of the parking
requirements for the uses divided by the factor shown in Table 21A.44.050-A: Shared
Parking Reduction Factors for that combination of uses.
Example: If a 5,000 square foot art gallery shared a parking lot with a 5,000 square foot
retail goods establishment, and a 100 unit multi-family residential use in the Urban Center
Context, the minimum off street parking required would be calculated as follows:
Use 1: Art Gallery
0.5 per 1,000 sq. ft. x (5,000 sq. ft.) = 3 parking spaces
Use 2: Retail Goods Establishment
1 per 1,000 sq. ft. x (5,000 sq. ft.) = 5 parking spaces
Use 3: Multi-Family Residential
0 per studio unit x (20 studio units) = 0 parking spaces
0.5 per 1 bedroom unit x (36 1 bedroom units) = 18 parking spaces
1 per 2+ bedroom units x (44 2+ bedroom units) = 44 parking spaces
0+18+44 = 62 parking spaces
Sum of two largest minimum parking requirements:
5 (retail goods establishment)+ 62 (multi-family) = 67 parking spaces
Reduction Factor (two largest minimums):
67 ÷ 1.2 reduction factor = 55.8 or 56 parking spaces
Add Remaining Minimum(s):
56 (retail & multi-family) + 3 (art gallery) = 59 parking spaces required
Table 21A.44.050-A: Shared Parking Reduction Factors
Property Use Multi-Family
Residential
Public,
Institutional, or
Civic
Food and
Beverage,
Recreation and
Entertainment,
or Lodging
Retail
Sales
Other Non-
Residential
Multi-Family Residential [1]
Public, Institutional and Civic 1.1
Page 42
Food and Beverage, Recreation
and Entertainment, or Lodging 1.1 1.2
Retail Sales 1.2 1.3 1.3
Other Non-Residential 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.2
[1] Applies to multi-family residential, assisted living facility (large), group home (large), and residential support (large)
uses
2. Documentation Required
a. The owners of record involved in the joint use of shared parking shall submit written
documentation of the continued availability of the shared parking arrangement to the
Transportation Director for review.
b. The Director shall approve the shared parking arrangement if the Director determines that
the documentation demonstrates the continued availability of the shared parking facility
for a reasonable period of time. No zoning or use approval shall be issued until the
Director has approved the shared parking documentation.
c. If the shared parking arrangement is later terminated or modified and the Director
determines that the termination or modification has resulted in traffic congestion, overflow
parking in residential neighborhoods, or threats to pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicle safety, the
property owners involved in the shared parking arrangement may be held in violation of
this chapter.
C.Proximity to Fixed-Rail Transit
Required parking for a development located within one-quarter mile (when measured radially in a
straight line from the subject property line) of a fixed-rail transit station platform in the General
Context, Neighborhood Center Context, and Urban Center Context areas may be reduced by up to
twenty-five percent (25%). This shall not apply to single or two-family uses including: single-family
(attached or detached), twin homes, or two-family.
D.Affordable and Senior Housing (Multi-family Structures)
The minimum number of required off street parking spaces for multi-family residential developments
with at least ten (10) dwelling units may be reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) if the multi-family
development has:
1.A minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the dwelling units are restricted to residents with no
greater than sixty percent (60%) area median income (AMI) for leased units; or
2.A minimum of thirty-five percent (35%) of the dwelling units are restricted to residents with no
greater than eighty percent (80%) AMI for sale units; or
3.A minimum of seventy-five percent (75%) of the dwelling units are restricted to persons sixty-five
(65) years of age or older.
For a development that meets any of the scenarios above, an additional reduction of up to fifteen
percent (15%) may be allowed when the development is located within one-quarter mile (when
measured radially in a straight line from the subject property line) of a bus stop that is serviced by the
same route at least every fifteen (15) minutes during daytime hours, Monday - Saturday.
Page 43
E.Car Pool and Carshare Parking
1.For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces, each off street parking space
designated and signed for the exclusive use of a shared car pool vehicle shall count as three (3)
spaces toward the satisfaction of minimum off street vehicle parking requirements.
2.For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces, each off street parking space
designated and signed for the exclusive use of a shared vanpool vehicle shall count as seven (7)
spaces toward the satisfaction of minimum off street vehicle parking requirements.
3.For parking lots of any size, each off street parking space designated and signed for the exclusive use
of a carshare vehicle shall count as four (4) spaces toward the satisfaction of minimum off street
vehicle parking requirements.
F.Valet Parking Services
Modifications to minimum on site parking spaces may occur on a one-to-one basis if off site valet
parking is provided and:
1.The design of the valet parking does not cause customers who do not use the valet services to park
off the premises or cause queuing in the right-of-way;
2.The availability of valet parking service is clearly posted outside the establishment and near the main
entrance; and
3.The applicant provides adequate written assurances for the continued operation of the valet parking,
and a written agreement to notify future owners and tenants of the property of the duty to continue
to provide off-site valet parking.
G.Parking Study Demonstrating Different Parking Needs
1.The Transportation Director, in consultation with the Planning Director, may authorize a change in the
amount of off street parking spaces. The authorization shall be based on the applicant submitting a
parking study that demonstrates a different off street parking demand for the proposed development,
use, or combination of uses than calculated from Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off
Street Parking, and subject to the overall limits on parking adjustments in Section 21A.44.050.A above.
2.The Directors shall determine whether the information and assumptions used in the study are
reasonable and whether the study accurately reflects anticipated off street parking demand for the
proposed development, use, or combination of uses.
3.Considerations for an alternative parking requirement (parking provided below the minimum required
or exceeding the maximum allowed) shall be granted only if the following findings are determined:
Page 44
a. That the proposed parking plan will satisfy the anticipated parking demand for the use;
b. That the proposed parking plan will be at least as effective in maintaining traffic circulation
patterns, reducing the visibility of parking areas and facilities as would strict compliance
with the otherwise applicable off street parking standards;
c. That the proposed parking plan does not have a materially adverse impact on adjacent or
neighboring properties;
d. That the proposed parking plan includes mitigation strategies for any potential impact on
adjacent or neighboring properties; and
e. That the proposed alternative parking plan is consistent with applicable City plans and
policies.
21A.44.060 Parking Location and Design
All required parking areas shall be located and designed in accordance with the standards in this Chapter
21A.44: Off Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading and the standards in the Off-Street Parking Standards
Manual. Modifications to the standards of this section 21A.44.060 may be granted through the design
review process, subject to conformance with the standards and procedures of Chapter 21A.59: Design
Review.
A.Generally
1. Parking Located on Same Lot as Use or Building Served
All parking spaces required to serve buildings or uses erected or established after the
effective date of this ordinance shall be located on the same lot as the building or use
served, unless otherwise allowed pursuant to section 21A.44.060A.4 Off-Site Parking
Permitted.
2. Biodetention and Landscape Islands in General and Neighborhood Center Contexts
For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces in the General Context
and Neighborhood Center Context areas, parking lot islands or biodetention areas shall
be provided on the interior of the parking lot to help direct traffic flow and to provide
landscaped areas within such lots.
3. Parking Location and Setbacks
All parking shall comply with the parking restrictions within yards pursuant to Table
21A.44.060-A: Parking Location and Setback Requirements
Page 45
Table 21A.44.060-A: Parking Location and Setback Requirements
N = parking prohibited between lot line and front line of building
Zoning District Front
Lot Line
Corner Side
Lot Line
Interior Side
Lot Line
Rear
Lot Line
General Context
Residential (FR Districts, RB, RMF, RO)
FR N
Parking in driveways that comply with all applicable
City standards is exempt from this restriction.
6 ft.
0 ft.
R-1, R-2, SR-1, SR-2 0 ft.
RMF-30 N
0 ft.; or 10 ft. when
abutting any 1-2 family
residential district
RMF-35, RMF-45,
RMF-75, RO N
; 0 ft.; or 10 ft. when
abutting any 1-2 family
residential district.
Limited to 1 side yard
except for single-family
attached lots.
Commercial and Manufacturing (CC, CS, CG, M-1, M-2, SNB)
CC 15 ft.
0 ft.; or 7 ft. when abutting any residential
district
CS 0 ft.; or 15 ft. when abutting any residential
district CG 10 ft.
M-1 15 ft.
M-2 15 ft. 0 ft.; or 50 ft. when abutting any residential
district
Special Purpose Districts
A 0 ft.
0 ft. AG, AG-2, AG-5,
AG-20 N
BP N 8 ft.; or 30 ft. when abutting any residential
district
EI 10 ft. 30 ft. 30 ft. 20 ft.
FP 20 ft. 6 ft. 0 ft.
I 20 ft. 0 ft.; or 15 ft. when abutting any residential
district
MH 20 ft. 0 ft.
OS 30 ft. 10 ft.
PL 30 ft. 0 ft.; or 10 ft. when abutting any residential
district PL-2 20 ft.
RP 30 ft. 8 ft.; or 30 ft. when abutting any residential
district
Neighborhood Center Context
CB , CN, CSHBD2, SNB
N
0 ft.; or 7 ft. when abutting any 1-2 family
residential district
R-MU-35, R-MU-45
Limited to 1 side yard, 0
ft.; or
10 ft. when abutting
any 1-2 family
residential district
0 ft.; or 10 ft. when
abutting any 1-2
family residential
district
Page 46
Table 21A.44.060-A: Parking Location and Setback Requirements
N = parking prohibited between lot line and front line of building
Zoning District Front
Lot Line
Corner Side
Lot Line
Interior Side
Lot Line
Rear
Lot Line
RB, SR-3, FB-UN1,
FB-SE N 0 ft.
Urban Center Context
D-2 N
0 ft. D-3 See section 21A.44.060.B.1
MU N 0 ft.; limited to 1 side
yard 0 ft.
R-MU Surface Parking: 30 ft.
Parking Garages: 45 ft.
0 ft.; or 10 ft. when
abutting any 1-2 family
residential district
Surface parking at least
30 ft. from front lot line.
Parking garages at least
45 ft. from front lot line
0 ft.; or 10 ft. when
abutting any 1-2
family residential
district
TSA-T See section 21A.44.060B.22 0 ft.
CSHBD1 N 0 ft.; or 7 ft. when abutting any residential
district
Transit Context
D-1 See section 21A.44.060B.11
D-4 See section Error! Reference source not found.1 0 ft.
FB-UN2, FB-SC N 0 ft.
TSA-C See section 21A.44.060B.22 0 ft.
G-MU See section Error! Reference source not found.1 0 ft.
UI 0 ft; Hospitals: 30 ft.
0 ft.; or 15 ft. when
abutting any 1-2 family
residential district;
Hospitals: 10 ft.
0 ft.; or 15 ft. when
abutting any 1-2
family residential
district; Hospitals:
10 ft.
4. Off-Site Parking Permitted
When allowed as either a permitted or conditional use per Chapter 21A.33 Land Use Tables, off-
site parking facilities may be used to satisfy the requirements of this chapter and shall comply
with the following standards:
a.Maximum Distance of Off-Site Parking
Off-site parking shall be located according to the distance established in Table
21A.44.060-B: Maximum Distances for Off-Site Parking (measured in a straight line from the
property boundary of the principal use for which the parking serves to the closest point of
the parking area).
Table 21A.44.060-B: Maximum Distances for Off-Site Parking
Context Maximum Distance to Off-Site Parking
Neighborhood Center 600 ft. General
Page 47
Legal Nonconforming Use in Residential District
Urban Center 1,200 ft.
Transit 1,000 ft.
b.Documentation Required
(1) The owners of record involved in an off-site parking arrangement shall submit written
documentation of the continued availability of the off-site parking arrangement to the
Planning Director for review.
(2) The Planning Director shall approve the off-site parking arrangement if the Director
determines the location meets the standards of this section. No zoning or use
approval shall be issued until the Director has approved the off-site parking
arrangement and the documentation has been recorded in the office of the Salt Lake
County Recorder.
(3) If the off-site parking arrangement is later terminated or modified and the Planning
Director determines that the termination or modification has resulted in traffic
congestion, overflow parking in residential neighborhoods, or threats to pedestrian,
bicycle, or vehicle safety, the property owners of the uses for which the off-site
parking was provided may be held in violation of this chapter.
5. Circulation Plan Required
Any application for a building permit shall include a site plan, drawn to scale, and fully
dimensioned, showing any off street parking or loading facilities to be provided in compliance
with this title. A tabulation of the number of off street vehicle and bicycle parking, loading, and
stacking spaces required by this chapter shall appear in a conspicuous place on the plan.
6. Driveways and Access
a.Compliance with Other Adopted Regulations
(1) Parking lots shall be designed in compliance with applicable City codes, ordinances,
and standards, including but not limited to title 12 of the City Code: Vehicles and
Traffic and the Off-Street Parking Standards Manual to the maximum degree
practicable, with respect to:
(a) Minimum distances between curb cuts;
(b) Proximity of curb cuts to intersections;
(c) Provisions for shared driveways;
(d) Location, quantity and design of landscaped islands; and
(e) Design of parking lot interior circulation system.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of 21A.44.060A.6.a(1) above, relocation of a driveway
for a single-family, two-family, or twin home residence in any zoning district shall only
be required when the residence is replaced, and shall not be required when the
residence is expanded or renovated in compliance with the City code.
b.Access Standards
Access to all parking facilities shall comply with the following standards:
Page 48
(1) To the maximum extent practicable, all off street parking facilities shall be designed
with vehicular access to a street or alley that will least interfere with automobile,
bicycle, and pedestrian traffic movement.
(2) Parking facilities in excess of five (5) spaces that access a public street shall be
designed to allow vehicles to enter and exit the lot in a forward direction.
(3) Parking
more shall be limited to two (2) curb cuts, unless the Transportation Director
determines that additional curb cuts are necessary to ensure pedestrian, bicycle, and
vehicle safety or to comply with the fire code. Public safety uses shall be exempt from
limitations on curb cuts.
(4) All vehicular access roads/driveways shall be surfaced as required in accordance with
section 21A.44.060.A.8 Surface Materials.
c.Driveway Standards
All driveways shall comply with the following standards:
(1)Driveway Location in Residential Zoning Districts
With the exception of legal shared driveways, driveways shall be at least twenty feet
(20') from street corner property lines and five feet (5') from any public utility
infrastructure such as power poles, fire hydrants, and water meters. Except for entrance
and exit driveways leading to approved parking areas, no curb cuts or driveways are
permitted.
(2)Driveway Widths
All driveways serving residential uses shall be a minimum eight feet wide and shall
comply with the standards for maximum driveway widths listed in Table 21A.44.060-C:
Minimum and Maximum Driveway Width.
Table 21A.44.060-C: Minimum and Maximum Driveway Width
Zoning District Minimum Driveway Width
(in front and corner side yard)
Maximum Driveway Width*
(in front and corner side yard)
SR-1, SR-2 and SR-3 8 ft. 22 ft.
MH 8 ft. 16 ft.
Other Residential Zoning
Districts 8 ft. 30 ft.
M-1 and M-2 12 ft. single lane and 24 ft. for two-way 50 ft.
Other Non-Residential
Zoning Districts 12 ft. single lane and 24 ft. for two-way 30 ft.
* Maximum width is for all driveways combined when more than one driveway is provided
(3)Shared Driveways
Shared driveways, where two (2) or more properties share one (1) driveway access, may
be permitted if the Transportation Director determines that the design and location of
the shared driveway access will not create adverse impacts on traffic congestion or
public safety.
Page 49
(4)Driveway Surface
All driveways providing access to parking facilities shall be improved and maintained
pursuant to the standards in the Off-Street Parking Standards Manual.
7. Minimum Dimensional Standards
All parking spaces shall comply with the dimensional standards in the Off-Street Parking
Standards Manual.
8. Surface Materials
All parking spaces shall comply with the standards for surfacing of access, driving, and parking
surfacing in the Off-Street Parking Standards Manual.
9. Grading and Stormwater Management
All surface parking areas shall comply with City grading and stormwater management standards and shall
be reviewed for best management practices by Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities. Refer to the
Salt Lake City Stormwater Master Plan, Storm Drainage Manual, and Green Infrastructure Toolbox for
additional information.
10. Sight Distance Triangles
All driveways and intersections shall comply with the sight distance triangle standards as defined
in the Off-Street Parking Standards Manual.
11. Landscaping and Screening
All parking areas and facilities shall comply with the landscaping and screening standards in
Chapter 21A.48: Landscaping and Buffers.
12. Lighting
Where a parking area or parking lot is illuminated, the light source shall be shielded so that the
light source is not directly visible from any abutting property or abutting private or public street.
13. Signs
All signs in parking areas or related to parking facilities shall comply with Chapter 21A.46; Signs,
and applicable provisions of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
14. Pedestrian Walkways
a. Surface parking lots with between twenty-five (25) and one hundred (100) parking spaces
shall provide a pedestrian walkway or sidewalk through the parking lot to the primary
entrance of the principal building. Pedestrian walkways shall be identified by a change in
color, material, surface texture, or grade elevation from surrounding driving surfaces.
b. Parking lots with more than one hundred (100) parking spaces shall provide:
(1) One (1) or more grade-
and located in an area that is not a driving surface, leading from the furthest row of
parking spaces to the primary entrance of the principal building.
(2) Vehicles shall not overhang the pedestrian walkway(s).
Page 50
(3) Where the walkway(s) crosses a drive aisle, pedestrian walkway(s) shall be identified by
a change in color, material, surface texture, or grade elevation from surrounding
driving surfaces.
(4) One (1) pedestrian walkway meeting these standards shall be provided for each one
hundred (100) parking spaces provided on site or part thereof, after the first one
hundred (100) parking spaces.
15. Parking Garages
The following standards shall apply to all above-ground parking garages except those located in
the FB zones subject to 21A.27.030.C.4, whether freestanding or incorporated into a building:
a. Each façade or a parking garage adjacent to a public street or public space shall have an
external skin designed to conceal the view of all parked cars. Examples include heavy
gauge metal screen, precast concrete panels, live green or landscaped walls, laminated or
safety glass, or decorative photovoltaic panels.
b. No horizontal length of the parking garage façade shall extend longer than 40 feet without
the inclusion of architectural elements such as decorative grillwork, louvers, translucent
screens, alternating building materials, and other external features to avoid visual
monotony. Facade elements shall align with parking levels.
c. Internal circulation shall allow parking surfaces to be level (without any slope) along each
parking garage facade adjacent to a public street or public space. All ramps between levels
shall be located along building facades that are not adjacent to a public street or public
space, or shall be located internally so that they are not visible from adjacent public streets
or public spaces.
d. The location of elevators and stairs shall be highlighted through the use of architectural
features or changes in façade colors, textures, or materials so that visitors can easily identify
these entry points.
e. Interior parking garage lighting shall not produce glaring sources toward adjacent
properties while providing safe and adequate lighting levels. The use of sensor dimmable
LEDs and white stained ceilings are recommended to control light levels on-site while
improving energy efficiency.
f. In the Urban Center Context and Transit Context areas, the street-level facades of all
parking garages shall be designed to meet applicable building code standards for
habitable space to allow at least one (1) permitted or conditional use, other than parking,
to be located where the parking garage is located.
g. Vent and fan locations shall not be located on parking garage facades facing public streets
or public spaces, or adjacent to residential uses, to the greatest extent practicable.
16. Tandem Parking
Where more than one (1) parking space is required to be provided for a residential dwelling unit,
the parking spaces may be designed as tandem parking spaces, provided that:
a. No more than two (2) required spaces may be included in the tandem parking layout; and
b. Each set of two (2) tandem parking spaces shall be designated for a specific residential unit.
Page 51
17. Cross-Access between Adjacent Uses
The Transportation Director may require that access to one or more lots be through shared
access points or cross-access through adjacent parcels when the Transportation Director
determines that individual access to abutting parcels or limited distance between access points
will create traffic safety hazards due to traffic levels on adjacent streets or nearby intersections.
Such a determination shall be consistent with requirements of state law regarding property
access from public streets. Required cross-access agreements shall be recorded with the Salt
Lake County Office.
B.Zone Specific Location and Design Standards
1. D-1, D-3, D-4, and G-MU Zoning Districts
The following regulations shall apply to surface or above-ground parking facilities. No special
design and setback restrictions shall apply to below-ground parking facilities.
a.Block Corner Areas
(1)Within the D-1 zoning district, above-ground parking facilities located within
the block corner areas and on Main Street, shall be located behind principal
buildings and;
a. All above-ground parking facilities that front a street shall contain uses other
than parking along the entire length of the building façade and along all
stories or levels of the building.
b. Vehicle access to parking shall be located to the side of the building or as far
from the street corner as possible unless further restricted by this Title.
(2)Within the D-3, D-4, or G-MU zoning districts, above-ground parking facilities
shall be located behind principal buildings, or at least seventy-five feet (75')
from front and corner side lot lines, and shall be landscaped to minimize visual
impacts.
b.Mid-Block Areas
(1)Within the D-1 zoning district, above-ground parking facilities shall be located
behind the front line of principal buildings or shall be located at least seventy-
five feet (75') from front and corner side lot lines;
a. Parking lots proposed as a principal use to facilitate a building demolition
are prohibited.
(2)Within the D-3, D-4, or G-MU zoning districts, parking facilities shall be
located behind principal buildings, or at least thirty feet (30') from front and
corner side lot lines.
(3)Parking garages shall meet the following:
a. Retail goods/service establishments, offices and/or restaurants shall be
provided on the first floor adjacent to the front or corner side lot line. The
Page 52
facades of such first floors shall be compatible and consistent with the
associated retail or office portion of the building and other retail uses in the
area.
b. Levels of parking above the first level facing the front or corner side lot line
shall have floors and/or facades that are horizontal, not sloped.
c.Landscape Requirements
Surface parking lots, where allowed shall have a minimum landscaped setback of fifteen
in Chapter 21A.48: Landscaping and Buffers.
2. TSA Zoning District
New uses and development or redevelopment within the TSA zoning district shall comply with
the following standards.
a.Surface Parking on Corner Properties
On corner properties, surface parking lots shall be located behind principal buildings or at
least sixty feet (60') from the intersection of the front and corner side lot lines.
b.Surface Parking in the Core Area
Surface parking lots in the core area are required to be located behind or to the side of the
principal building.
(1)When located to the side of a building, the parking lot shall be:
(a) Set back a minimum of thirty feet (30') from a property line adjacent to a public
street. The area between the parking lot and the property line adjacent to a
public street shall be landscaped or activated with outdoor dining, plazas, or
similar features;
(b) Screened with a landscaped hedge or wall that is at least thirty-six inches (36")
above grade and no taller than forty-two inches (42") above grade. Landscaping
berms are not permitted; and
(c) No wider than what is required for two (2) rows of parking and one (1) drive aisle
as provided in the Off-Street Parking Standards Manual.
(2) Unless a second driveway is necessary to comply with the fire code, a maximum of one
(1) driveway and drive aisle shall be permitted per street frontage. The access point
shall be located a minimum of one hundred feet (100') from the intersection of the
front and corner side lot lines. If the front or corner side lot line is less than one
hundred feet (100') in length, then the edge of the drive approach shall be located
within twenty feet (20') of the side or rear property line.
c.Surface Parking In the Transition Area
(1) Surface parking lots in the transition area are required to be located behind the
principal building or to the side of a principal building.
(2)When located to the side of a principal building, the parking lot shall be:
(a) Set back so that no portion of the parking area (other than the driveway) shall be
closer to the street than the front wall setback of the building. In cases where the
front wall of the building is located within five feet (5') of a property line adjacent
Page 53
to a street, the parking lot shall be set back a minimum of eight feet (8'). The
space between the parking lot and the property line adjacent to a street shall be
landscaped or activated with outdoor dining, plazas, or similar features; and
(b) Screened with a landscaped hedge or wall that is at least thirty-six inches (36")
above grade and no taller than forty-two inches (42") above grade. Landscaped
berms are not permitted.
C.Recreational Vehicle Parking
1. Generally
a. Recreational vehicle parking spaces shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, required off
street vehicle parking spaces.
b. Recreational vehicles shall not be used for storage of goods, materials, or equipment other
than those that are customarily associated with the recreational vehicle.
c. All recreational vehicles shall be stored in a safe and secure manner. Any tie downs,
tarpaulins, or ropes shall be secured from flapping in windy conditions.
d. Recreational vehicles shall not be occupied as a dwelling while parked on the property.
e. Recreational vehicle parking is permitted in any enclosed structure conforming to building
code and zoning requirements for the zoning district in which it is located.
f. Recreational vehicle parking outside of an approved enclosed structure shall be permitted
for each residence and shall be limited to one motor home or travel trailer and a total of
two (2) recreational vehicles of any type.
g. Recreational vehicle parking outside of an enclosed structure shall comply with the
standards in this section.
2. Front Yard Parking
Recreational vehicle parking is prohibited in any required or provided front yard.
3. Rear Yard Parking
Recreational vehicles may be parked in the rear yard when they are on a hard surfaced pad
compliant with surfacing standards in the Off-Street Parking Standards Manual and with access
provided by either a hard surfaced driveway, hard surfaced drive strips or an access drive
constructed of turf block materials with an irrigation system.
4. Side Yard Parking
Recreational vehicle parking in side yards shall be allowed only when topographical factors, the
existence of mature trees, or the existence of properly permitted and constructed structures
prohibit access to the rear yard. The existence of a fence or other structure that is not part of a
building shall not constitute a lack of rear yard access. Any recreational vehicle parking area in a
side yard shall:
a. Be on a hard surface compliant with the Off-Street Parking Standards Manual;
b. Be accessed via a driveway compliant with driveway standards of this chapter;
c. Not obstruct access to other required parking for the use.
Page 54
21A.44.070 Off Street Loading Areas
A.Number and Size of Loading Areas Required
1.Unless otherwise specified, a required off street loading berth shall be at least ten feet (10') in width
by at least thirty-five feet (35') in length for short berths, and twelve feet (12') in width by at least fifty
feet (50') in length for long berths, exclusive of aisle and maneuvering space. Maneuvering aprons of
appropriate width and orientation shall be provided and shall be subject to approval by the
Transportation Director.
2.All loading areas shall have a vertical clearance of at least fourteen feet (14').
3.Off street loading facilities for new developments or for expansion of an existing development shall
be provided at the rate specified for a particular use, or if multiple uses, at the rate of the uses
combined, in Table 21A.44.070-A: Off Street Loading Requirements. Regardless of the combination of
uses, all buildings with a gross floor area over 50,000 square feet shall have a minimum of 1 short
berth.
Table 21A.44.070-A: Off Street Loading Requirements
Use Gross Floor Area
(Square Feet)
Number and Size of
Berths
Hotels, Institutions, and Institutional Living 50,000 - 100,000 1 short
Each additional 100,000 1 short
Office/Commercial 50,000 - 100,000 1 short
Each additional 100,000 up to 500,000 1 short
Retail 50,000 - 100,000 1 long
Each additional 100,000 1 long
Industrial
25,001 - 50,000 1 long
50,001 - 100,000 2 long
Each additional 100,000 1 long
Multi- Family Residential86
# of Dwelling Units
(Per Building)
Number and Size of
Berths
40-150 1 short
151-300 2 short
Greater than 300 1 additional short per
200 units
B.Location and Design of Loading Areas
1.All required loading berths shall be located on the same development site as the use(s) served.
2.No loading berth shall be located within thirty feet (30') of the nearest point of intersection of any two
(2) streets.
3.No loading berth shall be located in a required front yard.
4.Each required loading berth shall be located and designed to:
Page 55
a. Allow all required vehicle maneuvering and backing movements on-site;
b. Minimize conflicts with pedestrian, bicycle, and traffic movement or encroachments into
any pedestrian walkway, bicycle lane, public right-of-way, and fire lane; and
c. Avoid the need to back into a public street while leaving the site to the maximum extent
practicable, as determined by the Planning Director and the Transportation Director.
5.Landscaping and screening of all loading berths shall be provided to comply with the requirements of
Chapter 21A.48: Landscaping and Buffers.
6.Where a loading berth is illuminated, the light source shall be shielded so that the light source is not
directly visible from any abutting property or abutting private or public street.
7.All signs in loading areas shall comply with Chapter 21A.46: Signs, and applicable provisions of the
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
8.All required loading berths shall comply with the surfacing standards of the Off-Street Parking
Standards Manual.
21A.44.080 Drive-Through Facilities and Vehicle Stacking Areas
A.Number of Stacking Spaces Required
The following standards apply for all uses with vehicle stacking and/or drive-through facilities.
1.All uses with drive-through facilities shall provide the minimum number of on-site stacking spaces
indicated in Table 21A.44.080-A: Required Vehicle Stacking Spaces.
Table 21A.44.080-A: Required Vehicle Stacking Spaces
Use
General
Context
Neighborhood
Center Context
Urban Center
Context
Transit
Context
All zoning districts
not listed in another
context area
RB, SNB, CB, CN,
CSHBD2, R-MU-35,
R-MU-45, SR-3,
FB-UN1, FB-SE
D-2, D-3, MU, R-
MU, TSA-T,
CSHBD1
D-1, D-4, G-MU,
TSA-C, UI, FB-UN2,
FB-SC
Car Wash, Self-Service 3 spaces per bay or stall 2 spaces per bay or stall
Car Wash, Automated 4 spaces per lane or stall 3 spaces per lane or stall
Food and Beverage Service Uses 5 spaces per service lane 4 spaces per service lane
Other Uses 3 spaces per service lane 3 spaces per service lane
B.Location and Design of Drive-Through Facilities
1.In zoning districts where uses with drive-through facilities are allowed and where no front or corner
side yard setback is required, the drive-through lanes shall not be located between the front or corner
side lot line and any walls of the principal building.
2.Drive-through lanes shall be arranged to avoid conflicts with site access points, access to parking or
loading spaces, and internal circulation routes, to the maximum extent practicable.
Page 56
3.In the General Context zoning districts, a by-pass lane, driveway, or other circulation area around a
drive-through facility stacking lane shall be provided for all uses other than automated car washes.
financial institutions and restaurant/retail uses.
4.All required stacking spaces shall measure nine (9) feet by twenty (20) feet and shall be counted from
the point of service, or final service window.
5.Air quality: Drive through facilities shall post idle-free signs pursuant to Chapter 12.58 of the city code.
6.When a drive through use adjoins any residential use or any residential zoning district, a minimum six
7.Drive through facility will not result in adverse impacts upon the vicinity after giving consideration to
the hours of operation, noise and light generation, traffic circulation, and the site plan.
21A.44.090 Modifications to Parking Areas
Applicants requesting development permits or approvals may request adjustments to the standards and
requirements in this Chapter 21A.44: Off Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading, and the City may approve
adjustments to those standards, as described below.
A.Administrative Modifications
The Planning Director or Transportation Director may approve the following types of modifications
without requiring approval of a Special Exception, provided that the Director determines that the
adjustment will not create adverse impacts on pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicle safety and that the
adjustment is required to accommodate an unusual site feature (such as shape, topography, utilities,
or access point constraints) and that the need for the adjustment has not been created by the actions
of the applicant.
1.Modification to dimensions or geometries of parking, loading, or stacking space, aisles, or
maneuvering areas otherwise required by this chapter, other City regulations, or the Off-Street
Parking Standards Manual; provided that those modifications are consistent with federal and state
laws regarding persons with disabilities, including but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities
Act.
2.Modifications to bicycle parking or loading berth location or design standards.
B.Special Exceptions
The following types of exceptions may be approved through the Special Exception process in section
21A.52.040, provided that the application meets the criteria for approval of a Special Exception in
section 21A.52.060 in addition to the standards provided in this section.
1. Exceptions Permitted
a.Front Yard Parking Exception
For any zoning district, if front yard parking is prohibited in Table 21A.44.060-A: Parking
Location and Setback Requirements, it may be allowed if all of the following conditions are
met:
Page 57
(1) The rear or side yards cannot be reasonably accessed by vehicles, specifically;
(a) Clearance for a driveway could not be provided in the side yard on either side of
the building that is free from obstructions that cannot reasonably be avoided,
such as utilities, window-wells, a specimen tree, a direct elevation change of three
feet (3') or greater, or retaining walls three feet (3') high or greater; and
(b) There is not a right-of-way or alley adjacent to the property with established
rights for access, where:
a. The travel distance to the property line is less than one hundred feet (100')
from an improved street and the right-of-way or alley has at least a
minimum twelve foot (12') clearance that is, or could be paved; or
b. The travel distance to the property line is more than one hundred feet (100')
from an improved street and the right-of-way or alley has an existing
minimum twelve foot (12') wide paved surface.
(2) It is not feasible to build an attached garage that conforms to yard area and setback
requirements;
(3) Parking is limited to an area that is surfaced in compliance with the Off-Street Parking
Standards Manual;
(4) The parking area is limited to nine feet (9') wide by twenty feet (20') deep;
(5) Vehicles using the parking area will not project across any sidewalk or into the public
right-of-way; and
(6) Parking is restricted to passenger vehicles only.
b.Vehicle and Equipment Storage Surfacing Exception
Vehicle and equipment storage without hard surfacing may be permitted in the CG, M-1, M-
2 and EI zoning districts provided that:
(1) The lot is used for long-term vehicle storage, not for regular parking and/or
maneuvering;
(2) The vehicles or equipment stored are large and/or are built on tracks that could
destroy normal hard surfacing;
(3) The parking surface is compacted with six inches (6") of road base and other semi-
hard material with long lasting dust control chemical applied annually;
(4) A hard-surfaced cleaning station is installed to prevent tracking of mud and sand onto
the public right-of-way; and
(5) Any vehicles or equipment that contain oil are stored with pans, drains, or other
means to ensure that any leaking oil will not enter the soil.
21A.44.100 Use and Maintenance
A. Use of Parking Areas
1.Except as otherwise provided in this section, required off street parking facilities provided for uses
listed in Table 21A.44.040-A: Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking shall be solely for the parking
of automobiles or authorized temporary uses.
Page 58
B. Maintenance
1.Space allocated to any off street loading berth or related access or maneuvering area shall not be
used to satisfy the parking space requirements for any off street parking.
2.Except in the M-1, M-2, CG, and D districts, no cleaning or maintenance of loading areas using
motorized equipment may be performed between ten o'clock (10:00) P.M. and seven o'clock (7:00)
A.M. each day, except for snow removal.
21A.44.110 Nonconforming Parking and Loading Facilities
Nonconforming parking and loading facilities shall be subject to the standards established in Chapter
21A.38: Nonconforming Uses and Noncomplying Structures, and the criteria established in this section.
A. Continuation of Nonconforming Parking and Loading Facilities
Any parking spaces, loading facilities, or access to public rights-of-way that were lawfully existing or
created prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, but that have since become nonconforming with
the provisions of this chapter through the actions of the City or any governmental entity, shall be
allowed to continue, but any expansion of the use or structure, or change of use, after the adoption
date of this Ordinance shall comply with the provisions of this Chapter 21A.44: Off Street Parking,
Mobility, and Loading.
B. Nonconformity Due to Governmental Acquisition
Where a lot, tract, or parcel is occupied by a lawful structure or use, and where the acquisition of
right-of-way by eminent domain, dedication, or purchase by a City, county, state, or federal agency
creates noncompliance of the parking, loading, or drive-through facilities with any requirement of
this chapter, the parking, loading, or drive-through facility shall be deemed lawful and conforming.
This designation shall apply only to noncompliance resulting directly from the acquisition of right-of-
way.
C. Damage or Destruction
Reconstruction, reestablishment, or repair of any nonconforming parking, loading, or drive-through
area involuntarily damaged or destroyed by fire, collapse, explosion or other natural cause is not
required to comply with the standards of this chapter. The parking and loading facilities may be
restored or continued as they existed prior to the damage or destruction, or in a manner that reduces
any nonconformity that existed prior to the damage or destruction.
D. Legalization of Garages Converted to Residential Use
Garages attached to single-family and two-family residential structures converted to residential uses
before April 12, 1995, and any associated front yard parking, may be legalized by complying with the
following requirements:
1.The property owner shall obtain a building permit for all building modifications associated with
converting the garage to residential use and the City shall inspect the conversion for substantial
compliance with adopted life safety regulations.
Page 59
2.The driveway leading to the converted garage shall not be removed without replacing the same
number of parking spaces (up to the minimum required by this chapter) in a location authorized by
this chapter.
3.Parking on the driveway in the front yard is restricted to passenger vehicles only.
Page 60
Definitions
AUTOMOBILE
A self-propelled vehicle with wheels that can legally operate within a public right-of-way. The term
includes but is not limited to passenger cars, light trucks, and recreational vehicles.
BIODETENTION
A low impact development term also sometimes called a rain garden, biofilter or porous landscape
detention that achieves on-site retention of stormwater through the use of vegetated depressions
engineered to collect, store, and facilitate runoff infiltration.
CAR POOL
A group of two or more commuters, including the driver, who share the ride to and from work or other
destination on a regularly scheduled basis.
CARSHARE129
A membership-based model of car use where people rent or borrow cars for short periods of time, often
by the hour. Vehicles may be made available through private individuals, a property owner/manager, or
commercial companies, but are managed through a facilitator.
CHANGE OF USE
The replacement of an existing use by a new use, or a change in the nature of an existing. A change of
ownership, tenancy, name or management, or a change in product or service within the same use
classification where the previous nature of the use, line of business, or other function is substantially
unchanged is not a change of use. The conversion of existing residential units to condominiums is not a
change of use.
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE
A vehicle associated with a business that exceeds one (1) ton capacity. This includes but is not limited to
buses, dump trucks, stake body trucks, step vans, tow trucks and tractor trailers. Taxis and limousines shall
also be considered commercial vehicles.
DESIGN CAPACITY
The maximum occupancy of a building or structure based on the Fire and/or Building Code, whichever
allows occupancy by a larger group of people.
DEVELOPMENT
A. The carrying out of any building activity, the making of any material change in the use or appearance
of any structure or land, or the dividing of land into parcels by any person. The following activities or
uses shall be taken for the purposes of these regulations to involve "development":
1. The construction of any principal building or structure;
2. Increase in the intensity of use of land, such as an increase in the number of dwelling units or an
increase in nonresidential use intensity that requires additional parking;
3. Alteration of a shore or bank of a pond, river, stream, lake or other waterway;
4. Commencement of drilling (except to obtain soil samples), the driving of piles, or excavation on a
parcel of land;
5. Demolition of a structure;
6. Clearing of land as an adjunct of construction, including clearing or removal of vegetation and
including any significant disturbance of vegetation or soil manipulation; and
Page 61
7. Deposit of refuse, solid or liquid waste, or fill on a parcel of land.
B. The following operations or uses shall not be taken for the purpose of these regulations to involve
"development":
1. Work by a highway or road agency or railroad company for the maintenance of a road or railroad
track, if the work is carried out on land within the boundaries of the right of way;
2. Utility installations as stated in subsection 21A.02.050.B of this title;
3. Landscaping for residential uses; and
4. Work involving the maintenance of existing landscaped areas and existing rights of way such as
setbacks and other planting areas.
FLOOR AREA, GROSS138
A. For determining size of establishment, the sum of the gross horizontal area of all floors of the
building measured from the exterior face of the exterior walls or from the centerline of walls
separating two (2) buildings. The floor area of a building shall include basement floor area,
penthouses, attic space having headroom of seven feet (7') or more, interior balconies and
mezzanines, enclosed porches, and floor area devoted to accessory uses. Space devoted to open air
off street parking or loading shall not be included in floor area.
B. The floor area of structures devoted to bulk storage of materials including, but not limited to, grain
elevators and petroleum storage tanks, shall be determined on the basis of height in feet (i.e., 10 feet
in height shall equal 1 floor).
FLOOR AREA, USABLE138
For determining off street parking and loading requirements, the sum of the gross horizontal areas of all
floors of the building, as measured from the outside of the exterior walls, devoted to the principal use,
including accessory storage areas located within selling or working space such as counters, racks, or
closets, and any floor area devoted to retailing activities, to the production or processing of goods or to
business or professional offices. Floor area for the purposes of measurement for off street parking spaces
shall not include:
A. Floor area devoted primarily to mechanical equipment or unfinished storage areas;
B. Floor area devoted to off street parking or loading facilities, including aisles, ramps, and maneuvering
space.
GARAGE
An accessory building or portion of a building designed or used for the storage of vehicles used by the
occupants of the principle building.
GARAGE, ATTACHED
A garage that has a roof or wall of which fifty percent (50%) or more is attached to and in common with a
principal building. An attached garage shall be considered part of the principal building and shall be
subject to all yard requirements of the principal building.
HARD SURFACED138
A concrete, asphalt, brick, stone, turf block, or other surface approved by the City Engineer that is suitable
for vehicle traffic.
Page 62
OFF STREET PARKING138
A site or portion of a site devoted to the parking of automobiles in an area that is not a public or private
street or other public right-of-way, including parking spaces, aisles, driveways, and associated landscaped
areas.
OFF-SITE138
A lot that is separate from the lot on which the principal use is located.
OUTDOOR DINING138
A dining area with seats and/or table(s) located outdoors of a restaurant, brewpub, social club, tavern,
market, deli, or other retail sales establishment that sells food and/or drinks, and which is either:
A. Located entirely outside the walls of the building of the subject business, or
B. Enclosed on two (2) sides or less by the walls of the building with or without a solid roof cover, or
C. Enclosed on three (3) sides by the walls of the building without a solid roof cover.
PARKING GARAGE
A structure or part of a structure used primarily for the housing, parking, or storage of automobiles.
PARKING LOT
An area on the surface of the land used for the parking of more than four (4) automobiles. Areas
designated for the display of new and used vehicles for sale are not included in this definition.
PARKING, OFF-SITE
An off-street parking area intended to serve one or more uses and that is located on a different parcel or
lot than the use(s) it is intended to serve.
PARK AND RIDE LOT138
An area or structure intended to accommodate parked vehicles for the general public, where commuters
park their vehicles and continue travel to another destination via public transit, carpool, vanpool, or
bicycle. Parking lot may be shared with other uses or stand alone.
PARKING, SHARED
Joint use of a parking lot or area for more than one principal use.
PARKING SPACE138
Space within a parking area of certain dimensions as defined in Chapter 21A.44 of this title, exclusive of
access drives, aisles, ramps, columns, for the storage of one vehicle.
PARKING STUDY
A study prepared by a licensed professional traffic engineer specifically addressing the parking demand
generated by a use and which provides information necessary to determine whether proposed parking
will have a material negative impact to adjacent or neighboring properties.
PARKING, TANDEM138
The in-line parking of one vehicle behind another in such a way that one parking space can only be
accessed through another parking space.
PLANNING DIRECTOR144
The director of the Salt Lake City Planning Division, or his/her designee.
PRIMARY ENTRANCE
The entrance to a building, parcel, or development most used by the public for day-to-day ingress and
egress.
Page 63
STREET144
A vehicular way which may also serve for all or part of its width as a way for pedestrian traffic, whether
called street, highway, thoroughfare, parkway, throughway, road, avenue, boulevard, lane, place, mall or
otherwise designated.
VANPOOL
A group of seven (7) to fifteen (15) commuters, including the driver, who share the ride to and from work
or other destination on a regularly scheduled basis.
VEHICLE138
A device by which any person or property may be transported upon a public highway except devices used
exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks or exclusively moved by human power.
VEHICLE, ELECTRIC
A device which is considered a vehicle that uses electricity as its primary source of power, such as a plug-
in electric vehicle or a plug-in hybrid electric vehicle. An electric vehicle does not include devices that are
moved by human power.
VEHICLE, RECREATIONAL138
Any motorized vehicle and/or associated non-motorized equipment used for camping, traveling, boating,
or other leisure activities including, but not limited to campers, boats, travel trailers, motor homes, snow
mobiles, wave runners, and other vehicles designed for traveling on water (motorized and non-
motorized). Trailers used for transporting this type of vehicle are also included within this definition.
Page 64
ATTACHMENT C: OFF-STREET PARKING MANUAL
Page 65
Page 66
Page 67
Page 68
Page 69
Page 70
Page 71
Page 72
Page 73
Page 74
Page 75
Page 76
Page 77
Page 78
Page 79
Page 80
Page 81
Page 82
Page 83
Page 84
ATTACHMENT D: PARKING CONTEXT MAP
Page 85
2100
ATTACHMENT E: ANALYSIS OF STANDARDS
As per section 21A.50.050, a decision to amend the text of this title or the zoning map by general
amendment is a matter committed to the legislative discretion of the city council and is not controlled
by any one standard.
Factor Finding Rationale
1. Whether a proposed
text amendment is
consistent with the
purposes, goals,
objectives, and policies
of the city as stated
through its various
adopted planning
documents;
Complies As outlined above in the ‘Key Considerations’ section, the
proposed text amendments support multiple principles and
initiatives of Plan Salt Lake (2015).
In addition, the proposed amendments are consistent with
many of the goals and objectives of Salt Lake City’s
Neighborhood Master Plans. A comprehensive list of those
goals can be found in Attachment F of this report.
Staff finds that the proposed text amendments are
consistent with City purposes, goals, and policies.
2. Whether a
proposed text
amendment
furthers the
specific purpose
statements of
the zoning
ordinance;
Complies The proposed text amendments advance the following
purposes and intents of the Zoning Ordinance:
…to promote the health, safety, morals, convenience,
order, prosperity and welfare of the present and future
inhabitants of Salt Lake City, to implement the adopted
plans of the city…
Specifically, the purposes are to:
A. Lessen congestion in the streets or roads:
By introducing four different parking contexts, the
proposed ordinance encourages more multi-modal
transportation solutions. Traditional development
patterns are encouraged through a reduction of
required surface parking, making areas more
walkable and conducive to mass transit.
In the Neighborhood Center context, parking
minimums were increased for restaurant and retail
uses. The intention is to reduce parking from spilling
into neighboring residential streets.
D. Classify land uses and distribute land development and
utilization;
The introduction of parking context areas would create
more specific classifications for parking as a land use and
allows for more efficient utilization of land for development.
The general reductions of minimum parking requirements
and revised parking alternatives are proposed to allow for
Page 87
more remnantparcels or underutilized land to be
redeveloped.
E. Protect the tax base;
The proposed standards encourage economic vitality by
reducing constraints for the reuse of existing buildings and
by lowering costs associated with installing parking that
would otherwise not be in line with market demand.
F. Secure economy in governmental expenditures;
Low, wide, suburban style development yields a very
inefficient use of a city’s tax dollars by requiring a large
amount of service (road maintenance, snow removal, utility
lines) for a very small percentage of users. Surface parking
exasperates that inefficiency by spreading taxable entities
over a larger area. By reducing excessive surface parking,
the ordinance encourages tighter more traditional style
development especially in the Transit, Urban Center, and
Neighborhood Center context areas. That development
pattern is intended to encourage a more efficient use of
governmental expenditures.
Additionally, the proposed ordinance has been streamlined
in a way that is easier and less time consuming for City Staff
to administer and interpret, which is anticipated to result in
added governmental economy.
G. Foster the city’s industrial, business and residential
development.
The City’s industrial areas are proposed within the General
parking context. Many of the minimum and maximum
parking requirements for common industrial and
manufacturing uses are proposed to be removed. The intent
is to allow the businesses to install parking according to
their needs, rather than by an imposed number. Our studies
show that most industrial businesses were required to
provide more parking than they needed. Businesses can be
more profitable by not spending money on parking that
would not be utilized.
Within the Transit and Urban Center contexts, many of the
minimums and maximums parking requirements have
been reduced. This would allow for more residential infill
development and encourages use of alternative
transportations solutions such as car share or mass transit.
Page 88
Affordable housing has also been proposed with lower
parking requirements in effort to encourage additional
development.
H. Protect the environment.
The proposed amendments would foster increased mobility
choices and allow for a reduced dependency on the
automobile. They would reward development that chooses
to locate in areas that are better serviced by mass transit.
The standards are intended to encourage efficient
development that does not devote large expanses to surface
parking. These changes would help reduce impacts to air
quality and the environment.
3. Whether a proposed
text amendment is
consistent with the
purposes and
provisions of any
applicable overlay
zoning districts which
may impose additional
standards;
Complies The proposed parking standards are consistent with the
purposes of the zoning overlays in that they are context
based and therefore more tailored to the underlying
zoning and development patterns of a given area. The
lower proposed parking minimums and more flexible
shared parking standards would help protect properties
within the historic overlays that may be threatened by the
need to provide large amounts of parking.
4. The extent to which
a proposed text
amendment
implements best
current, professional
practices of urban
planning and design.
Complies Many of the elements of the proposed ordinance are
derived from the research and principles presented in
Parking Reform Made Easy by Chuck Marohn and The
High Cost of Free Parking by Donald Shoup. These
principles are supported by data and observation collected
by Salt Lake City and Clarion Associates.
Additionally, the American Planning Association (APA),
Congress for New Urbanism (CNU), Urban Land Institute
(ULI), and planning advocacy groups such as Strong
Towns have all published numerous articles in support of
reducing or eliminating parking minimums, capping
maximums in certain situations, and general movement
towards market-based parking solutions.
The proposed text amendments implement best current
planning practices for off-street parking and establish a
framework for continued changes as the City continues to
grow.
In particular, the context-based parking approach,
modified minimum and maximums, and revised parking
alternatives would allow for more vibrant and walkable
urban spaces.
Page 89
ATTACHMENT F: MASTER PLAN COMPATABILITY
Master Plan Principle or Initiative Additional Discussion
PLAN SALT LAKE
Guiding Principle #2: Growing responsibly while
providing people with choices about where they live,
how they live, and how they get around.
The objectives of Plan
Salt Lake were directly
targeted with the
proposed parking
standards.
The parking contexts,
revised parking
alternatives (including
for affordable and
senior housing), and
the generally lower
minimums and
maximums would
support the initiatives
outlined in the plan.
Growth Initiative #3: promote infill and redevelopment
of underutilized land.
Transportation and Mobility initiative #4: reduce
automobile dependency and single occupancy vehicle
trips.
Transportation and Mobility initiative #7: Encourage
transit-oriented development
Air Quality initiative #3: increase mode share for public
transit, cycling, walking and carpooling.
Air Quality initiative #4 Minimize impact of car
emissions.
Beautiful City initiative #5: support and encourage
architecture, development, and infrastructure that is
people focused and responds to its surrounding context
and enhances the public realm.
Preservation initiative #1: preserve and enhance
neighborhood and district character
Equity initiative #3: support policies that providing
housing choices, including affordability, accessibility
and aging in place.
Economy initiative #2; support the economic growth of
Downtown
Economy initiative #3: support the growth of small
businesses, entrepreneurship, and neighborhood
business nodes.
TRANSPORTATION
Focus on Public Transit: Examples of TDM programs
include limiting development of new parking spaces in
congested areas.
On-street parking
would no longer count
toward required
parking under the
proposed provisions.
The revised parking
standards would help
ensure appropriate
parking is provided for
each of the identified
context areas of the
City.
On-street parking could be eliminated to provide bicycle
lanes.
SLC will lower the max allowable parking requirements
in the downtown area, in conjunction with
implementation of trip reduction strategies.
Residential neighborhoods will be protected from the
negative impact of overflow parking from adjacent uses.
DOWNTOWN
Challenge #1: unrealized development potential.
Surface parking is a dominant land use, comprising 27%
of all developable land downtown.
Allowed surface
parking would be
greatly reduced in the
Page 90
Vibrant and Active, Goal 3, initiative 3: On pedestrian
oriented streets, active ground floor uses should be
prioritized over parking uses. Structured parking should
be designed to accommodate, where feasible, street level
businesses and other active uses.
downtown, however,
structured parking
would not include
maximums.
Although on-street
parking would not
count towards parking
requirements, most of
the downtown is part of
the Transit or Urban
Center parking context
and would require very
low or no minimum
parking requirements.
Is Connected Goal 4, initiative #1; examine parking
policy to ensure adequate parking is provided.
Initiative #2: update zoning regulations to locate surface
parking lots in appropriate locations.
Granary District Initiatives, is vibrant and active:
rethink and reclaim public rights of way and find
creative solutions to enabling people to use more of the
right of way, including median parking.
Is prosperous: allow on-street parking to count towards
parking requirements
South State District Initiatives, is prosperous: allow on-
street parking to count towards parking requirements.
AVENUES
Guidelines for either redevelopment or a new use of
existing structures: sufficient parking to meet realistic
needs must be provided on site without encroaching into
required yard
Parking for reuse of
existing structures is
proposed with updated
regulations and is more
market-based which
would help ensure that
businesses have the
flexibility to provide
parking according to
their needs.
CAPITOL HILL
Ensure adequate community parking while mitigating
adverse effects of parking that comes from outside the
community.
The proposed parking
contexts ensure more
appropriate standards
that provide for the
needs of businesses and
help reduce parking
from spilling into the
neighborhoods.
Develop a parking plan for Marmalade, Kimball, and
West Capitol Hill which analyses various solutions
including the following: Shared parking arrangements
Cut back on parking
CENTRAL
COMMUNITY
Encourage commercial centers to minimize parking and
traffic congestion impacts upon surrounding residential
neighborhoods.
The proposed increased
parking maximums for
retail and restaurants
will provide a path for
developments to
provide more parking
on-site.
The proposed
provisions for shared
parking and the
introduction of context-
based parking help
favor the use of mass
transit and non-
motorized
transportation
methods.
Support shared parking facilities
Encourage parking solutions to support commercial,
neighborhood and transit-oriented development.
Investigate the use of shared parking between day and
evening land uses to encourage off-street parking.
Develop transportation and parking policies that favor
the use of mass transit and non-motorized
transportation methods in order to help reduce
cumulative air emissions.
Commercial land uses: periodically evaluate municipal
regulations to ensure zoning, business licensing and
parking regulations do not hamper the success of small
locally owned businesses.
Page 91
Institutional land uses: provide tools like residential
parking or shared parking lots to help mitigate the effect
of traffic and parking congestion caused by existing
institutional land uses.
EAST BENCH
Mitigate parking impacts on properties adjacent to
neighborhood business districts.
The proposed increases
to the parking
maximums for retail
and restaurants would
provide a path for
developments to
provide more parking
on-site.
NORTHWEST
Reduction in parking requirements should not be
granted
The Northwest Master
Plan is nearly 30 years
old. The proposed
chapter has fewer
options for parking
reductions but includes
uses that are proposed
to have no parking
minimums and others
that would qualify for
reductions. This would
be justified through the
implementation of the
goals and objectives
listed in Plan Salt Lake,
which is a much newer
planning document
that addresses current
challenges facing Salt
Lake City.
NORTHWEST
QUADRANT
Restrict runoff from parking lots flowing directly into
natural areas, wetlands, and green corridors
The proposed parking
requirements rely on
more market-based
parking counts that are
intended to result in a
reduction of excess
parking for some uses.
Minimize the size of parking lots
SUGAR HOUSE
High Intensity Mixed Use policies: Improve all modes of
mobility including street and trail networks, transit,
pedestrian and bicycle movement opportunities, and off-
street cooperative parking facilities.
The introduction of the
proposed parking
contexts would require
parking that is more
sensitive to the unique
situations within Sugar
House.
The revised shared
parking standards and
elimination on
maximum parking
provided within
parking structures
would help make it
more economically
feasible for businesses
Multifamily housing needs to provide open space
amenities, adequate off-street parking, etc.
Incorporate adequate off-street parking into
development with identified access, proper buffering
and landscaping and encourage coordinated and
structured parking
Provide for coordinated and structured parking, with
underground parking wherever possible.
Flexibility in parking requirements may be an option in
the future as light rail develops in the area. Shared
parking and parking structures should be encouraged.
Page 92
Transportation demand management techniques should
be used within the business district.
to build shared parking
garages to serve an area
as a regional parking
amenity.
The proposed
elimination of some
TDM allowances will
help ensure that multi-
family projects provide
enough parking to meet
their demand.
The proposed parking
alternatives are
intended to encourage
more practical
alternatives than are
currently allowed.
Encourage coordinated parking in the business district
and around commercial nodes.
Encourage structured and underground parking
wherever feasible to minimize the impacts upon
surrounding land uses and reduce the land area used.
Require adequate parking for each development and
flexibility on parking standards when served by other
mobility options.
A well-run and utilized transit system has many
benefits, including a reduction in parking requirements
Minimize cutbacks for on-street parking areas in order
to maintain wider sidewalks and landscape areas.
Locate parking lots behind buildings in every possible
circumstance in order to encourage use of transit,
facilitate pedestrian circulation and improve aesthetics
Encourage coordinated or structured parking facilities
with subsurface parking lots
Encourage the implementation of shared parking
agreements
Evaluate the feasibility of reducing the parking
requirements for new structures in the business district
when coordinated with shared parking arrangements
and alternatively mobility options
WESTSIDE
Neighborhood nodes contain little parking as they are
not normally major attractions for residents outside of
the neighborhood.
These objectives are
largely made possible
through the more
flexible provisions of
the proposed ordinance
and the proposed
revisions to the shared
parking section.
Office and businesses should be integrated with one
another to take advantage of shared parking to make
more efficient use of developable land.
Glendale Plaza should have flexible parking.
Parking should be required for all uses but located
behind or to the side of buildings and shared parking
should be encouraged to maximize developable space.
Redwood Rd section: residential development should be
encouraged via parking reductions and other incentives.
Page 93
ATTACHMENT G: PUBLIC PROCESS TIMELINE
May 2017 Planning staff developed and released a Request for Proposal to re-
write Chapter 21A.44, Off-street Parking, Mobility and Loading
Chapter of the zoning ordinance
Clarion Associates submitted the lone response to the request
June 2017 Selection committee awarded contract to Clarion Associates.
Committee represented the following divisions/departments:
Planning, Transportation, Redevelopment Authority, and Housing
and Neighborhood Development
July 2017 Contract finalized, and project kickoff meeting held with Clarion
Associates to discuss issues and goals
September 2017 Mayor initiates the petition PLNPCM2017-00753 regarding Chapter
21A.44 amendment
City’s Public Engagement Team conducts meeting with Clarion
Associates and identified business and developer stakeholders to
gather initial comments
Collected comments from Bicycle Advisory Board at monthly
meeting
Internal meetings with the following divisions: Planning, Building
Services, and Transportation divisions
October 2017 Planning Commission briefing
Business Advisory Board briefing
November 2017 Public survey conducted online with results given to Clarion
Associates for consideration
December 2017 Public open house held at Liberty Senior Center
February 2018 Draft chapter received from Clarion Associates
March – April 2018 Draft chapter circulated to city departments for review and comment
Department comments sent to Clarion for incorporation into a
public draft
May 2018 Clarion provided first public draft and met with external steering
group
June – Dec 2018 Project on hold due to changes in Planning staff, new project
manager
Page 94
Feb – June 2019 Planning staff re-started work on the project and began public
outreach with The Downtown Alliance and community council
presentations (Ballpark, Sugar House, ELPCO)
May 2019 Draft chapter published on city’s website and emailed to more than
2,000 public contacts for review
June – July 2019 Planning staff conducted six public open houses to acquire public
input
- Main library (2)
- Glendale library
- Partners in the Park evening event
- Sugar House fire station (2)
September 2019 Planning staff held two work sessions with the Planning Commission
(September 11 and September 25)
Page 95
ATTACHMENT H: PUBLIC COMMENTS
Public Survey:
As part of this update process, an online community survey was made available in November
of 2017. Respondents were given the opportunity to offer their opinions and thoughts about
off-street parking in Salt Lake City. Six questions were asked with the intended purpose of
using the results to help inform future changes to the City’s Off-Street Parking Chapter. Over
700 people participated in the survey.
Common themes of the survey:
Minimize spill-over parking into residential neighborhoods.
All projects (regardless of size) should provide adequate parking to meet the anticipated
demand.
The market should have a larger role in controlling the amount of parking provided.
Elevate the level of quality and design required for large parking lots.
Empower City Staff to approve minor adjustments to parking requirements if specific and
consistent criteria are met.
Community Councils:
All recognized community-based organizations were notified of the proposed text amendments at the
beginning of the project and once the draft ordinance was available. Most opted to direct their residents
to our project website or to attend one of the open houses. Staff did attend community council meetings
with Sugar House, ELPCO, and Ballpark Community Councils. Primarily they wanted an overview of
the proposed changes and then to focus on the specifics of the parking contexts within their council
areas, including parking counts for common land uses. Additionally, most were interested in the
changes to alternative parking options. Most were pleased to see that the Transportation Demand
Management options being eliminated as they felt that the provision was not resulting in decreased
parking demand. They were also interested to see what provisions were put in place to encourage
shared parking arrangements. The delicate balance of providing enough parking within neighborhood
centers, without destroying character or spilling into the neighborhoods was also discussed.
Focus Groups: Planning Staff met the following groups:
Bicycle Advisory Board
Business Advisory Board
Downtown Alliance
Developer Stakeholders
The groups provided feedback at the onset of the project and in response to the draft ordinance. Some
of the themes that emerged from these meetings includes that they want an ordinance that:
Is clear and predictable
Allows for more market driven parking counts
Does not limit parking within parking garages
Prioritizes alternative transportation methods where feasible
Open Houses:
Page 96
One open house was held as a kick-off for the project. Once the draft ordinance was made available,
Staff held an additional six open house events in different parts of the City and at different times of day.
Staff presented a summary of the proposed ordinance, the parking context map, and information
sheets on each of the parking contexts. Although attendance was generally low, nearly all that came
expressed support of the proposed revisions. The feedback was nearly unanimously positive.
Commission Briefings:
The following points and recommendations were made during the most recent briefings with the
Planning Commission where they were asked for their direct feedback on the proposed changes:
PC Briefing – September 2019
Project scope, purpose, and general updates
Public process updates and key take-aways
Proposed alternatives to parking calculations
Parking minimums for Cottage Developments
Parking minimums for Multi-Family Developments in the General Context
Parking reductions for development located near high-frequency bus stops
Planning Commission Notice of the public hearing for the proposal included:
Agenda posted on the Planning Division and Utah Public Meeting Notice websites on Friday,
December 20, 2019
Newspaper notice ran on Saturday, December 28, 2019.
Page 97
ATTACHMENT I: CITY DEPARTMENT COMMENTS
Throughout the revision process, Planning Staff has worked closely with applicable City
divisions/departments, including:
Housing and Neighborhood Development
Fire
Building Department
Engineering
Public Utilities
Attorney’s Office
Sustainability
Police Department
Transportation
Zoning
Each department has provided feedback and suggested revisions which have been incorporated into
the various drafts. The comments below represent any final comments for the proposed off-street
parking ordinance:
Housing and Neighborhood Development: The section on affordable housing on page 23
(item D) covers all the groups of residents that HAND requested be included for consideration of
parking requirement reductions. I’ll look forward to seeing what the Planning Commission and
Council move ahead with.
Public Utilities: Stormwater quality treatment is required for all off-street parking. Wherever
possible low impact green infrastructure should be used. Interior landscape islands and park strips
should be used for stormwater filtering and treatment. Best management practices for stormwater
must be reviewed and approved by Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities. Refer to the SLC
Stormwater Master Plan, Storm Drainage Manual, and Green Infrastructure Toolbox for additional
information.
Transportation:
1. In 21A.44.020A.3, Change of Use, a. – The first paragraph refers to subsections b
and c, but there is no subsection c. Also, the existing ordinance says that only the
incremental increase in parking is to be added. Does this ordinance state the project
must provide the entire minimum parking requirement?
2. Table 21A.44.040. I am not sure what a single-family cottage development is. Also, it
seems to me that there should at least two spaces required for single family
developments in the Neighborhood Center Context.
3. There are some boxes in the Table 21A.44.040-A that are blank.
4. In some parts of the Table 21A.44.040-A, the maximum allowance does not cover all
of the contexts.
5. In Table 21A.44.040-A, the minimum parking requirement for restaurants is listed
as 2 per 1,000 sf. This number could be boosted up to maybe 3 per 1,000 sf.
Page 98
6. Retail Sales and Service. There is no minimum parking requirement for Photo
finishing lab, Electronics repair shop, Furniture repair shop and Upholstery shop.
This causes employees and customers to park on street. There should be a minimum
parking requirement.
7. Bicycle parking. This section has been substantially changed. I will need to run this
by our bicycle coordinator, Becka, for her input. It would be safe to leave this part of
the existing ordinance as is.
8. Valet Parking Services. “Modifications to on-site parking spaces may occur on a one-
to-one basis…” I’m not sure what this means.
9. Table 21A.44.060-A. In some of the boxes in the table, there is the letter “N”. I’m
assuming that this means “None”. It is unclear.
10. Sight Distance Triangle. We may need to adjust other ordinances (21A.40.120.E and
21A.62.050, Illustration I) so as not to be redundant or conflicting.
11. There is no mention in the ordinance of parking ramps (slopes and maximum
breakover points). There should be a referral to the Off-streets Parking Standards
Manual.
Staff Discussion on Comments from Transportation:
Minor corrections were made to the draft ordinance based on comments 1, 3, 4, & 10. Modifications to
the required parking counts as mentioned in comments 2, 5, & 6 were not made as these counts have
already gone through the public process and have been presented to the Planning Commission in work
sessions without requests to be modified. Staff provided the reviewer with explanations requested in
comments 1, 2, 8, & 10. The bicycle standards (comment 7) have not been modified since the draft was
last sent for department review in May. Planning staff is inclined to present them to the Planning
Commission as presented in the proposed ordinance attached to this report.
Page 99
3. PLANNING COMMISSION
C. Agenda/Minutes
Minutes approved January 22, 2020
SALT LAKE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING AGENDA
In Room 326 of the City & County Building
January 8, 2020 at 5:30 p.m.
(The order of the items may change )
FIELD TRIP - The field trip is scheduled to leave at 4:00 p.m.
DINNER - Dinner will be served to the Planning Commissioners and Staff at 5:00 p.m.
in Room 126 of the City and County Building. During the dinner break, the Planning
Commission may receive training on city planning related topics, including the role
and function of the Planning Commission.
PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 5:30 PM IN ROOM 326
APPROVAL OF MINUTES FOR DECEMBER 11, 2019
REPORT OF THE CHAIR AND VICE CHAIR
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR
PUBLIC HEARINGS
1. Conditional Use for ADU 2651 S. Imperial Street - Andrea Palmer, representing the
property owner and Modal Living, is requesting Conditional Use approval for a 432-square
foot accessory dwelling unit (ADU) to be located to the back-northeast corner of the property
at approximately at 2651 S. Imperial Street. The property zoned R-1/7,000 (Single-Family
Residential), where ADUs must be processed as a conditional use. The property is located
within District 7, represented by Amy Fowler. (Staff contact: Lauren Parisi at (801) 535-7226
or lauren.parisi@slcgov.com) Case number PLNPCM2019-00999
2. Zoning Map Amendment at approximately 1172 E Chandler Dr - Bruce Baird, representing
the property owner, is requesting a Zoning Map Amendment to rezone the property at the
above listed address from OS Open Space to FR-3/12,000 Foothills Residential. The intent of
the rezone is to match the zoning of the property to the east, which is under the same
ownership, in order to allow residential accessory uses on the property after the two lots are
combined. The subject property is located within Council District 3, represented by Chris
Wharton. (Staff contact: Mayara Lima at (801) 535-7118 or mayara.lima@slcgov.com) Case
number PLNPCM2019-00795
3. Cleveland Court at approximately 1430 S 400 E - Cleveland Court LLC, property owner, is
requesting approval from the City to develop a 7-unit rowhouse at the property located at
approximately 1430 S 400 E. This project requires the following applications:
a. Master Plan Amendment - The future land use map in the Central Community Master
Plan designates the property as "Low Density Residential". The petitioner is requesting
to amend the future land use map for the parcel to "Medium Density Residential". Case
number PLNPCM2019-00189;
b. Zoning Map Amendment - The property is currently zoned RMF-35 Moderate Density
Multi-Family Residential, which would permit a 5-unit multifamily development on the
lot. The petitioner is requesting to amend the zoning map designation to FB-UN1 Form
Based Urban Neighborhood. Form based districts are intended to focus primarily on
form, scale, placement, and orientation of buildings rather than density. Case number
PLNPCM2019-00190;
c. Planned Development The applicant is requesting modifications to the FB-UN1
building regulations allowing for reduced setbacks in front and rear yards and a
reduced setback for an attached garage. Case number PLNSUB2019-00934.
The subject property is located within City Council District 5, represented by Erin Mendenhall
(Staff contact: Mayara Lima at (801) 535-7118 or mayara.lima@slcgov.com)
4. Off-Street Parking Chapter Ordinance Revision - A public hearing will be held in regard to
the proposed revisions to the off-street parking chapter of the zoning ordinance. The parking
chapter determines how much parking is required for each land use, where the parking can
be located, bicycle parking requirements, and other similar requirements. The proposed
amendments seek to:
a. Update parking requirements to better reflect current market demand in the City based
on community feedback, City master plans, and planning best practices;
b. Simplify confusing parking regulations that are difficult for property owners to
understand and use significant staff resource to interpret and administer;
c. Address technical issues that have been identified through the day to day
administration of the parking chapter;
d. Establish a framework that allows for a parking ordinance that can be responsive to
(Staff contact: Eric Daems at (801) 535-7236 or eric.daems@slcgov.com) Case number
PLNPCM2017-00753
The files for the above items are available in the Planning Division offices, room 406 of the City and County Building.
/planning for
copies of the Planning Commission agendas, staff reports, and minutes. Staff Reports will be posted the Friday prior
to the meeting and minutes will be posted two days after they are ratified, which usually occurs at the next regularly
scheduled meeting of the Planning Commission. Planning Commission Meetings may be watched live on SLCTV
Channel 17; past meetings are recorded and archived and may be viewed at www.slctv.com. The City & County
Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation, which
may include alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary aids and services. Please make requests at least two
business days in advance. To make a request, please contact the Planning Office at 801-535-7757, or relay service
711.
Salt Lake City Planning Commission January 8, 2020 Page 1
SALT LAKE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING
City & County Building
451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah
Wednesday, January 8, 2020
A roll is being kept of all who attended the Planning Commission Meeting. The meeting was
called to order at 5:35:06 PM. Audio recordings of the Planning Commission meetings are
retained for a period of time.
Present for the Planning Commission meeting were: Chairperson Adrienne Bell, Vice
Chairperson Brenda Scheer; Commissioners Maurine Bachman, Amy Barry, Carolynn Hoskins,
Matt Lyon, Darin Mano, Andres Paredes, and Sara Urquhart. Commissioner Lee was excused.
Planning Staff members present at the meeting were Nick Norris, Planning Director; Paul
Nielson, Attorney; Lauren Parisi, Principal Planner; Mayara Lima, Principal Planner; Eric Daems,
Principal Planner; and Marlene Rankins, Administrative Secretary.
Field Trip
A field trip was held prior to the work session. Planning Commissioners present were: Maurine
Bachman, Carolynn Hoskins, Brenda Scheer and Sara Urquhart. Staff members in attendance
were Nick Norris, and Mayara Lima.
APPROVAL OF THE DECEMBER 11, 2019, MEETING MINUTES. 5:35:15 PM
MOTION 5:35:25 PM
Commissioner Bachman moved to approve the minutes from December 11, 2019.
Commissioner Scheer seconded the motion. Commissioners Paredes, Lyon, Barry,
Urquhart abstained
from voting. The motion passed 7-1.
REPORT OF THE CHAIR AND VICE CHAIR 5:36:00 PM
Chairperson Bell informed the Commission that Weston Clark resigned from the Planning
Commission due to his employment to the City.
Vice Chairperson Scheer stated she had nothing to report.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 5:36:27 PM
Nick Norris, Planning Director, provided the Commission with updates: First, being that the Third
District Court issued their decision on the City vs. the State regarding the inland port and
unfortunately the court granted the State summary judgement. Second, he informed the
and that
it will be coming in the near future.
5:39:51 PM
Conditional Use for ADU 2651 S. Imperial Street - Andrea Palmer, representing the property
owner and Modal Living, is requesting Conditional Use approval for a 432-square foot accessory
dwelling unit (ADU) to be located to the back-northeast corner of the property at approximately
Salt Lake City Planning Commission January 8, 2020 Page 7
7:45:08 PM
Off-Street Parking Chapter Ordinance Revision - A public hearing was held in regard to the
proposed revisions to the off-street parking chapter of the zoning ordinance. The parking chapter
determines how much parking is required for each land use, where the parking can be located,
bicycle parking requirements, and other similar requirements. The proposed amendments seek
to:
a.Update parking requirements to better reflect current market demand in the City based
on community feedback, City master plans, and planning best practices;
b.Simplify confusing parking regulations that are difficult for property owners to
understand and use significant staff resource to interpret and administer;
c.Address technical issues that have been identified through the day to day
administration of the parking chapter;
d.Establish a framework that allows for a parking ordinance that can be responsive to
terns.
(Staff contact: Eric Daems at (801) 535-7236 or eric.daems@slcgov.com)Case number
PLNPCM2017-00753
Eric Daems, Principal Planner, reviewed the petition as outlined in the Staff Report (located in
the case file). He stated Staff recommended that the Planning Commission forward a positive
recommendation to the City Council.
The Commission and Staff discussed the following:
Whether the map will have to be periodically updated
Clarification on schedule for parking study
What the maximum of the general context zone is
Whether reducing the parking would discourage neighborhood from accepting affordable
housing
Clarification if there is additional reductions for affordable housing besides this one
Whether general contract includes the street parking in front of a property
How this changes the accessory dwelling units
Whether staff considered making modifications for number of bedrooms for units
PUBLIC HEARING 8:20:04 PM
Chairperson Bell opened the Public Hearing;
Raised concern that several
of the proposed parking minimums were too low. was please the proposal fulfills many
master plan objectives and the proposed parking alternatives. stated would like to see
parking authority added to the revision.
Salt Lake City Planning Commission January 8, 2020 Page 8
Stated the Sugar House business district should not be an example of urban
context as some of the proposed parking minimums are too l ow.
Requested the Commission not close the public hearing and believes there
should be a lot more public comments and not to approve this until there is additional public
outreach.Stated that parking minimums for some uses were too low.
Stated why feels this project is still important. One is that the biggest
obstacle to compatible infill is the need to store the cars. Secondly, the space required for storing
cars reduces the potential density for housing. Third, developments thrive or fail based on the
perceived availability of parking.
Stated there is no public policy more damaging to the structure of cities than
mandatory off-street parking limits and stated support of the ordinance change.
Seeing no one else wished to speak; Chairperson Bell closed the Public Hearing.
The Commission and Staff further discussed the following:
Whether anything in the ordinance preclude the creation of parking authority in Sugar
House or anywhere else in the City
Clarification on public engagement process
Additional detail on parking requirements
Outreach steps that were taken for the business community and development community
Clarification on future reviews of the ordinance
Clarification on on-street parking
MOTION 8:47:05 PM
Commissioner Lyon stated, based on the information in the staff report, the information
presented, and the input received during the public hearing, I move that the Planning
Commission recommends approval of the Ordinance Amendment petition for
PLNPCM2017-00753 off-street parking, mobility, and loading with the condition listed in
the staff report.
Commissioner Scheer seconded the motion. Commissioners Mano, Urquhart, Scheer,
unanimously.
The meeting adjourned at 8:48:18 PM
3. PLANNING COMMISSION
D. Staff Presentation Slides
3. PLANNING COMMISSION
E. Additional Public Comments Received
From:
To:Daems, Eric
Cc:Norris, Nick; Larsen, Jonathan
Subject:(EXTERNAL) I am against lowering off street parking requirements.
Date:Wednesday, January 8, 2020 12:08:58 PM
Despute public comments to increase parking requirements, the Commission pushed Planning
to reduce parking minimums. The proposal ignores the large car lots that Salt Lake City
encourages due to the large tax revenue that they generate. I am against these proposals:
Building use or expansions of more than 25% would require new parking regulations with no
additional parking in D1 D2 D3 and Urban Center context and Transit Context areas when
there is a change of use. Buildings older than 1944 do not require more parking for adaptive
reuse. All lots other than single or two family dwellings smaller than 5000 sq ft created prior
to April 12, 1995 have exemptions to parking requirements but any parking needs City
approval. Currently D2 and D3 less than 1000 sq ft is exempt from parking requirements.
There is a minimum parking of 3 per 1000 sq ft (now)adds 5 max per 1000 sq ft. I disagree
with these reductions in parking.
"In many cases the minimum requirements have been reduced or eliminated altogether
(Transit/Urban Center Contexts), but in a few cases (notably retail and restaurant uses) the
exceptionally low standards in the current ordinance have been increased in order to reduce
overflow parking in neighborhoods."
"day cares, parks, warehouses, and several industrial uses, do not have maximum parking
requirements in the revised chapter."
I still disagree that parking requirements should be reduced.
The parking proposal allows secure/enclosed bicycle parking to reduce parking in half; and
the Planning Director can modify parking requirements, using approved adjustments to reduce
requirements by up to 40%. I am against both of those.
It increases shared parking from 500 ft away to up to 1200 ft. All multi-family or
commercial properties within a 1/4 mile of a fixed transit station can reduce parking
minimums 25% (used to be decreased 50%) (changed to radial straight line) (Transit Context
minimums not changed). I am against that.
Income restricted and/or age restricted units minimum parking reduced to 25%, with a further
15% reduction within a quarter mile of a high frequency bust route stop (2, 9, 200, 205, 209,
217 220). Developments with 100 or more parking spaces could reduce 7 spaces for each van
pool space. Valet stalls can reduce parking one for one. Developers can submit parking
studies to justify reducing parking. I am against that.
During public engagement, the public wanted 2 spaces per unit. Planning Staff, under
pressure from Planning Commission, reduced it to 1 per studio and 1 bedroom and 1.25 for
more than 1 bedroom. I think that the citizens should be listened to and respected.
It is important to note that in Salt Lake City, "Typical multi-family developments in the
general context are averaging about 1.6 stalls per unit." That shows that parking
requirements/minimums should not be reduced, especially in the Transit Context which has no
minimum!!
Lowering parking requirements will actually encourage residents to relocate to the suburbs,
and, if done for stores, it will encourage driving to nearby cities to spend money and increase
pollution.
In addition, the pre-eminent study on fare elasticities (Booz Allen Hamilton) show that lack
of parking at transit stations discourages mass transit ridership increases.
Lowering parking requirements for residential units will discourage car owners and shift the
units to mostly low income which will defeat the SLC housing policy of mixed income.
Salt Lake City should slow down this process until the public are fully informed with a more
thorough outreach. Otherwise, this process will be less popular than the recent so called Utah
tax cut.
From:
To:Daems, Eric
Subject:(EXTERNAL) Fwd: text amendments for off-street parking
Date:Wednesday, January 8, 2020 5:13:39 PM
Eric-I am bringing copies to the meeting.
---------- Forwarded message ---------
From:
Date: Wed, Jan 8, 2020 at 5:06 PM
Subject: text amendments for off-street parking
To:
Why is this project so important? Three reasons: One is that the biggest obstacle to
compatible infill is the need to store the cars somewhere. Secondly, the space required for
storing cars reduces the potential density for housing. You can provide housing for a person
or a couple very comfortably in the space required to park 3 cars. Third, developments thrive
or fail based on the perceived availability of parking.
Historically, parking for automobiles was in the rear of a property behind the owner's home.
Now vehicles are accommodated on the front façade of a house, as if they were family
members.
Compliments to Eric Daems and J.P. Goates before him. It is challenging to get excited about
a necessary evil.
Here are some bullet points for your consideration.
1 Without question, you should earmark a review of the changes within 2-3 years of their
adoption by the City Council. It is very clear that some of the previous strategies did not
work.
2 p. 3 "Expansions less than 25 percent (of usable floor area) would not be required to comply
with the proposed regulations." A business owner would not go through incremental
expansions within a 2-year time frame because of the disruption to business and the
inefficiency in terms of costs of construction. BUT incremental expansion is a viable business
model which occurs over a longer period of time than 2 years and would certainly be used to
circumvent the parking requirements.
3 Bravo for allowing historic buildings to continue with existing uses or adaptive reuses
without modifications to parking.
4 Tricky on p. 2 If the City exempts a development from providing parking but then holds the
developer to the current standards for voluntarily providing parking, that appears to be
punishment for voluntarily providing parking to me.
5 Another sticky wicket: Eliminating of credit for on-street parking Yes, this option has been
much abused and sent drivers into adjacent neighbors in search of parking because the on-
street parking was already in use when the City allowed the developer to count it!
HOWEVER, if the developer creates on-street parking spaces and pays for them by using cut-
back parking or diagonal parking, then on-street parking created at the developer's expense
should be considered.
6 Bravo for recognizing that affordable units do not have the same requirements for parking.
The parking level at the Liberty Walk apartments Downtown is largely empty, no matter what
time of day I check. Some Seniors do retain their cars after they stop driving, but certainly a
reduction in the parking requirement would work for assisted living. The definition of
"senior" varies from 50 to 60 in this County. A reduction is not warranted in projects targeting
'active Seniors.'
7 Thanks to staff for recognizing that the most frequent delivery is by a van or UPS/Fed Ex.
8 We all know that the parking requirement for restaurants has been inadequate, but the worst
offenders in terms of demand for parking spaces are businesses which have overlapping
appointments such as beauty salons and doctors' offices. When a beauty salon opened in
one of three pads available in a project, its operation alone exceeded the parking required for
all three pads.
From:
To:Daems, Eric
Subject:(EXTERNAL) New parking ordinance
Date:Sunday, January 26, 2020 9:33:27 AM
Eric,
I am in support of the new parking ordinance. When do you expect it will be approved?
From:
To:Daems, Eric
Subject:(EXTERNAL) Parking ordinance
Date:Wednesday, January 29, 2020 3:47:33 PM
Hi Eric,
I may be a day late on this, and you may not be the correct contact, but I just got word that you
are working on modifying the parking ordinance by my colleagues on the
I live about . It
has always bothered me that the S-line was billed by Mayor Becker as a transit-oriented
development corridor and yet no one has seemed to take that to heart over the years and
enforce lower parking requirements while simultaneously incentivizing public transit use
along the transit corridors.
Is there some way to get UTA, SLC, and the property managers/owners of the units,
particularly along the S-line, but also within a 1/4 mile radius of all rail transit lines in the city
to build in UTA passes into HOA fees and rents? I have asked UTA about this they just keep
saying "well check out the HIVE pass..." The HIVE pass does not seem like the right solution
to this. The HIVE pass may be prohibitively expensive to most people, especially since rents
are so high right now. However, if there was a way to get several high density developments
on board, then the costs could be spread out over a larger segment of the population. This
could help mitigate traffic, parking issues, and air pollution.
I feel like UTA is stuck in this chicken and egg scenario - they can't increase service and
routes because they don't have enough ridership but they can't increase ridership because the
incentives for people to use transit are low and barriers are high. I don't know why no one is
taking the opportunity to carve out a solution. We have all of these high density developments
downtown and in Sugar House. There should be no reason the people living in those
developments shouldn't be given a transit pass or some incentive to use transit. I realize you
have zero control over UTA but I feel as though it is worthwhile to bring some folks to the
table and really find some solutions not only to parking, but to air quality and transit as well.
Thank you for your time and consideration on this. I apologize if this is out of your
wheelhouse.
Please let me know if there is anyone else I can reach out to in order to continue this
conversation or be of assistance in building community support. I am happy to speak with
Mayor Mendenhall, Councilwoman Fowler, and any one else you might feel would be
interested.
Thank you!
From:
To:Daems, Eric
Subject:(EXTERNAL) New Salt Lake Parking Chapter Requirements 21A.44
Date:Friday, April 10, 2020 10:53:26 AM
Hi Eric,
I spoke with you a couple weeks ago regarding the upcoming parking requirements that are
going to be changing in the near future.
You asked me to send you a quick email with information regarding what is or isn't working
with the new code that is being proposed. I appreciate the opportunity to weigh in. Overall I
feel the new parking chapter is great.
The main concern is the necessity of a loading birth for multi family complexes that are 40-
150 units.
Referenced in Table 21A.44.070-A: Off Street Loading Requirements:
We have 3 projects right now that range from 40 units to 90 units. All three of these projects
are in the TSA zone and are on lots that are roughly .25 acres or smaller.
The challenge we are running into is trying to fit a 10' x 35' x 14' tall loading birth into the
design. These smaller lots just don't allow for it from a design or cost perspective, especially
when you factor in the additional space needed to maneuver around this area. We just don't
have the room to accommodate a loading birth and still be able to make the projects pencil.
My humble suggestion (knowing that loading births are helpful and needed). Would be to
increase the unit count, so that 1 loading birth is required for complexes that are 80-150
units (at the very least). If it would be possible to get that number up to 90-150 units, that
would be even more helpful. But I feel if it isn't raised to at least 80 units minimum, then it will
kill the potential for a vast majority of infill and smaller development opportunities.
We definitely would not be able to do the 3 projects we are currently working on.
Please let me know if you have any questions for me. Thank you again for the opportunity to
weigh in on this.
4. ORIGINAL PETITION
Petition PLNPCM2017-00753
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Sam Owen, Policy Analyst
DATE:April 13, 2021
RE:Resolution: Recycling Market Development Zone
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
Since 2010, Salt Lake City has participated in Utah’s Recycling Market Development Zone (RMDZ) program,
enabled through a 1996 act of the State Legislature. The City Council is asked to pass a resolution like the one in
the subject transmittal every five years for the City to continue participating.
The program allows businesses located in the City’s designated RMDZ to potentially obtain state tax benefits
(see background information section below). The City also provides “local contributions” pursuant to
requirements in the statute. The program is intended to incentivize and reward recycling-related activities on a
commercial or industrial scale. For this reason, Salt Lake City’s RMDZ is coextensive with the M1 and M2
manufacturing zoning areas, where that zoning occurs either north of 600 North, or west of I-215.
POLICY QUESTIONS
1.Are the City-offered benefits that are part of this program sufficient to incentivize the type of business
activity desired through the RMDZ program? These benefits currently include access to the City’s
development review resources, other business development assistance and access to the City’s
Economic Development Loan Fund.
2.Is there harm or inconvenience brought to the City’s westside residents and businesses as a result of
incentivizing these businesses to locate in the M1 and M2 manufacturing areas west of I-216 and north
of 600 North; in other words, would the businesses locate other places in the City and reduce the
concentration of these larger-scale industrial operations if this incentive were not provided. Broadly, is
there a quality of life impact to westside residents as a result of this program?
3.Is there community engagement or outreach conducted in regard to accessing this program? The
transmittal indicates that negative community feedback has been minimal since the inception of the
program. Is there positive or promotional activity that would usefully enhance knowledge about or
access to this program?
Item Schedule:
Briefing: April 13, 2021
Public Hearing:
Potential Action:
Page | 2
Attachments
1.Administration’s transmittal
ADDITIONAL AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION
Businesses that engage in larger-scale commercial recycling or composting activity are eligible to locate in a
Utah RMDZ and obtain tax credits related to their business activities. A City can attract these commercial
enterprises by creating an RMDZ and offering competitive services to entities seeking to locate in the RMDZ.
Furthermore, businesses already located, for example, within Salt Lake City’s M1 or M2 zones that engage in this
type of eligible activity might be able to further expand their operations with the benefit of the tax credits.
Businesses locating in a Utah RMDZ are provided potential access to the following State tax benefits (Utah DEQ
website):
1. 5% Utah non-refundable tax credit on the purchase price of machinery and equipment used directly in
commercial composting; or manufacturing facilities or plant units that manufacture, process,
compound, or produce recycled items of tangible personal property for sale, or reduce or reuse post-
consumer waste material; and
2. 20% Utah state income tax credit (up to $2,000) on eligible operating expenses, including payments
made to third parties for rent, wages, supplies, tools, test inventory, and utilities, for establishing and
operating recycling or composting technology in Utah.
In keeping with the statutory requirements and as noted in the policy questions section, Salt Lake City provides
the following support for businesses locating in its RMDZ (Administration’s transmittal):
- Development Project Coordination
The City will provide development assistance through its Development Review Team
(DRT). The DRT assists developers by providing input in the early stages of a project to
identify potential problems and to facilitate the project’s formal review.
- Business Development Assistance
Salt Lake City’s Economic Development Department and its Business Development team
are dedicated to supporting new and established enterprises with loan funding, workforce
development opportunities, and streamlined access to City business licensing and
permitting processes. The Business Development team, which conducts onsite meetings
with up to 300 businesses annually, actively promotes the City’s RMDZ among its suite of
business incentives.
- Salt Lake City’s Economic Development Loan Fund (EDLF)
The EDLF’s purpose is to stimulate business development and expansion, create
employment opportunities, and encourage private investment. The program’s overarching
goal is to invest in viable businesses that produce strong economic returns and also
provide positive social and environmental impacts. Startup businesses are eligible to apply
for loans of up to $100,000 and existing business are eligible for loans of up to $350,000.
Additionally, businesses are also eligible to apply for microloans of $25,000 or less.
ERIN MENDENHALL
MAYOR
SUSTAINABILITY DEPARTMENT
OFFICE of the DIRECTOR
VICKI BENNETT
DIRECTOR
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received:
Date sent to Council:
TO:Salt Lake City Council DATE: March 23, 2021
Amy Fowler, Chair
FROM: Vicki Bennett
Sustainability Department Director _________________________
SUBJECT: Recycling Market Development Zone
STAFF CONTACT:Debbie Lyons
Deputy Director
Debbie.Lyons@slcgov.com | 801.535.7795
DOCUMENT TYPE: Resolution
RECOMMENDATION:
, which will allow businesses to participate in the
BUDGET IMPACT: No funding required
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION:
The Recycling Market Development Zone Program is a state-sponsored program that assists qualifying
businesses that collect, process, distribute or use recycled materials in their manufacturing operations, or
compost by providing State income tax credits to such qualifying businesses. Local government entities
must apply to participate in the rogram every five years so that qualifying businesses within their
jurisdictions may access the tax credits. application must include documentation of
written approval for the City to apply (or renew its application) to participate in the program.
In 2010 the City Council and Mayor signed Joint Resolution 53 of 2010 approving the first
application to the Program, which was approved by the State in December 2010. Jurisdictions are
required to reapply every five years to continue participation in the program, so Council adopted
resolution 43 of 2015 to renew the
The City is not proposing any changes to its program in this 2021 application.
its Program to businesses located within M-1 and M-2 zones. The rogram applies an overlay zone
and does not alter what is currently allowed by zoning regulations.
Page 2 of 2
Since 2010, four businesses have expanded or relocated within the Recycling Market Development
Zone: Momentum Recycling, Spring Back Utah Mattress Recycling, Metech Recycling, and Advanced
Technology Recycling.
PUBLIC PROCESS
Prior to the initial application in 2010, a thorough public process was conducted focused on the
communities program. Since the passage of the program, there
has not been any notable opposition to the program and participation by businesses remains steady.
NEXT STEPS
The Sustainability Department will submit the 2021 renewal application to the State if Council adopts the
. would need to be included in the
renewal application packet. The will be effective for the 2021 tax year if the state is able to
.
ATTACHMENTS
Resolution Approving Submission of
Development Zone Program
Map of Recycle Market Development Zone
Division of Waste Management and
Radiation Control
Solid Waste Management Program
Mailing Address Office Location Phone (801) 536-0200
P.O. Box 144880 195 North 1950 West Fax (801) 536-0222
Salt Lake City, Utah 84114-4880 Salt Lake City, Utah 84116 www.deq.utah.gov
Utah Recycling Market Development Zone
Application for Counties and Municipalities
Criteria for Designation:
1. An area may be designated as a recycling market development zone onlyif:
a) the county or municipality agrees to make a qualifying local contribution under
Section 19-13-105 (See Below); and
b) the county or municipality provides for postconsumer waste collection for recycling within
the county or municipality
2. The executive authority of any municipality or county desiring to be designated as a
recycling market development zone shall:
a) obtain the written approval of the municipality or county's legislative body; and
b) file an application with the department demonstrating that the county ormunicipality
meets the requirements of this part
Section 19-13-105: Qualifying Local Contributions
Qualifying local contributions to the recycling market development zone may vary depending on
available resources, and may include:
(1) Simplified procedures for obtaining permits;
(2) Dedication of available government grants;
(3) Waiver of business license or permit fees;
(4) Infrastructure improvements;
(5) Private contributions;
(6) Utility rate concessions;
(7) Suspension or relaxation of locally originated zoning laws or general plans;and
(8) Other local contributions the office finds promotes the purpose of thispart
Note: This is not an exhaustive list. Please consider any other contributions that your
county/municipality may make and be sure to list them below.
Recycling Market Development Zone
Application for Counties and
Municipalities
County/Municipality Applicant: Salt Lake City Corporation
Local Recycling Zone Coordinator: Peter Nelson
Date of Application:
Telephone Number: 801-535-6477
E-mail Address: peter.nelson@slcgov.com
Mailing Address: 451 S. State Street, rm 415, Salt Lake City, UT 84111
Please provide all required documentation as an attachment to this application:
1. Identify the proposed recycling market development zone. You must provide
information identifying the proposed area in the three following formats.
a. Provide a GIS shapefile of the proposed area.
b. Provide a .kml file of the proposed area (for use with Google Earth™ etc.).
c. Provide a sufficient number of pdf maps to clearly show all extents of the
proposed area.
2. Identify the local contributions meeting the requirements in Section 19-13-105 (see above).
Development Project Coordination
The City will provide development assistance through its Development Review Team
(DRT). The DRT assists developers by providing input in the early stages of a project to
identify potential problems and to facilitate the project’s formal review.
Business Development Assistance
Salt Lake City’s Economic Development Department and its Business Development team
are dedicated to supporting new and established enterprises with loan funding, workforce
development opportunities, and streamlined access to City business licensing and
permitting processes. The Business Development team, which conducts onsite meetings
with up to 300 businesses annually, actively promotes the City’s RMDZ among its suite of
business incentives.
Salt Lake City’s Economic Development Loan Fund (EDLF)
The EDLF’s purpose is to stimulate business development and expansion, create
employment opportunities, and encourage private investment. The program’s overarching
goal is to invest in viable businesses that produce strong economic returns and also
provide positive social and environmental impacts. Startup businesses are eligible to apply
for loans of up to $100,000 and existing business are eligible for loans of up to $350,000.
Additionally, businesses are also eligible to apply for microloans of $25,000 or less.
3. How does your county or municipality provide for postconsumer waste collection
for recycling within the county or municipality?
Salt Lake City’s Waste & Recycling Division provides four separate curbside collection
services for approximately 42,000 residential properties: weekly curbside recycling,
compost, garbage, and an annual bulk item collection through the Call 2 Haul program.
The Waste & Recycling Division also provides annual holiday tree collection, a subscription
curbside glass recycling service, and recycling drop-off sites for glass. A total of 39% of the
residential waste stream was diverted from the landfill through recycling and composting in
2020. The Operations program also provides waste and recycling services for City parks
and facilities, and curbside recycling for qualified small businesses and multi-family
properties.
Additionally, the City’s Recycling Education and Permits program provides education and
outreach to the residents and employees of the city, and oversees implementation of the
recycling requirements for the business, multifamily, construction, and special event
communities in order to achieve the City’s ambitious waste diversion goals.
4. Identify and outline the following:
a. The specific investment or development reasonably expected to take place:
Some of the businesses already established that receive the RMDZ designation could
expand their operations due to the savings they derive (as long as they comply with the
requirements of the underlying land use zoning district).
b. Any commitments obtained from businesses to participate, and in what
capacities regarding recycling markets:
Businesses that have participated in the Recycle Market Development Zone Program in
Salt Lake City in the past include:
ArborCare/Arborscape: Accepts wood waste and manufactures wood pellet fuel and
wood pellet animal bedding.
Momentum Recycling: Collects mixed recyclables from businesses, electronic waste,
batteries and CFL lightbulbs. Collects and processes glass for recycling. The Recycle
Market Development Zone program was instrumental in Momentum Recycling’s ability
to expand from a recycling collection company, to a large processor of recovered glass
that currently serves the intermountain west.
Liberty Tire Recycling: Accepts tires of all sizes and manufactures crumb rubber for
use in athletic fields and running tracks, recovers and recycles steel from tires.
Varex Imaging: Manufactures x-ray tube and imaging products. Accepts end of useful
life x-ray tubes and the containers they are shipped in. In 2019, Varex accepted 9,437
X-Ray tubes for recycling in their processes.
Pallet Express/Streadbeck Enterprises: Accepts and recycles pallets, clean wood
waste, cardboard and steel. Manufactures pallet components, colored landscape
mulches, animal and plant bedding, and pellet stock.
Metro Group, Inc: Accepts and recycles scrap metal.
Western Metals Recycling: Accepts and recycles scrap metal.
Spring Back Utah Mattress Recycling: Established in 2014, accepts, deconstructs, and
recycles mattress and box spring components. Prior to their establishment in Salt Lake
City, we had not had a local mattress recycler in Utah.
c. List the names of any economic development plans that will be maintained on
file with the local recycling zone coordinator as part of this application that
demonstrate coordination between the recycling zone and overall development
goals:
Salt Lake City’s current Strategic Economic Development Plan prioritizes developing and
maintaining a suite of incentives that enhance new business development and retention,
as well as outlining a robust and active recruitment campaign to attract new businesses to
the City. The RMDZ has been and will continue to be valuable incentive asset in Salt Lake
City, where it is prominently featured among other incentives and policies in official City
publications and websites, and is actively promoted by the City’s Business Development
team.
Salt Lake City’s Climate Positive 2040 sustainability plan addresses the City’s Zero Waste
goal by specifically calling for continued improvement of “local recycling infrastructure and
markets through strategic partnerships,” as well as working with state partners on
continued recycling market development opportunities. The RMDZ serves as a
foundational partnership program with the State and Salt Lake City in achieving these
recycling market and infrastructure development goals.
Within the City’s Sustainability Department, the E2 Business program works to engage
existing Salt Lake City businesses in sustainable best practices, including business waste
diversion and recycling. E2 Business program staff refer participating RMDZ businesses as
opportunity paths for other Salt Lake City businesses seeking to divert their waste streams
to recycled markets. Additionally, some RMDZ businesses are longtime members of the
City’s E2 Business program, where they are promoted as models for future sustainably-
minded businesses that Salt Lake City is seeking to attract.
d. Demonstrate that sufficient portions of the proposed zone area are zoned
as appropriate for the development of commercial, industrial, or
manufacturing businesses.
The proposed geographic area for the RMDZ requires an interested business to be located
in M-1 or M-2 zoning districts, as these zoning classifications allow recycling activities. The
business must also be located either west of I-215 or north of 600 North which creates a
buffer between any residential or commercial zones and the highest concentration of
manufacturing or recycling businesses.
Economic development is best achieved if all companies abide by existing zoning, hence
all benefits from the State and the City would be contingent on company compliance with
current zoning regulations.
e. Outline the county's or municipality's long-term waste management plan
and evidence that the zone will be adequately served by the plan.
In 2011, a joint resolution was signed by the City Council and the Mayor of Salt Lake City
adopting waste reduction and diversion goals for Salt Lake City. The City adopted Zero
Waste as a guiding principle for all City operations and the community. Goals were
adopted to reach a 70% diversion by 2025 and eliminate waste by 2040. Salt Lake City
currently diverts 39% of residential waste through recycling or composting.
In 2016, Salt Lake City adopted a business and multifamily recycling ordinance (chapter
9.08.2), requiring businesses and multifamily properties that produce over 4 cubic yards of
waste per week to have a recycling program in place.
Salt Lake City’s Solid Waste and Recyclable Items ordinance (chapter 9.08.095) also
dictates that recyclable items are not permitted to be placed in residential refuse containers
and is enforceable as a civil violation.
Strategic targets to meet waste diversion goals are further outlined in the City’s Climate
Positive 2040 plan, and include:
Improving price incentives to reduce waste and increase recycling;
Engaging residents and businesses in waste reduction and recycling;
Reducing contamination of recyclables and compost by enforcing refuse code;
Increasing participation in glass recycling;
Developing capacity for composting or recovering energy from food scraps
f. Outline the county’s or municipalities postconsumer waste collection infrastructure:
Curbside Recycling
Salt Lake City has offered curbside collection of recyclables from residential homes since
1993. Participation in residential curbside recycling is mandatory. Recyclables are
collected from a 90-gallon blue container, provided for the residents by the City, each
week. Acceptable materials include: newspaper, magazines, corrugated cardboard, phone
books, junk mail, paperboard, office paper, notebook paper, paper bags, plastic containers,
aluminum beverage containers, and steel food cans.
Yard Waste Recycling
Salt Lake City introduced weekly yard waste collection service in March 2008. Participation
in residential yard waste recycling is mandatory.
Compostable material is collected from a 90-gallon brown container, provided for the
residents by the City, each week. Acceptable materials include all yard waste, tea bags
and coffee grounds, egg shells, and clean fruit and vegetable waste. Material is composted
at the Salt Lake Valley Solid Waste Management Facility.
Bulky Waste Recycling
Salt Lake City’s Call 2 Haul program provides annual, scheduled collection of household
bulky waste products for City residents. In 2020, the City collected and diverted 1,764 tons
of material, including 216 tons of mattresses, electronics, appliances, tires and metal.
Recyclers that have located in Salt Lake City and participate in the RMDZ are vendors Salt
Lake City frequently uses to recycle these materials.
Compostable material is processed at the Salt Lake Valley Solid Waste Management
Facility.
Salt Lake City also recycles green waste from the internal park maintenance program and
golf course maintenance. Grass is mulched, and all other bulky green waste is taken to the
compost facility.
Glass Recycling
Salt Lake City provides twenty drop off sites for glass recycling, and offers a voluntary
curbside recycling program for glass, diverting over 1,604 tons of glass from the landfill in
2020.
Construction and Demolition Waste Recycling
Salt Lake City requires construction and demolition waste recycling on major projects
permitted by the City.
Special Event Waste Recycling
Salt Lake City requires recycling amenities at all special events on city-owned property and
permitted by the City.
5. Outline the county’s or municipality’s proposed means of assessing the effectiveness of
the development plan or other programs implemented within the zone:
Each business will be required to track and make available upon request a report to Salt
Lake City documenting the amount of material being recycled by each businesses and
amount of material being used for manufacturing.
The number of businesses with the RMDZ designation will also be an indicator of its
effectiveness. Our goal will be for this number to increase over time.
6. State whether within the zone either of the following will be established:
a. commercial composting
b. commercial manufacturing that will produce end products that consist of not less
than 50% recovered materials, of which not less than 25% is post-consumer waste
material
Several businesses currently exist within Salt Lake City’s proposed zone that produce end
products that consist of at least 50% recovered materials, and 25% postconsumer waste
material. As described in the answer to Question 4.d, above, the proposed areas are
zoned as appropriate for the development of commercial, industrial, or manufacturing
businesses. Salt Lake City has established goals supporting economic development and
sustainability. Salt Lake City strives to increase the number of environmentally conscious
companies within City boundaries and to incentivize businesses to move towards
sustainable operations. Several businesses have either been established or relocated to
Salt Lake City’s zone with the assistance of RMDZ benefits.
7. Include any additional information the county or municipality considers relevant to
its designation as a recycling market development zone.
Salt Lake City has a broad and ambitious sustainability agenda, detailed in the Climate
Positive 2040 Plan, which establishes the City’s commitment to protect resources, reduce
pollution, slow climate change, and ensure greater resiliency and vitality for every aspect of
our community. Maintaining a recycling market development zone within Salt Lake City
will continue to be a valuable incentive we can offer for businesses looking to start up, or
invest in growth and sustainably, and contribute to highest and best use of locally
generated waste materials.
8. Attach the written approval from the municipality or county's legislative body of the
recycling market development zone.
Questions about the application process for Recycling Market Development Zone
designation should be directed to Robert Windell, at rwindell@utah.gov or call 801-536-
0211.
RESOLUTION NO. __ OF 2021
(A Resolution of the Salt Lake City Council Approving Submission
of an Application to the State Recycling Market Development Zone Program)
WHEREAS, the Utah Legislature has created the Utah Recycling Market Development
Zone Program (State Program), which focuses on recycling as an economic development tool;
and
WHEREAS, the State Program provides certain incentives and benefits to qualified
businesses that collect, process, distribute or use recycled materials in their manufacturing
operations, or compost; and
WHEREAS, the incentives and benefits under the State Program include, for example, a
5% state tax credit on machinery and equipment as well as a 20% state tax credit (up to $2,000)
on eligible operating expenses; and
WHEREAS, to be accepted into the State Program, cities and counties within Utah must
formally apply to the program by submitting an application to the Utah Department of
Environmental Quality; and
WHEREAS, an application to the State Program is required every five years to set forth a
local recycling market development zone program; and
WHEREAS, the City has participated in the State Program since 2010; and
WHEREAS, the Citys Sustainability Department intends to submit an updated
application to the State on behalf of the Citys Recycling Market Development Zone Program;
and
WHEREAS, as proposed, the Citys Program will neither amend, alter, modify nor
change allowed permitted land uses in Salt Lake City; and
WHEREAS, the Citys Program currently allows businesses located in the Light
Manufacturing (M-1) or Heavy Manufacturing (M-2) Districts that are either west of I-215 or
north of 600 North, and that meet the other Business Qualifications as defined in the Citys
Program application to the State to pa rticipate in the Citys Program; and
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Council finds that recycling is currently allowed in the
M-1 and M-2 zoning districts and limiting the Citys Program to businesses within the M-1 and
M-2 zones that are either west of I-215 or north of 600 North will create a buffer between any
residential or commercial zones and the highest concentration of manufacturing or recycling
businesses near those areas; and
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Council finds that the Citys Program and participation
in the State Program will enhance the Citys ability to retain and recruit businesses that utilize or
produce recycled products; and
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Council finds that qualified businesses in the M-1 and M-
2 zoning districts in Salt Lake City may benefit from the incentives offered through the State
Program; and
WHEREAS, there are existing businesses in the corporate limits of Salt Lake City that
will benefit from location in the area of the Citys Program; and
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Council finds that qualified businesses in the M-1 and M-
2 zoning districts in Salt Lake City may benefit from the incentives offered through the State
Program.
THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
1. It does hereby approve the Mayors execution and delivery of the application to the
Utah Department of Environmental Quality to participate in the Utah Recycling Market
Development Zone Program and establishment of a Recycling Market Development Program in
the M-1 and M-2 zones, west of Interstate 215 or north of 600 North, within Salt Lake City.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah this _____ day of__________ 2021.
SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
___________________________________
Amy Fowler, Chair
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
Salt Lake City Recorders Office
________________________
Cindy Lou Trishman
City Recorder
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Salt Lake City Attorneys Office
__________________________
Megan DePaulis
Senior City Attorney
21 00 N
33 00 N
1820 S
1700 N
2100 S
200 S
50 0 S 50 0 S
2100 S
150 S
500 S
700 N
500 N
700 S
400 N
North Te mp le 200 NNorth Te mp le
300 S
400 N
Legend
M1_M2
ZONING
M-1
M-2
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
SWORN STATEMENT SUPPORTING CLOSURE OF MEETING
I, ____________________, acted as the presiding member of the Salt Lake Council, which met on ___________________
in an electronic meeting pursuant to Salt Lake City Proclamation.
Appropriate notice was given of the Council's meeting as required by §52-4-202.
A quorum of the Council was present at the meeting and voted by at least a two-thirds vote, as detailed in the minutes of
the open meeting, to close a portion of the meeting to discuss the following:
§52-4-205(l)(a) discussion of the character, professional competence, or physical or mental health of an
individual;
§52 -4-205(1)(b) strategy sessions to discuss collective bargaining;
§52-4-205(l)(c) strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation;
§52-4-205(l)(d) strategy sessions to discuss the purchase, exchange, or lease of real property, including
any form of a water right or water shares, if public discussion of the transaction would: (i) disclose the
appraisal or estimated value of the property under consideration; or (ii) prevent the public body from
completing the transaction on the best possible terms;
§52-4-205(l)(e) strategy sessions to discuss the sale of real property, including any form of a water right
or water shares if: (i) public discussion of the transaction would: (A) disclose the appraisal or estimated
value of the property under consideration; or (B) prevent the public body from completing the transaction
on the best possible terms; (ii) if the public body previously gave public notice that the property would be
offered for sale; and (iii) the terms of the sale are publicly disclosed before the public body approves the
sale;
§52-4-205(1)(f) discussion regarding deployment of security personnel, devices, or systems; and
§52-4-205(1)(g) investigative proceedings regarding allegations of criminal misconduct.
A Closed Meeting may also be held for Attorney-Client matters that are privileged pursuant to Utah Code
§78B-1-137, and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent requirements of the Utah Open and
Public Meetings Act.
Other, described as follows: _____________________________________________________________
The content of the closed portion of the Council meeting was restricted to a discussion of the matter(s) for which the
meeting was closed.
With regard to the closed meeting, the following was publicly announced and recorded, and entered on the minutes of the
open meeting at which the closed meeting was approved:
(a)the reason or reasons for holding the closed meeting;
(b)the location where the closed meeting will be held; and
(c)the vote of each member of the public body either for or against the motion to hold the closed meeting.
The recording and any minutes of the closed meeting will include:
(a)the date, time, and place of the meeting;
(b)the names of members Present and Absent; and
(c)the names of all others present except where such disclosure would infringe on the confidentiality
necessary to fulfill the original purpose of closing the meeting.
Pursuant to §52-4-206(6), a sworn statement is required to close a meeting under §52-4-205(1)(a) or (f), but a record by
tape recording or detailed minutes is not required; and Pursuant to §52-4-206(1), a record by tape recording and/or
detailed written minutes is required for a meeting closed under §52-4-205(1)(b),(c),(d),(e),and (g):
A record was not made.
A record was made by: : Tape recording Detailed written minutes
I hereby swear or affirm under penalty of perjury that the above information is true and correct to the best of my
knowledge.
Presiding Member Date of Signature
Amy Fowler April 13, 2021
X
X
X X
Amy Fowler (Aug 5, 2021 13:05 MDT)Aug 5, 2021
Closed Meeting - Sworn Statement for April 13,
2021 Work Session Meeting
Final Audit Report 2021-08-05
Created:2021-05-25
By:DeeDee Robinson (deedee.robinson@slcgov.com)
Status:Signed
Transaction ID:CBJCHBCAABAA5vnSuq90xdKZyhNS8vNCcBicUsmi_4Um
"Closed Meeting - Sworn Statement for April 13, 2021 Work Ses
sion Meeting" History
Document created by DeeDee Robinson (deedee.robinson@slcgov.com)
2021-05-25 - 9:59:36 PM GMT- IP address: 204.124.13.222
Document emailed to Amy Fowler (amy.fowler@slcgov.com) for signature
2021-05-25 - 10:00:22 PM GMT
Email viewed by Amy Fowler (amy.fowler@slcgov.com)
2021-08-05 - 7:05:15 PM GMT- IP address: 107.127.14.112
Document e-signed by Amy Fowler (amy.fowler@slcgov.com)
Signature Date: 2021-08-05 - 7:05:26 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 107.127.14.112
Agreement completed.
2021-08-05 - 7:05:26 PM GMT